Author’s Note and Update

Today, the dangers of military escalation are beyond description.

What is now happening in Ukraine has serious geopolitical implications. It could lead us into a World War III Scenario.

Vladimir Putin’s statement on February 21st, 2022 was in response to US threats to use nuclear weapons on a preemptive basis against Russia, despite Joe Biden’s “reassurance” that the US would not be resorting to “A First Strike” nuclear attack against an enemy of America.

The  article below first published in February 2006 addresses US Military Doctrine focussing among other issues on the integration of nuclear and conventional warfare. This is absolutely fundamental. 

“Known in official Washington, as “Joint Publication 3-12”, the new nuclear doctrine (Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations  (DJNO) (March 2005)) calls for “integrating conventional and nuclear attacks” under a unified and  “integrated” Command and Control (C2).

In this context, nuclear and conventional weapons are considered to be “part of the tool box”, from which military commanders can pick and choose the instruments that they require in accordance with “evolving circumstances” in the war theater.

None of these weapons in the Pentagon’s “tool box”, including conventional bunker buster bombs, cluster bombs, tactical nuclear weapons and mini-nukes, chemical and biological weapons are described as “weapons of mass destruction” when used by the United States of America and its coalition partners. (quoted from article below)

The stated objective is to:

 “ensure the most efficient use of force and provide US leaders with a broader range of [nuclear and conventional]  strike options to address immediate contingencies. Integration of conventional and nuclear forces is therefore crucial to the success of any comprehensive strategy. This integration will ensure optimal targeting, minimal collateral damage, and reduce the probability of escalation.” (Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations   p. JP 3-12-13) emphasis added

The DJNO states that the:

 “use of nuclear weapons within a [war] theater requires that nuclear and conventional plans be integrated to the greatest extent possible” (DJNO, p 47) 

The implications of this “integration” are far-reaching because once the decision is taken by the Commander in Chief, namely the President of the United States, to launch a joint conventional-nuclear military operation, there is a risk that tactical nuclear weapons could be used without requesting subsequent presidential approval.

Commander, General Michael E. Kurilla > U.S. Central Command ...In this regard, execution procedures under the jurisdiction of the theater commanders pertaining to nuclear weapons are described  as “flexible and allow for changes in the situation”:

“Geographic combatant commanders are responsible for defining theater objectives and developing nuclear plans required to support those objectives, including selecting targets.

…Command, control, and coordination must be flexible enough to allow the geographic combatant commander [e.g. USCENTCOM Four Star General] to strike time-sensitive targets such as mobile missile launch platforms.” Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations Doctrine (emphasis added)

Currently, under the Biden presidency, Commander General Michael E. Kurilla is Chief of Staff for U.S. Central Command. (image right) 

I should mention that the results of  this research were subsequently integrated into my book entitled Towards A World War Three Scenario, The Dangers of Nuclear War, Global Research Publishers, 2011.

Nuclear war threatens the future of humanity. Our objective is “Building Awareness” by informing people Worldwide. We have taken the decision that as of September 1  2024, readers will be able to download the pdf version of my book free of charge.  

Having carefully reviewed US military doctrine for more than 20 years, I can confirm that under the Biden Administration, preemptive nuclear war against  Russia, China, Iran and North Korea is “on the table”.  

According to the Union of Concerned Scientists (2006 study), a nuclear attack against Iran is on the drawing board of the Pentagon.

See:

Video: A Nuclear Bunker Buster Bomb against Iran Would Initiate World War III, On the Drawing Board of the Pentagon

By Union of Concerned Scientists and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 27, 2024

 

Video: The Robust Nuclear Earth Penetrator to be Used against Iran 


http://www.ucsusa.org/global_security/nuclear_weapons/nuclear-bunker-buster-rnep-animation.html

See also

Towards a WW III Scenario. The Privatization of Nuclear War. 

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 09, 2024

 

Joe Biden’s Two Trillion Dollars Nuclear Budget

It should be noted that Joe Biden’s 1.3 trillion dollars nuclear weapons program is slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense.

My research suggests that nuclear war is on the drawing board of the Pentagon. You do not allocate 2000 billion dollars to nuclear weapons, without contemplating their use.  

How many schools and hospitals could you finance with 2 trillion dollars? Why is there poverty in America? 

Truth is a Powerful and Peaceful Weapon, which is the object of Google and Facebook censorship. 

Nuclear War Threatens the Future of Humanity. No mainstream media analysis. The imminent dangers of nuclear war are the object of censorship.

Say No to Joe Biden’s Two Trillion Dollars Nuclear Weapons Program. That Budget must be cancelled. 

SAY YES TO WORLD PEACE

Please forward this article, post it on your blog. Spread the word. Initiate a campaign against nuclear war.

[the title of the 2006 article has been changed, no other changes have been made]

Michel Chossudovsky,  Global Research, August 30, 2024

***

Nuclear War Is “On the Table”

Build Awareness

by Michel Chossudovsky 

February 2006

 

It Started with Harry Truman

“We have discovered the most terrible bomb in the history of the world. It may be the fire destruction prophesied in the Euphrates Valley Era, after Noah and his fabulous Ark…. This weapon is to be used against Japan …

[We] will use it so that military objectives and soldiers and sailors are the target and not women and children.

Even if the Japs are savages, ruthless, merciless and fanatic, we as the leader of the world for the common welfare cannot drop that terrible bomb on the old capital or the new. … 

The target will be a purely military one… It seems to be the most terrible thing ever discovered, but it can be made the most useful.”

(President Harry S. Truman, Diary, July 25, 1945)

 

Remember Hiroshima: “A Military Base” according to Harry Truman

“The World will note that the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima a military base. That was because we wished in this first attack to avoid, insofar as possible, the killing of civilians..” (President Harry S. Truman in a radio speech to the Nation, August 9, 1945).

[Note: the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6, 1945; the Second on Nagasaki, on August 9, on the same day as Truman’s radio speech to the Nation]

(Listen to Excerpt of Truman’s speech, Hiroshima audio video,

The Unthinkable

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable.  All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort” have been scrapped. “Offensive” military actions using nuclear warheads are now described as acts of “self-defense”.

 

The distinction between tactical nuclear weapons and the conventional battlefield arsenal has been blurred. America’s new nuclear doctrine is based on “a mix of strike capabilities”. The latter, which specifically applies to the Pentagon’s planned aerial bombing of Iran,  envisages the use of nukes in combination with conventional weapons.

As in the case of the first atomic bomb, which in the words of President Harry Truman “was dropped on Hiroshima, a military base”, today’s “mini-nukes” are heralded as “safe for the surrounding civilian population”.

The Dangerous Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations

Known in official Washington, as “Joint Publication 3-12”, the new nuclear doctrine (Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations  (DJNO) (March 2005)) calls for “integrating conventional and nuclear attacks” under a unified and  “integrated” Command and Control (C2).

It  largely describes war planning as a management decision-making process, where military and strategic objectives are to be achieved, through a mix of instruments, with little concern for the resulting loss of human life.

The Pentagon’s Toolbox

Military planning focuses on “the most efficient use of force” , -i.e. an optimal arrangement of different weapons systems to achieve stated military goals.

In this context, nuclear and conventional weapons are considered to be “part of the tool box”, from which military commanders can pick and choose the instruments that they require in accordance with “evolving circumstances” in the war theater.

None of these weapons in the Pentagon’s “tool box”, including conventional bunker buster bombs, cluster bombs, mini-nukes, chemical and biological weapons are described as “weapons of mass destruction” when used by the United States of America and its coalition partners.

The stated objective is to:

 “ensure the most efficient use of force and provide US leaders with a broader range of [nuclear and conventional]  strike options to address immediate contingencies. Integration of conventional and nuclear forces is therefore crucial to the success of any comprehensive strategy. This integration will ensure optimal targeting, minimal collateral damage, and reduce the probability of escalation.” (Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations   p. JP 3-12-13) emphasis added

The New Nuclear Doctrine turns Concepts and Realities Upside Down

It not only denies the devastating impacts of nuclear weapons, it states, in no uncertain terms, that nuclear weapons are “safe” and their use in the battlefield will ensure “minimal collateral damage and reduce the probability of escalation”.

The issue of radioactive fallout is barely acknowledged with regard to tactical nuclear weapons. These various guiding principles which describe nukes as “safe for civilians” constitute a consensus within the military, which is then fed into the military manuals, providing relevant “green light” criteria to geographical commanders in the war theater.

“Defensive” and “Offensive” Actions

While the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review sets the stage for the preemptive use of nuclear weapons in the Middle East, specifically against Iran (see also the main PNAC document Rebuilding America`s Defenses, Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century ), The Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations goes one step further in blurring the distinction between “defensive” and “offensive” military actions:

“The new triad offers a mix of strategic offensive and defensive capabilities that includes nuclear and non-nuclear strike capabilities, active and passive defenses, and a robust research, development, and industrial infrastructure to develop, build, and maintain offensive forces and defensive systems …” (Ibid) (key concepts indicated in added italics)

The new nuclear doctrine, however, goes beyond preemptive acts of “self-defense”, it calls for “anticipatory action” using nuclear weapons against a  “rogue enemy” which allegedly plans to develop WMD at some undefined future date:

 Responsible security planning requires preparation for threats that are possible, though perhaps unlikely today. The lessons of military history remain clear: unpredictable, irrational conflicts occur. Military forces must prepare to counter weapons and capabilities that exist or will exist in the near term even if no immediate likely scenarios for war are at hand. To maximize deterrence of WMD use, it is essential US forces prepare to use nuclear weapons effectively and that US forces are determined to employ nuclear weapons if necessary to prevent or retaliate against WMD use. (Ibid, p. III-1, emphasis added)

Nukes would serve to prevent  a non-existent WMD program (e.g. Iran) prior to its development. This twisted formulation goes far beyond the premises of the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review and NPSD 17. which state that the US can retaliate with nuclear weapons if attacked with WMD:

“The United States will make clear that it reserves the right to respond with overwhelming force – including potentially nuclear weapons – to the use of [weapons of mass destruction] against the United States, our forces abroad, and friends and allies.” … (NSPD 17) [National Security Presidential Directives]

Integration” of Nuclear and Conventional Weapons Plans

The Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations outlines the procedures governing the use of nuclear weapons and the nature of the relationship between nuclear and conventional war operations.

The DJNO states that the:

 “use of nuclear weapons within a [war] theater requires that nuclear and conventional plans be integrated to the greatest extent possible”

(DJNO, p 47 emphasis added, For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, Jan 2006 )

The implications of this “integration” are far-reaching because once the decision is taken by the Commander in Chief, namely the President of the United States, to launch a joint conventional-nuclear military operation, there is a risk that tactical nuclear weapons could be used without requesting subsequent presidential approval.

In this regard, execution procedures under the jurisdiction of the theater commanders pertaining to nuclear weapons are described  as “flexible and allow for changes in the situation”:

“Geographic combatant commanders are responsible for defining theater objectives and developing nuclear plans required to support those objectives, including selecting targets. When tasked, CDRUSSTRATCOM, as a supporting combatant commander, provides detailed planning support to meet theater planning requirements. All theater nuclear option planning follows prescribed Joint Operation Planning and Execution System procedures to formulate and implement an effective response within the timeframe permitted by the crisis..

Since options do not exist for every scenario, combatant commanders must have a capability to perform crisis action planning and execute those plans. Crisis action planning provides the capability to develop new options, or modify existing options, when current limited or major response options are inappropriate.

…Command, control, and coordination must be flexible enough to allow the geographic combatant commander to strike time-sensitive targets such as mobile missile launch platforms.” Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations Doctrine (emphasis added)

Theater Nuclear Operations (TNO)

While presidential approval is formally required to launch a nuclear war, geographic combat commanders would be in charge of  Theater Nuclear Operations (TNO), with a mandate not only to implement but also to formulate command decisions pertaining to nuclear weapons. ( Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations Doctrine )

We are no longer dealing with “the risk” associated with “an accidental or inadvertent nuclear launch”  as outlined by former Secretary of Defense Robert S. McNamara , but with a military decision-making process which provides military commanders, from the Commander in Chief  down to the  geographical commanders with discretionary powers to use tactical nuclear weapons.

Moreover, because these “smaller” tactical nuclear weapons have been “reclassified” by the Pentagon as “safe for the surrounding civilian population”, thereby “minimizing the risk of collateral damage”, there are no overriding built-in restrictions which prevent their use. (See Michel Chossudovsky, The Dangers of a Middle East Nuclear War , Global Research, February 2006) .

Once a decision to launch a military operation is taken (e.g. aerial strikes on Iran),  theater commanders have a degree of latitude. What this signifies in practice is once the presidential decision is taken, USSTRATCOM in liaison with theater commanders can decide on the targeting and type of weaponry to be used.  Stockpiled tactical nuclear weapons are now considered to be an integral part of the battlefield arsenal. In other words, nukes have become “part of the tool box”, used in conventional war theaters.

Planned Aerial Attacks on Iran

An operational plan to wage aerial attacks on Iran has been in “a state of readiness” since June 2005. Essential military hardware to wage this operation has been deployed. (For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, Jan 2006 ).

Vice President Dick Cheney has ordered USSTRATCOM to draft a “contingency plan”, which “includes a large-scale air assault on Iran employing both conventional and tactical nuclear weapons.” (Philip Giraldi, Attack on Iran: Pre-emptive Nuclear War , The American Conservative, 2 August 2005).

USSTRATCOM would have the responsibility for overseeing and coordinating this military deployment as well as launching the military operation. (For details, Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, Jan 2006 ).

In January 2005 a significant shift in USSTRATCOM’s mandate was implemented. USSTRATCOM was identified as “the lead Combatant Command for integration and synchronization of DoD-wide efforts in combating weapons of mass destruction.”  To implement this mandate, a brand new command unit entitled  Joint Functional Component Command Space and Global Strike , or JFCCSGS was created.

Overseen by USSTRATCOM, JFCCSGS would be responsible for the launching of military operations “using nuclear or conventional weapons” in compliance with the Bush administration’s new nuclear doctrine. Both categories of weapons would be integrated into a “joint strike operation” under unified Command and Control.

According to Robert S. Norris and Hans M. Kristensen, writing in the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists,

“The Defense Department is upgrading its nuclear strike plans to reflect new presidential guidance and a transition in war planning from the top-heavy Single Integrated Operational Plan of the Cold War to a family of smaller and more flexible strike plans designed to defeat today’s adversaries. The new central strategic war plan is known as OPLAN (Operations Plan) 8044…. This revised, detailed plan provides more flexible options to assure allies, and dissuade, deter, and if necessary, defeat adversaries in a wider range of contingencies….

One member of the new family is CONPLAN 8022, a concept plan for the quick use of nuclear, conventional, or information warfare capabilities to destroy–preemptively, if necessary–“time-urgent targets” anywhere in the world. Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld issued an Alert Order in early 2004 that directed the military to put CONPLAN 8022 into effect. As a result, the Bush administration’s preemption policy is now operational on long-range bombers, strategic submarines on deterrent patrol, and presumably intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs).”

The operational implementation of the Global Strike would be under CONCEPT PLAN (CONPLAN) 8022, which now consists of  “an actual plan that the Navy and the Air Force translate into strike package for their submarines and bombers,’ (Japanese Economic Newswire, 30 December 2005, For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, op. cit.).

CONPLAN 8022 is ‘the overall umbrella plan for sort of the pre-planned strategic scenarios involving nuclear weapons.’

‘It’s specifically focused on these new types of threats — Iran, North Korea — proliferators and potentially terrorists too,’ he said. ‘There’s nothing that says that they can’t use CONPLAN 8022 in limited scenarios against Russian and Chinese targets.’ (According to Hans Kristensen, of the Nuclear Information Project, quoted in Japanese Economic News Wire, op. cit.)

Nuclear Weapons Deployment Authorization

The planning of the aerial bombings of Iran started in mid-2004, pursuant to the formulation of CONPLAN 8022 in early 2004. In May 2004, National Security Presidential Directive NSPD 35 entitled Nuclear Weapons Deployment Authorization was issued.

The contents of this highly sensitive document remains a carefully guarded State secret. There has been no mention of NSPD 35 by the media nor even in Congressional debates.  While its contents remains classified, the presumption is that NSPD 35 pertains to the deployment of tactical nuclear weapons in the Middle East war theater in compliance with CONPLAN 8022.

In this regard, a recent press report published in Yeni Safak (Turkey) suggests that the United States is currently:

“deploying B61-type tactical nuclear weapons in southern Iraq as part of a plan to hit Iran from this area if and when Iran responds to an Israeli attack on its nuclear facilities”. (Ibrahim Karagul, “The US is Deploying Nuclear Weapons in Iraq Against Iran”, (Yeni Safak,. 20 December 2005, quoted in BBC Monitoring Europe).

This deployment in Iraq appears to be pursuant to NSPD 35 ,

What the Yenbi Safak report suggests is that conventional weapons would be used in the first instance, and if Iran were to retaliate in response to US-Israeli aerial attacks, tactical thermonuclear B61 weapons could then be launched  This retaliation using tactical nuclear weapons would be consistent with the guidelines contained in the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review and NSPD 17 (see above).

Israel’s Stockpiling of Conventional and Nuclear Weapons

Israel is part of the military alliance and is slated to play a major role in the planned attacks on Iran. (For details see Michel Chossudovsky, Nuclear War against Iran, Jan 2006 ).

Confirmed by several press reports, Israel has taken delivery, starting in September 2004 of some 500 US produced  BLU 109 bunker buster bombs (WP, January 6, 2006). The first procurement order for BLU 109 [Bomb Live Unit] dates to September 2004. In April 2005, Washington confirmed that Israel was to take delivery of 100 of the more sophisticated bunker buster bomb GBU-28 produced by Lockheed Martin ( Reuters, April 26, 2005).  The GBU-28 is described as “a 5,000-pound laser-guided conventional munitions that uses a 4,400-pound penetrating warhead.” It was used in the Iraqi war theater:

The Pentagon [stated] that … the sale to Israel of 500 BLU-109 warheads, [was] meant to “contribute significantly to U.S. strategic and tactical objectives.” .

Mounted on satellite-guided bombs, BLU-109s can be fired from F-15 or F-16 jets, U.S.-made aircraft in Israel’s arsenal. This year Israel received the first of a fleet of 102 long-range F-16Is from Washington, its main ally. “Israel very likely manufactures its own bunker busters, but they are not as robust as the 2,000-pound (910 kg) BLUs,” Robert Hewson, editor of Jane’s Air-Launched Weapons, told Reuters. (Reuters, 21 September 2004)

The report does not confirm whether Israel has stockpiled and deployed the thermonuclear version of the bunker buster bomb. Nor does it indicate whether the Israeli made bunker buster bombs are equipped with nuclear warheads. It is worth noting that this stock piling of bunker buster bombs occurred within a few months after the Release of  the NPSD 35¸ Nuclear Weapons Deployment Authorization   (May 2004).

Israel possesses 100-200 strategic nuclear warheads . In 2003, Washington and Tel Aviv confirmed that they were collaborating in “the deployment of US-supplied Harpoon cruise missiles armed with nuclear warheads in Israel’s fleet of Dolphin-class submarines.” (The Observer, 12 October 2003) . In more recent developments, which coincide with the preparations of  strikes against Iran, Israel has taken delivery of  two new German produced submarines “that could launch nuclear-armed cruise missiles for a “second-strike” deterrent.” (Newsweek, 13 February 2006. See also CDI Data Base)

Israel’s tactical nuclear weapons capabilities are not known

Israel’s participation in the aerial attacks will also act as a political bombshell throughout the Middle East. It would contribute to escalation, with a war zone which could extend initially into Lebanon and Syria. The entire region from the Eastern Mediterranean to Central Asia and Afghanistan’s Western frontier would be affected..

The Role of Western Europe

Several Western European  countries, officially considered as “non-nuclear states”, possess tactical nuclear weapons, supplied to them by Washington.

The US has supplied some 480 B61 thermonuclear bombs to five non-nuclear NATO countries including Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Turkey, and one nuclear country, the United Kingdom. Casually disregarded by the Vienna based UN Nuclear Watch, the US has actively contributed to the proliferation of nuclear weapons in Western Europe.

 

As part of this European stockpiling, Turkey, which is [was] a partner of the US-led coalition against Iran along with Israel, possesses some 90 thermonuclear B61 bunker buster bombs at the Incirlik nuclear air base. (National Resources Defense Council, Nuclear Weapons in Europe , February 2005)

Consistent with US nuclear policy, the stockpiling and deployment of B61 in Western Europe are intended for targets in the Middle East. Moreover, in accordance with  “NATO strike plans”, these thermonuclear B61 bunker buster bombs (stockpiled by the “non-nuclear States”) could be launched  “against targets in Russia or countries in the Middle East such as Syria and Iran” ( quoted in National Resources Defense Council, Nuclear Weapons in Europe , February 2005)

Moreover, confirmed by (partially) declassified documents (released under the U.S. Freedom of Information Act):

“arrangements were made in the mid-1990s to allow the use of U.S. nuclear forces in Europe outside the area of responsibility of U.S. European Command (EUCOM). As a result of these arrangements, EUCOM now supports CENTCOM nuclear missions in the Middle East, including, potentially, against Iran and Syria”

(quoted in  http://www.nukestrat.com/us/afn/nato.htm italics added)

With the exception of the US, no other nuclear power “has nuclear weapons earmarked for delivery by non-nuclear countries.” (National Resources Defense Council, op cit)

While these “non-nuclear states” casually accuse Tehran of developing nuclear weapons, without documentary evidence, they themselves have capabilities of delivering nuclear warheads, which are targeted at Iran.  To say that this is a clear case of “double standards” by the IAEA and the “international community” is a understatement.

Germany: De Facto Nuclear Power

Among the five “non-nuclear states” “Germany remains the most heavily nuclearized country with three nuclear bases (two of which are fully operational) and may store as many as 150 [B61 bunker buster ] bombs” (Ibid). In accordance with “NATO strike plans” (mentioned above) these tactical nuclear weapons are also targeted at the Middle East.

While Germany is not officially a nuclear power, it produces nuclear warheads for the French Navy. It stockpiles nuclear warheads and it has the capabilities of delivering nuclear weapons.  The European Aeronautic Defense and Space Company – EADS , a Franco-German-Spanish  joint venture, controlled by Deutsche Aerospace and the powerful Daimler Group is Europe’s second largest military producer, supplying .France’s M51 nuclear missile.

France Endorses the Preemptive Nuclear Doctrine

In January 2006, French President Jacques Chirac announced a major shift in France’s nuclear policy.

Without mentioning Iran, Chirac intimated that France’s nukes should be used in the form of  “more focused attacks” against countries, which were “considering” the deployment of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD).

He also hinted to the possibility that tactical nuclear weapons could be used in conventional war theaters, very much in line with both US and NATO nuclear doctrine (See Chirac shifts French doctrine for use of nuclear weapons , Nucleonics Week January 26, 2006).

The French president seems to have embraced the  US sponsored “War on Terrorism”. He presented nuclear weapons as a means to build a safer World and combat terrorism:

Nuclear weapons are not meant to be used against “fanatical terrorists,” nevertheless “the leaders of states which used terrorist means against us, as well as those who considered using, in one way or another, weapons of mass destruction, must understand that they are exposing themselves to a firm, appropriate response on our side…”.(Ibid)

Although Chirac made no reference to the preemptive use of nuclear weapons, his statement broadly replicates the premises of the Bush administration’s 2001 Nuclear Posture Review , which calls for the use of tactical nuclear weapons against ”rogue states” and “terrorist non-state organizations”.

The stockpiled weapons are B61 thermonuclear bombs.  All the weapons are gravity bombs of the B61-3, -4, and -10 types.2 .

Those estimates were based on private and public statements by a number of government sources and assumptions about the weapon storage capacity at each base

.(National Resources Defense Council, Nuclear Weapons in Europe , February 2005)

Building a Pretext for a Preemptive Nuclear Attack

The pretext for waging  war on Iran essentially rests on two fundamental premises, which are part of the Bush administration’s National Security doctrine.

1. Iran’s alleged possession of  “Weapons of Mass Destruction” (WMD), more specifically its nuclear enrichment program.

2. Iran’s alleged support to “Islamic terrorists”.

These are two interrelated statements which are an integral part of the propaganda and media disinformation campaign.

The “Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD)” statement is used to justify the “pre-emptive war” against the “State sponsors of terror”, –i.e. countries such as Iran and North Korea which allegedly possess WMD. Iran is identified as a State sponsor of so-called “non-State terrorist organizations”. The latter also possess WMDs and potentially constitute a nuclear threat. Terrorist non-state organizations are presented as a “nuclear power”.

“The enemies in this [long] war are not traditional conventional military forces but rather dispersed, global terrorist networks that exploit Islam to advance radical political aims. These enemies have the avowed aim of acquiring and using nuclear and biological weapons to murder hundreds of thousands of Americans and others around the world.” (2006 Quadrennial Defense Review ),

In contrast, Germany and Israel which produce and possess nuclear warheads are not considered “nuclear powers”.

In recent months, the pretext for war, building on this WMD-Islamic terrorist nexus, has been highlighted ad  nauseam, on a daily basis by the Western media.

In a testimony to the US Senate Budget Committee, Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice accused Iran and Syria of destabilizing the Middle East and providing support to militant Islamic groups. She described Iran as the “a central banker for terrorism”, not withstanding the fact amply documented that Al Qaeda has been supported and financed  from its inception in the early 1980s by none other than the CIA. (See Michel Chossudovsky, Who is Osama bin Laden, Global Research 2001).

“It’s not just Iran’s nuclear program but also their support for terrorism around the world. They are, in effect, the central banker for terrorism,”  (Statement to the Senate Budget Committee, 16 February 2006)

“Second 9/11”: Cheney’s “Contingency Plan”

While the “threat” of Iran’s alleged WMD is slated for debate at the UN Security Council, Vice President Dick Cheney is reported to have instructed USSTRATCOM to draw up a contingency plan “to be employed in response to another 9/11-type terrorist attack on the United States”. This “contingency plan” to attack Iran uses the pretext of a “Second 9/11” which has not yet happened, to prepare for a major military operation against Iran.

The contingency plan, which is characterized by a military build up in anticipation of possible aerial strikes against Iran, is in a “state of readiness”.

What is diabolical is that the justification to wage war on Iran rests on Iran’s involvement in a terrorist attack on America, which has not yet occurred:

The plan includes a large-scale air assault on Iran employing both conventional and tactical nuclear weapons. Within Iran there are more than 450 major strategic targets, including numerous suspected nuclear-weapons-program development sites. Many of the targets are hardened or are deep underground and could not be taken out by conventional weapons, hence the nuclear option. As in the case of Iraq, the response is not conditional on Iran actually being involved in the act of terrorism directed against the United States. Several senior Air Force officers involved in the planning are reportedly appalled at the implications of what they are doing—that Iran is being set up for an unprovoked nuclear attack—but no one is prepared to damage his career by posing any objections. (Philip Giraldi, Attack on Iran: Pre-emptive Nuclear War , The American Conservative, 2 August 2005, emphasis added)

Are we to understand that US military planners are waiting in limbo for a Second 9/11, to launch a military operation directed against Iran, which is currently in a “state of readiness”?

Cheney’s proposed “contingency plan” does not focus on preventing a Second 9/11. The Cheney plan is predicated on the presumption that Iran would be behind a Second 9/11 and that punitive bombings would immediately be activated, prior to the conduct of an investigation, much in the same way as the attacks on Afghanistan in October 2001, allegedly in retribution for the role of the Taliban government in support of the 9/11 terrorists. It is worth noting that the bombing and invasion of Afghanistan had been planned well in advance of 9/11. As Michael Keefer points out in an incisive review article:

“At a deeper level, it implies that “9/11-type terrorist attacks” are recognized in Cheney’s office and the Pentagon as appropriate means of legitimizing wars of aggression against any country selected for that treatment by the regime and its corporate propaganda-amplification system….  (Keefer, February 2006 )

Keefer concludes that “an attack on Iran, which would presumably involve the use of significant numbers of extremely ‘dirty’ earth-penetrating nuclear bombs, might well be made to follow a dirty-bomb attack on the United States, which would be represented in the media as having been carried out by Iranian agents” (Keefer, February 2006 )

The Battle for Oil

The Anglo-American oil companies are indelibly behind Cheney’s “contingency plan” to wage war on Iran. The latter is geared towards territorial and corporate control over oil and gas reserves as well as pipeline routes.

There is continuity in US Middle East war plans, from the Democrats to the Republicans. The essential features of Neoconservative discourse were already in place under the Clinton administration. US Central Command’s (USCENTCOM) theater strategy in the mid-1990s was geared towards securing, from an economic and military standpoint, control over Middle East oil.

“The broad national security interests and objectives expressed in the President’s National Security Strategy (NSS) and the Chairman’s National Military Strategy (NMS) form the foundation of the United States Central Command’s theater strategy. The NSS directs implementation of a strategy of dual containment of the rogue states of Iraq and Iran as long as those states pose a threat to U.S. interests, to other states in the region, and to their own citizens. Dual containment is designed to maintain the balance of power in the region without depending on either Iraq or Iran. USCENTCOM’s theater strategy is interest-based and threat-focused. The purpose of U.S. engagement, as espoused in the NSS, is to protect the United States’ vital interest in the region – uninterrupted, secure U.S./Allied access to Gulf oil.

(USCENTCOM, http://www.milnet.com/milnet/pentagon/centcom/chap1/stratgic.htm#USPolicy , emphasis added)

Iran possesses 10 percent of global oil and gas reserves,  The US is the first and foremost military and nuclear power in the World, but it possesses less than 3 percent of global oil and gas reserves.

On the other hand, the countries inhabited by Muslims, including the Middle East, North Africa, Central Asia, West and Central Africa, Malaysia, Indonesia and Brunei, possess approximately 80 percent of the World’s oil and gas reserves.

The “war on terrorism” and the hate campaign directed against Muslims, which has gained impetus in recent months, bears a direct relationship to the “Battle for Middle East Oil”.  How best to conquer these vast oil reserves located in countries inhabited by Muslims?  Build a political consensus against Muslim countries, describe them as “uncivilized”,  denigrate their culture and religion, implement ethnic profiling against Muslims in Western countries, foster hatred and racism against the inhabitants of the oil producing countries.

The values of Islam are said to be tied into  “Islamic terrorism”. Western governments are now accusing Iran of “exporting terrorism to the West” In the words of Prime Minister Tony Blair:

“There is a virus of extremism which comes out of the cocktail of religious fanaticism and political repression in the Middle East which is now being exported to the rest of the world. “We will only secure our future if we are dealing with every single aspect of that problem. Our future security depends on sorting out the stability of that region.””You can never say never in any of these situations.” (quoted in the Mirror, 7 February 2006)

Muslims are demonized, casually identified with “Islamic terrorists”, who are also described as constituting a nuclear threat. In turn, the terrorists are supported by Iran, an Islamic Republic which threatens the “civilized World” with deadly nuclear weapons (which it does not possess). In contrast, America’s humanitarian “nuclear weapons will be accurate, safe and reliable.”

The World is at a Critical Crossroads

It is not Iran which is a threat to global security but the United States of America and Israel.

In recent developments [2006], Western European governments –including the so-called “non-nuclear states” which  possess nuclear weapons– have joined the bandwagon. In chorus, Western Europe and the member states of the Atlantic alliance (NATO) have endorsed the US-led military initiative against Iran.

The Pentagon’s planned aerial attacks on Iran involve “scenarios” using both nuclear and conventional weapons. While this does not imply the use of nuclear weapons, the potential danger of a Middle East nuclear holocaust must, nonetheless, be taken seriously. It must become a focal point of the antiwar movement, particularly in the United States, Western Europe, Israel and Turkey.

It should also be understood that China and Russia are (unofficially) allies of Iran, supplying them with advanced military equipment and a sophisticated missile defense system. It is unlikely that China and Russia will take on a passive position if and when the aerial bombardments are carried out.

The new preemptive nuclear doctrine calls for the “integration” of “defensive” and “offensive” operations. Moreover, the important distinction between conventional and nuclear weapons has been blurred..

From a military standpoint, the US and its coalition partners including Israel and Turkey are in “a state of readiness.”

Through media disinformation, the objective is to galvanize Western public opinion  in support of a US-led war on Iran in retaliation for Iran’s defiance of the international community.

War propaganda consists  in “fabricating an enemy” while conveying the illusion that the Western World is under attack by Islamic terrorists, who are directly supported by the Tehran government.

“Make the World safer”, “prevent the proliferation of dirty nuclear devices by terrorists”, “implement punitive actions against Iran to ensure the peace”.  “Combat nuclear proliferation by rogue states”…

Supported by the Western media, a generalized atmosphere of racism and xenophobia directed against Muslims has unfolded, particularly in Western Europe, which provides a fake legitimacy to the US war agenda. The latter is upheld as a “Just War”. The “Just war” theory serves to camouflage the nature of US war plans, while providing a human face to the invaders.

What can be done?

The antiwar movement is in many regards divided and misinformed on the nature of the US military agenda. Several non-governmental organizations have placed the blame on Iran, for not complying with the “reasonable demands” of the “international community”. These same organizations, which are committed to World Peace tend to downplay the implications of the proposed US bombing of Iran.

To reverse the tide requires a massive campaign of networking and outreach to inform people across the land, nationally and internationally, in neighborhoods, workplaces, parishes, schools, universities, municipalities, on the dangers of a US sponsored war, which contemplates the use of nuclear weapons. The message should be loud and clear: Iran is not the threat. Even without the use of nukes, the proposed aerial bombardments could result in escalation, ultimately leading us into a broader war in the Middle East.

Debate and discussion must also take place within the Military and Intelligence community, particularly with regard to the use of tactical nuclear weapons, within the corridors of the US Congress, in municipalities and at all levels of government. Ultimately, the legitimacy of the political and military actors in high office must be challenged.

The corporate media also bears a heavy responsibility for the cover-up of US sponsored war crimes. It must also be forcefully challenged for its biased coverage of the Middle East war.

For the past year, Washington has been waging a “diplomatic arm twisting” exercise with a view to enlisting countries into supporting of its military agenda. It is essential that at the diplomatic level, countries in the Middle East, Asia, Africa and Latin America take a firm stance against the US military agenda.

Condoleezza Rice has trekked across the Middle East, “expressing concern over Iran’s nuclear program”, seeking the unequivocal endorsement of  the governments of the region against Tehran. Meanwhile the Bush administration has allocated funds in support of Iranian dissident groups within Iran.

What is needed is to break the conspiracy of silence, expose the media lies and distortions, confront the criminal nature of the US Administration and of those governments which support it, its war agenda as well as its so-called “Homeland Security agenda” which has already defined the contours of a police State.

The World is at the crossroads of the most serious crisis in modern history. The US  has embarked on a military adventure, “a long war”, which threatens the future of humanity.

It is essential to bring the US war project to the forefront of political debate, particularly in North America and Western Europe.

Political and military leaders who are opposed to the war must take a firm stance, from within their respective institutions. Citizens must take a stance individually and collectively against war.

 


Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   


Annex A

Five basic types of US Military Plans:  

• Campaign Plan (CAMPLAN): A plan for a series of related military operations aimed at accomplishing a strategic or operational objective within a given time and space (e.g., campaign plan for Iraq incorporating a number of subordinate specific plans).

• Operations Plan (OPLAN): A completed plan required when there is compelling national interest, when a specific threat exists, and/or when the nature of the contingency requires detailed planning (e.g., North Korea). OPLANs contains all formatted annexes (see below), and Time Phased Force and Deployment Data (TPFDD), a database containing units to be deployed, routing of deploying units, movement data of forces, personnel, logistics and transportation requirements. An OPLAN can be used as a basis for development of an Operations Order (OPORD).

• Operations Plan in Concept Form Only (CONPLAN): An operations plan in an abbreviated format prepared for less compelling national interest contingencies than for OPLANs and for unspecific threats. A CONPLAN requires expansion or alteration to convert into an OPLAN or OPORD. It normally includes a statement of Strategic Concept and annexes A-D and K (see below). CONPLANs that do have TPFDDs are usually developed because of international agreement or treaties.

• Functional plans (FUNCPLAN): An operations plan involving the conduct of military operations in a peacetime or non-hostile environment (e.g., disaster relief, humanitarian assistance, counter-drug, or peacekeeping operations).

• Theater Security Cooperation and Theater Engagement Plans (TSCPs and TEPs): Day-to-day plans to set the initial conditions for future military action in terms of multinational capabilities, U.S. military access, coalition interoperability, and intelligence

SOURCE: Supplement to Code Names: Deciphering U.S. Military Plans, Programs, and Operations in the 9/11 World , by William Arkin   (Copyright William Arkin, 2005)


ANNEX B

Timeline  in the Development of US Nuclear doctrine (2002-2006)  [excerpts]

Source The Nuclear Information Project   (copyright Nuclear Information Project, click to see complete and detailed Timeline )

2002

January 8: The Nuclear Posture Review is officially published.

June: White House issues National Security Presidential Directive (NSPD) 14, “Nuclear Weapons Planning Guidance.”

September 14: White House issues National Security Presidential Directive (NSPD) 17, “National Strategy to Combat Weapons of Mass Destruction.”

September 17: White House issues the National Security Strategy of the United States. The document publicly formulates a more proactive preemption doctrine

December 10: White House issues “National Strategy to Combat Weapons of Mass Destruction,” the unclassified version of National Security Presidential Directive (NSPD) 17. The wording in NSPD 17 of using “potentially nuclear weapons” is replaced with “all of our options.”

December 16: White House issues National Security Presidential Directive (NSPD) 23, “National Policy on Ballistic Missile Defense.”

2003

January 10: President Bush signs Change 2 to the Unified Command Plan (UCP), which assigns four emerging missions to STRATCOM: missile defense, global strike, information operations, and global C4ISR. (Command and Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Sensors and Reconnaissance). The directive identifies global strike as “a capability to deliver rapid, extended range, precision kinetic (nuclear and conventional) and non-kinetic (elements of space and information operations) effects in support of theater and national objectives.”

March: Defense Secretary Rumsfeld issues “Nuclear Posture Review: Implementation Plan, DOD Implementation of the December 2001 Nuclear Posture Review Report to Congress.”

April: STRATCOM issues CONPLAN (Concept Plan) 8022-01, Strategic Concept.

June 4: STRATCOM issues CONPLAN 8022-02, Strategic Concept draft.

June: White House issues National Security Presidential Directive (NSPD) 28, “United States Nuclear Weapons Command and Control, Safety, and Security.” The guidance “provides direction on various nuclear issues, to include security.”

October 1: OPLAN (Operation Plan) 8044, the first strategic plan not using the name SIOP, is put into effect by STRATCOM.

November: The first CONPLAN 8022 (Global Strike) is completed by STRATCOM.

2004

April 19: Defense Secretary Rumsfeld issues NUWEP (Nuclear Weapons Employment Policy). The document states in part: “U.S. nuclear forces must be capable of, and be seen to be capable of, destroying those critical war-making and war-supporting assets and capabilities that a potential enemy leadership values most and that it would rely on to achieve its own objectives in a post-war world.”

May 24: Air Combat Command publishes Global Strike CONOPS.

May: White House issues National Security Presidential Directive (NSPD) 35, “Nuclear Weapons Deployment Authorization,” which authorizes deployment of tactical nuclear weapons in Europe.

July 8: STRATCOM commander General E. Cartwright informs Congress that Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld “just signed the Interim Global Strike Alert Order, which provides the President a prompt, global strike capability.” The Alert Order directs the Air Force and Navy to put CONPLAN 8022 into effect on selected strike platforms including long-range bombers and strategic submarines.

August 17: STRATCOM publishes Global Strike Interim Capability Operations Order (OPORD).

October 1: OPLAN 8044 Revision 01 becomes effective. According to Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff General Richard B. Myers, “STRATCOM has revised our strategic deterrence and response plan that became effective in the fall of 2004. This revised, detailed plan provides more flexible options to assure allies, and dissuade, deter, and if necessary, defeat adversaries in a wider range of contingencies.” (emphasis added)

November: CJCS publishes “Strategic Deterrence Joint Operating Concept.”

2005

January 10: CJCS issues Global Strike Joint Integrating Concept, Version 1.

March 1: President Bush signs Unified Command Plan 2004.

October 1: OPLAN 8044 Revision 02 is put into effect by STRATCOM. According to the Pentagon, this was a “major revamping” of the U.S. strategic war plan which, among other issues, included the “integration of conventional strike options into [the] OPLAN.”

2006

Early 2006: CJCS is scheduled to publish updated Doctrine for Joint Nuclear Operations (Joint Pub 3-12). However, this and three other Joint Pub nuclear documents were cancelled.

February 6: Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld released the Quadrennial Defense Review.

Source: The Nuclear Information Project   Copyright The Nuclear Information Project 2005

 

This carefully researched article by John Steinbach on Israel’s nuclear arsenal was first published by Global Research in March 2002. 

“Should war break out in the Middle East again,… or should any Arab nation fire missiles against Israel, as the Iraqis did, a nuclear escalation, once unthinkable except as a last resort, would now be a strong probability.” Seymour Hersh(1)

“Arabs may have the oil, but we have the matches.” Ariel Sharon(2) (right image)

Introduction

With between 200 and 500 thermonuclear weapons and a sophisticated delivery system, Israel has quietly supplanted Britain as the World’s 5th Largest nuclear power, and may currently rival France and China in the size and sophistication of its nuclear arsenal.

Although dwarfed by the nuclear arsenals of the U.S. and Russia, each possessing over 10,000 nuclear weapons, Israel nonetheless is a major nuclear power, and should be publically recognized as such.

Since the Gulf War in 1991, while much attention has been lavished on the threat posed by Iraqi weapons of mass destruction, the major culprit in the region, Israel, has been largely ignored.

Possessing chemical and biological weapons, an extremely sophisticated nuclear arsenal, and an aggressive strategy for their actual use, Israel provides the major regional impetus for the development of weapons of mass destruction and represents an acute threat to peace and stability in the Middle East.

The Israeli nuclear program represents a serious impediment to nuclear disarmament and nonproliferation and, with India and Pakistan, is a potential nuclear flashpoint.(prospects of meaningful non-proliferation are a delusion so long as the nuclear weapons states insist on maintaining their arsenals,) Citizens concerned about sanctions against Iraq, peace with justice in the Middle East, and nuclear disarmament have an obligation to speak out forcefully against the Israeli nuclear program.

Birth of the Israeli Bomb

The Israeli nuclear program began in the late 1940s under the direction of Ernst David Bergmann, “the father of the Israeli bomb,” who in 1952 established the Israeli Atomic Energy Commission.

It was France, however, which provided the bulk of early nuclear assistance to Israel culminating in construction of Dimona, a heavy water moderated, natural uranium reactor and plutonium reprocessing factory situated near Bersheeba in the Negev Desert.

Israel had been an active participant in the French Nuclear weapons program from its inception, providing critical technical expertise, and the Israeli nuclear program can be seen as an extension of this earlier collaboration. Dimona went on line in 1964 and plutonium reprocessing began shortly thereafter. Despite various Israeli claims that Dimona was “a manganese plant, or a textile factory,” the extreme security measures employed told a far different story. In 1967, Israel shot down one of their own Mirage fighters that approached too close to Dimona and in 1973 shot down a Lybian civilian airliner which strayed off course, killing 104.(3)

There is substantial credible speculation that Israel may have exploded at least one, and perhaps several, nuclear devices in the mid 1960s in the Negev near the Israeli-Egyptian border, and that it participated actively in French nuclear tests in Algeria.(4) By the time of the “Yom Kippur War” in 1973, Israel possessed an arsenal of perhaps several dozen deliverable atomic bombs and went on full nuclear alert.(5)

Possessing advanced nuclear technology and “world class” nuclear scientists, Israel was confronted early with a major problem- how to obtain the necessary uranium. Israel’s own uranium source was the phosphate deposits in the Negev, totally inadequate to meet the need of a rapidly expanding program. The short term answer was to mount commando raids in France and Britain to successfully hijack uranium shipments and, in 1968, to collaborate with West Germany in diverting 200 tons of yellowcake (uranium oxide).(6)

These clandestine acquisitions of uranium for Dimona were subsequently covered up by the various countries involved. There was also an allegation that a U.S. corporation called Nuclear Materials and Equipment Corporation (NUMEC) diverted hundreds of pounds of enriched uranium to Israel from the mid-50s to the mid-60s.

Despite an FBI and CIA investigation, and Congressional hearings, no one was ever prosecuted, although most other investigators believed the diversion had occurred(7)(8). In the late 1960s, Israel solved the uranium problem by developing close ties with South Africa in a quid pro quo arrangement whereby Israel supplied the technology and expertise for the “Apartheid Bomb,” while South Africa provided the uranium.

South Africa and the United States

In 1977, the Soviet Union warned the U.S. that satellite photos indicated South Africa was planning a nuclear test in the Kalahari Desert but the Apartheid regime backed down under pressure.

On September 22, 1979, a U.S. satellite detected an atmospheric test of a small thermonuclear bomb in the Indian Ocean off South Africa but, because of Israel’s apparent involvement, the report was quickly “whitewashed” by a carefully selected scientific panel kept in the dark about important details.

Later it was learned through Israeli sources that there were actually three carefully guarded tests of miniaturized Israeli nuclear artillery shells. The Israeli/South African collaboration did not end with the bomb testing, but continued until the fall of Apartheid, especially with the developing and testing of medium range missiles and advanced artillery. In addition to uranium and test facilities, South Africa provided Israel with large amounts of investment capital, while Israel provided a major trade outlet to enable the Apartheid state avoid international economic sanctions.(9)

Although the French and South Africans were primarily responsible for the Israeli nuclear program, the U.S. shares and deserves a large part of the blame. Mark Gaffney wrote (the Israeli nuclear program) “was possible only because (emphasis in original) of calculated deception on the part of Israel, and willing complicity on the part of the U.S..”(10)

From the very beginning, the U.S. was heavily involved in the Israeli nuclear program, providing nuclear related technology such as a small research reactor in 1955 under the “Atoms for Peace Program.” Israeli scientists were largely trained at U.S. universities and were generally welcomed at the nuclear weapons labs. In the early 1960s, the controls for the Dimona reactor were obtained clandestinely from a company called Tracer Lab, the main supplier of U.S. military reactor control panels, purchased through a Belgian subsidiary, apparently with the acquiescence of the National Security Agency (NSA) and the CIA.(11) In 1971, the Nixon administration approved the sale of hundreds of krytons(a type of high speed switch necessary to the development of sophisticated nuclear bombs) to Israel.(12) And, in 1979, Carter provided ultra high resolution photos from a KH-11 spy satellite, used 2 years later to bomb the Iraqi Osirak Reactor.(13) Throughout the Nixon and Carter administrations, and accelerating dramatically under Reagan, U.S. advanced technology transfers to Israel have continued unabated to the present.

The Vanunu Revelations

Following the 1973 war, Israel intensified its nuclear program while continuing its policy of deliberate “nuclear opaqueness.” Until the mid-1980s, most intelligence estimates of the Israeli nuclear arsenal were on the order of two dozen but the explosive revelations of Mordechai Vanunu, a nuclear technician working in the Dimona plutonium reprocessing plant, changed everything overnight. A leftist supporter of Palestine, Vanunu believed that it was his duty to humanity to expose Israel’s nuclear program to the world. He smuggled dozens of photos and valuable scientific data out of Israel and in 1986 his story was published in the London Sunday Times.

Rigorous scientific scrutiny of the Vanunu revelations led to the disclosure that Israel possessed as many as 200 highly sophisticated, miniaturized thermonuclear bombs. His information indicated that the Dimona reactor’s capacity had been expanded several fold and that Israel was producing enough plutonium to make ten to twelve bombs per year. A senior U.S. intelligence analyst said of the Vanunu data,”The scope of this is much more extensive than we thought. This is an enormous operation.”(14)

Just prior to publication of his information Vanunu was lured to Rome by a Mossad “Mata Hari,” was beaten, drugged and kidnapped to Israel and, following a campaign of disinformation and vilification in the Israeli press, convicted of “treason” by a secret security court and sentenced to 18 years in prison. He served over 11 years in solitary confinement in a 6 by 9 foot cell. After a year of modified release into the general population(he was not permitted contact with Arabs), Vanunu recently has been returned to solitary and faces more than 3 years further imprisonment. Predictably, The Vanunu revelations were largely ignored by the world press, especially in the United States, and Israel continues to enjoy a relatively free ride regarding its nuclear status. (15)

Israel’s Arsenal of Mass Destruction

Today, [2003] estimates of the Israeli nuclear arsenal range from a minimum of 200 to a maximum of about 500.

Whatever the number, there is little doubt that Israeli nukes are among the world’s most sophisticated, largely designed for “war fighting” in the Middle East. A staple of the Israeli nuclear arsenal are “neutron bombs,” miniaturized thermonuclear bombs designed to maximize deadly gamma radiation while minimizing blast effects and long term radiation- in essence designed to kill people while leaving property intact.(16) Weapons include ballistic missiles and bombers capable of reaching Moscow, cruise missiles, land mines (In the 1980s Israel planted nuclear land mines along the Golan Heights(17)), and artillery shells with a range of 45 miles(18).

In June, 2000 an Israeli submarine launched a cruise missile which hit a target 950 miles away, making Israel only the third nation after the U.S. and Russia with that capability. Israel will deploy 3 of these virtually impregnable submarines, each carrying 4 cruise missiles.(19)

The bombs themselves range in size from “city busters” larger than the Hiroshima Bomb to tactical mini nukes. The Israeli arsenal of weapons of mass destruction clearly dwarfs the actual or potential arsenals of all other Middle Eastern states combined, and is vastly greater than any conceivable need for “deterrence.”

Israel also possesses a comprehensive arsenal of chemical and biological weapons. According to the Sunday Times, Israel has produced both chemical and biological weapons with a sophisticated delivery system, quoting a senior Israeli intelligence official,

“There is hardly a single known or unknown form of chemical or biological weapon . . .which is not manufactured at the Nes Tziyona Biological Institute.”)(20)

The same report described F-16 fighter jets specially designed for chemical and biological payloads, with crews trained to load the weapons on a moments notice. In 1998, the Sunday Times reported that Israel, using research obtained from South Africa, was developing an “ethno bomb; “In developing their “ethno-bomb”, Israeli scientists are trying to exploit medical advances by identifying distinctive a gene carried by some Arabs, then create a genetically modified bacterium or virus… The scientists are trying to engineer deadly micro-organisms that attack only those bearing the distinctive genes.” Dedi Zucker, a leftist Member of Knesset, the Israeli parliament, denounced the research saying, “Morally, based on our history, and our tradition and our experience, such a weapon is monstrous and should be denied.”(21)

Israeli Nuclear Strategy

In popular imagination, the Israeli bomb is a “weapon of last resort,” to be used only at the last minute to avoid annihilation, and many well intentioned but misled supporters of Israel still believe that to be the case.

Whatever truth this formulation may have had in the minds of the early Israeli nuclear strategists, today the Israeli nuclear arsenal is inextricably linked to and integrated with overall Israeli military and political strategy. As Seymour Hersh says in classic understatement ; “The Samson Option is no longer the only nuclear option available to Israel.”(22) Israel has made countless veiled nuclear threats against the Arab nations and against the Soviet Union (and by extension Russia since the end of the Cold War) One chilling example comes from Ariel Sharon, the current [2002] Israeli Prime Minister

Arabs may have the oil, but we have the matches.”(23)

(In 1983 Sharon proposed to India that it join with Israel to attack Pakistani nuclear facilities; in the late 70s he proposed sending Israeli paratroopers to Tehran to prop up the Shah; and in 1982 he called for expanding Israel’s security influence to stretch from “Mauritania to Afghanistan.”)

In another example, Israeli nuclear expert Oded Brosh said in 1992,

“…we need not be ashamed that the nuclear option is a major instrumentality of our defense as a deterrent against those who attack us.”(24)

According to Israel Shahak,

“The wish for peace, so often assumed as the Israeli aim, is not in my view a principle of Israeli policy, while the wish to extend Israeli domination and influence is.”

and

“Israel is preparing for a war, nuclear if need be, for the sake of averting domestic change not to its liking, if it occurs in some or any Middle Eastern states…. Israel clearly prepares itself to seek overtly a hegemony over the entire Middle East…, without hesitating to use for the purpose all means available, including nuclear ones.”(25)

Israel uses its nuclear arsenal not just in the context of deterrence” or of direct war fighting, but in other more subtle but no less important ways. For example, the possession of weapons of mass destruction can be a powerful lever to maintain the status quo, or to influence events to Israel’s perceived advantage, such as to protect the so called moderate Arab states from internal insurrection, or to intervene in inter-Arab warfare.(26)

In Israeli strategic jargon this concept is called “nonconventional compellence” and is exemplified by a quote from Shimon Peres; “acquiring a superior weapons system(read nuclear) would mean the possibility of using it for compellent purposes- that is forcing the other side to accept Israeli political demands, which presumably include a demand that the traditional status quo be accepted and a peace treaty signed.”(27)

From a slightly different perspective, Robert Tuckerr asked in a Commentary magazine article in defense of Israeli nukes,

“What would prevent Israel… from pursuing a hawkish policy employing a nuclear deterrent to freeze the status quo?”(28)

Possessing an overwhelming nuclear superiority allows Israel to act with impunity even in the face world wide opposition. A case in point might be the invasion of Lebanon and destruction of Beirut in 1982, led by Ariel Sharon, which resulted in 20,000 deaths, most civilian. Despite the annihilation of a neighboring Arab state, not to mention the utter destruction of the Syrian Air Force, Israel was able to carry out the war for months at least partially due to its nuclear threat.

Another major use of the Israeli bomb is to compel the U.S. to act in Israel’s favor, even when it runs counter to its own strategic interests.

As early as 1956 Francis Perrin, head of the French A-bomb project wrote “We thought the Israeli Bomb was aimed at the Americans, not to launch it at the Americans, but to say, ‘If you don’t want to help us in a critical situation we will require you to help us; otherwise we will use our nuclear bombs.'”(29) During the 1973 war, Israel used nuclear blackmail to force Kissinger and Nixon to airlift massive amounts of military hardware to Israel.

The Israeli Ambassador, Simha Dinitz, is quoted as saying, at the time,

“If a massive airlift to Israel does not start immediately, then I will know that the U.S. is reneging on its promises and…we will have to draw very serious conclusions…”(30)

Just one example of this strategy was spelled out in 1987 by Amos Rubin, economic adviser to Prime Minister Yitzhak Shamir, who said

“If left to its own Israel will have no choice but to fall back on a riskier defense which will endanger itself and the world at large… To enable Israel to abstain from dependence on nuclear arms calls for $2 to 3 billion per year in U.S. aid.”(31)

Since then Israel’s nuclear arsenal has expanded exponentially, both quantitatively and qualitatively, while the U.S. money spigots remain wide open.

Regional and International Implications

Largely unknown to the world, the Middle East nearly exploded in all out war on February 22, 2001. According to the London Sunday Times and DEBKAfile, Israel went on high missile alert after receiving news from the U.S. of movement by 6 Iraqi armored divisions stationed along the Syrian border, and of launch preparations of surface to surface missiles.

DEBKAfile, an Israeli based “counter-terrorism” information service, claims that the Iraqi missiles were deliberately taken to the highest alert level in order to test the U.S. and Israeli response. Despite an immediate attack by 42 U.S. and British war planes, the Iraqis suffered little apparent damage.(32) The Israelis have warned Iraq that they are prepared to use neutron bombs in a preemptive attack against Iraqi missiles.

The Israeli nuclear arsenal has profound implications for the future of peace in the Middle East, and indeed, for the entire planet.

It is clear from Israel Shahak that Israel has no interest in peace except that which is dictated on its own terms, and has absolutely no intention of negotiating in good faith to curtail its nuclear program or discuss seriously a nuclear-free Middle East,”Israel’s insistence on the independent use of its nuclear weapons can be seen as the foundation on which Israeli grand strategy rests.”(34)

According to Seymour Hersh,

“the size and sophistication of Israel’s nuclear arsenal allows men such as Ariel Sharon to dream of redrawing the map of the Middle East aided by the implicit threat of nuclear force.”(35)

General Amnon Shahak-Lipkin, former Israeli Chief of Staff is quoted

“It is never possible to talk to Iraq about no matter what; It is never possible to talk to Iran about no matter what. Certainly about nuclearization. With Syria we cannot really talk either.”(36)

Ze’ev Shiff, an Israeli military expert writing in Haaretz said,

“Whoever believes that Israel will ever sign the UN Convention prohibiting the proliferation of nuclear weapons… is day dreaming,”(37) and Munya Mardoch, Director of the Israeli Institute for the Development of Weaponry, said in 1994, “The moral and political meaning of nuclear weapons is that states which renounce their use are acquiescing to the status of Vassal states. All those states which feel satisfied with possessing conventional weapons alone are fated to become vassal states.”(38)

As Israeli society becomes more and more polarized, the influence of the radical right becomes stronger. According to Shahak,

“The prospect of Gush Emunim, or some secular right-wing Israeli fanatics, or some some of the delerious Israeli Army generals, seizing control of Israeli nuclear weapons…cannot be precluded. …while israeli jewish society undergoes a steady polarization, the Israeli security system increasingly relies on the recruitment of cohorts from the ranks of the extreme right.”(39)

The Arab states, long aware of Israel’s nuclear program, bitterly resent its coercive intent, and perceive its existence as the paramount threat to peace in the region, requiring their own weapons of mass destruction.

During a future Middle Eastern war (a distinct possibility given the ascension of Ariel Sharon, an unindicted war criminal with a bloody record stretching from the massacre of Palestinian civilians at Quibya in 1953, to the massacre of Palestinian civilians at Sabra and Shatila in 1982 and beyond) the possible Israeli use of nuclear weapons should not be discounted. According to Shahak, “In Israeli terminology, the launching of missiles on to Israeli territory is regarded as ‘nonconventional’ regardless of whether they are equipped with explosives or poison gas.”(40) (Which requires a “nonconventional” response, a perhaps unique exception being the Iraqi SCUD attacks during the Gulf War.)

Meanwhile, the existence of an arsenal of mass destruction in such an unstable region in turn has serious implications for future arms control and disarmament negotiations, and even the threat of nuclear war. Seymour Hersh warns,

“Should war break out in the Middle East again,… or should any Arab nation fire missiles against Israel, as the Iraqis did, a nuclear escalation, once unthinkable except as a last resort, would now be a strong probability.”(41) and Ezar Weissman, Israel’s current President said “The nuclear issue is gaining momentum(and the) next war will not be conventional.”(42)

Russia and before it the Soviet Union has long been a major(if not the major) target of Israeli nukes. It is widely reported that the principal purpose of Jonathan Pollard’s spying for Israel was to furnish satellite images of Soviet targets and other super sensitive data relating to U.S. nuclear targeting strategy. (43) (Since launching its own satellite in 1988, Israel no longer needs U.S. spy secrets.) Israeli nukes aimed at the Russian heartland seriously complicate disarmament and arms control negotiations and, at the very least, the unilateral possession of nuclear weapons by Israel is enormously destabilizing, and dramatically lowers the threshold for their actual use, if not for all out nuclear war.

In the words of Mark Gaffney,

“… if the familar pattern(Israel refining its weapons of mass destruction with U.S. complicity) is not reversed soon- for whatever reason- the deepening Middle East conflict could trigger a world conflagration.” (44)

Many Middle East Peace activists have been reluctant to discuss, let alone challenge, the Israeli monopoly on nuclear weapons in the region, often leading to incomplete and uninformed analyses and flawed action strategies.

Placing the issue of Israeli weapons of mass destruction directly and honestly on the table and action agenda would have several salutary effects.

First, it would expose a primary destabilizing dynamic driving the Middle East arms race and compelling the region’s states to each seek their own “deterrent.”

Second, it would expose the grotesque double standard which sees the U.S. and Europe on the one hand condemning Iraq, Iran and Syria for developing weapons of mass destruction, while simultaneously protecting and enabling the principal culprit.

Third, exposing Israel’s nuclear strategy would focus international public attention, resulting in increased pressure to dismantle its weapons of mass destruction and negotiate a just peace in good faith.

Finally, a nuclear free Israel would make a Nuclear Free Middle East and a comprehensive regional peace agreement much more likely. Unless and until the world community confronts Israel over its covert nuclear program it is unlikely that there will be any meaningful resolution of the Israeli/Arab conflict, a fact that Israel may be counting on as the Sharon era dawns.

Notes

1. Seymour Hersh, The Samson Option: Israel’s Nuclear Arsenal and American Foreign Policy, New York,1991, Random House, p. 319 (A brilliant and prophetic work with much original research)2

2. Mark Gaffney, Dimona, The Third Temple:The Story Behind the Vanunu Revelation, Brattleboro, VT, 1989, Amana Books, p. 165 (Excellent progressive analysis of the Israeli nuclear program)

3. U.S. Army Lt. Col. Warner D. Farr, The Third Temple Holy of Holies; Israel’s Nuclear Weapons, USAF Counterproliferation Center, Air War College Sept 1999 <www.fas.org/nuke/guide/israel/nuke/farr,htm (Perhaps the best single condensed history of the Israeli nuclear program)

4. Hersch, op.cit., p. 131

5. Gaffney, op.cit., p. 63

6. Gaffney, op. cit. pp 68 – 69

7. Hersh, op.cit., pp. 242-257

8. Gaffney, op.cit., 1989, pps. 65-66 (An alternative discussion of the NUMEC affair)

9. Barbara Rogers & Zdenek Cervenka, The Nuclear Axis: The Secret Collaboration Between West Germany and South Africa, New York, 1978, Times Books, p. 325-328 (the definitive history of the Apartheid Bomb)

10. Gaffney, op. cit., 1989, p. 34

11. Peter Hounam, Woman From Mossad: The Torment of Mordechai Vanunu, London, 1999, Vision Paperbacks, pp. 155-168 (The most complete and up to date account of the Vanunu story, it includes fascenating speculation that Israel may have a second hidden Dimona type reactor)

12. Hersh, op. cit., 1989, p. 213

13. ibid, p.198-200

14. ibid, pp. 3-17

15. Hounman, op. cit. 1999, pp 189-203

16. Hersh, 1989. pp.199-200

17. ibid, p. 312

18. John Pike and Federation of American Scientists, Israel Special Weapons Guide Website, 2001, Web Address http://www.fas.org/nuke/guide/israel/index.html  (An invaluable internet resource)

19. Usi Mahnaimi and Peter Conradi, Fears of New Arms Race as Israel Tests Cruise Missiles, June 18, 2000, London Sunday Times

20. Usi Mahnaimi, Israeli Jets Equipped for Chemical Warfare October 4, 1998, London Sunday Times

21. Usi Mahnaimi and Marie Colvin, Israel Planning “Ethnic” bomb as Saddam Caves In, November 15, 1998, London Sunday Times

22. Hersh, op.cit., 1991, p. 319

23. Gaffney, op.cit., 1989, p. 163

24. Israel Shahak, Open Secrets: Israeli Nuclear and Foreign Policies, London, 1997,Pluto Press, p. 40 (An absolute “must read” for any Middle East or anti-nuclear activist)

25 ibid, p.2

26. ibid, p.43

27. Gaffney, op.cit., 1989, p 131

28. “Israel & the US: From Dependence to Nuclear Weapons?” Robert W. Tucker, Novenber 1975 pp41-42

29. London Sunday Times, October 12, 1986

30. Gaffney, op. cit. 1989. p. 147

31. ibid, p. 153

32. DEBKAfile, February 23, 2001 WWW.debka.com

33. Uzi Mahnaimi and Tom Walker, London Sunday Times, February 25, 2001

34. Shahak, op. cit., p150

35. Hersh, op.cit., p. 319

36. Shahak, op. cit., p34

37. ibid, p. 149

38. ibid, p. 153

39. ibid, pp. 37-38

40. ibid, pp 39-40

41. Hersh, op. cit., p. 19

42. Aronson, Geoffrey, “Hidden Agenda: US-Israeli Relations and the Nuclear Question,” Middle East Journal, (Autumn 1992), 619-630.

43 . Hersh, op. cit., pp. 285-305

44. Gaffney, op. cit., p194

Orignial URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/STE203A.html

The Palianytsia is more of a psychological weapon than a tactical one due to its envisaged role in reshaping perceptions and getting America to lift its restrictions on using the ATACMS to strike deep inside Russian territory.

The Associated Press reported that “Ukraine counts on new long-range weapon to bypass Western restrictions and hit deep into Russia” after Zelensky announced the “Palianytsia” during Ukraine’s 33rd Independence Day celebrations on Saturday.

Defense Minister Umerov was also quoted as writing on Facebook that “This once again proves that for victory, we need long-range capabilities and the lifting of restrictions on strikes on the enemy’s military facilities.” Palianytsia’s range is equivalent to the ATACMS’.

Therein lies the reason behind the media hype over this new weapon.

Although Kiev claims that it was an entirely indigenous creation, it’s difficult to believe that NATO countries didn’t contribute to it. More than likely, Western military-technical specialists participated in its production, though this might have been done without their political leadership being aware. The goal appears to have been to pressure them into lifting restrictions by Ukraine on the use of their weapons after this fait accompli.

Source

Chinese Special Representative for Eurasian Affairs Li strongly implied as much after he warned earlier this week that Western “super hawks” and members of the military-industrial complex are behind the push for letting Ukraine use their weapons to hit deep inside of Russian territory.

About that scenario, Russian Foreign Minister Lavrov also chimed in and accused Zelensky of “blackmailing” the West, which he said would amount to “playing with fire” if they end up going through with it.

The US still doesn’t let Ukraine strike targets deep inside of Russia, even though the precedent is for it to always give Kiev whatever it demands after some time. This delay is attributable both to a desire to control escalation with Russia and to simple pragmatism. After all, if the best weapons were given and deployed right away (after training was completed of course) but didn’t make much of a difference, then there’d be nothing better to give them once they ran out and defeat would soon follow.

It therefore makes sense to start small and exercise restraint before scaling up and easing restrictions. As regards the Palianytsia, while it might have an important tactical purpose if its claimed range is accurate, its real significance is to justify the easing of those aforesaid restrictions on the use of American arms. Ukraine wants policymakers and the public to believe that the Palianytsia was already used and Russia didn’t “overreact” like some expected, so it also won’t “overreact” if ATACMS restrictions are soon lifted.

While this ploy might prove successful, two of the implied points contained within the preceding narrative are counterproductive to Ukraine’s soft power cause. For example, some might question the need for more American arms and financing if Ukraine is already able to supposedly create long-range missiles on its own without any help like it claims just happened. There’s also the question of why the lifting of restrictions is so urgent if Ukraine is winning like it also claims is the case too.

If its military-industrial complex is carrying on just fine without any Western support and its invasion of Kursk has truly been the game-changer that some have presented it as being, then it follows that foreign aid could be curtailed and there’s no reason to risk an escalation with Russia by easing restrictions. Neither is obviously true, but the fact that Ukraine is still pushing this narrative shows how much more desperate it’s becoming as well as the importance of elite and public opinion on this sensitive issue.

The Palianytsia is therefore more of a psychological weapon than a tactical one due to its envisaged role in reshaping perceptions and getting America to lift its restrictions on using the ATACMS to strike deep inside Russian territory.

Even if it succeeds, however, that probably won’t change the military-strategic dynamics of this conflict in Kiev’s favor since Russia continues to gradually gain ground in Donbass, and its impending capture of Pokrovsk could lead to a chain reaction of victories in the coming future.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is a cropped version of the image within the text

Manlio Dinucci sottolinea il nefasto ruolo dell’Italia nella vicenda della guerra russo-ucraina.

“Kiev ha invaso la Russia anche grazie a mezzi blindati italiani, un fatto molto importante gravido di conseguenze imprevedibili”

.

.

.

Há provas crescentes de que a Ucrânia está a cooperar diretamente com a expansão do terrorismo no continente africano. Recentemente, uma fonte local de um país africano revelou à imprensa russa alguns detalhes sobre o envolvimento da Ucrânia no fortalecimento de grupos extremistas em África, especialmente na região do Sahel. Parece cada vez mais claro que o Ocidente Coletivo e o regime de Kiev vêem África como um novo front anti-Rússia, investindo em militantes salafistas radicais para defender os interesses da OTAN na região.

Um informante de um meio de comunicação russo na África disse que a Embaixada da Ucrânia na Costa do Marfim está a ser usada como centro de apoio a grupos terroristas tuaregues que lutam nos países do Sahel. Segundo informações, reuniões entre jihadistas e autoridades ucranianas, incluindo diplomatas, militares e agentes de inteligência, estão ocorrendo dentro das instalações diplomáticas. Nas reuniões, foram discutidos planos de cooperação conjunta entre Kiev e os tuaregues, incluindo mecanismos de apoio e financiamento, bem como a formação de jihadistas por soldados ucranianos.

Um fato interessante revelado pela fonte é que os combatentes tuaregues estão supostamente a ir para a Ucrânia para serem treinados pelas forças especiais de Kiev. Aparentemente, há um amplo intercâmbio militar entre ucranianos e tuaregues, com comandos ucranianos em solo africano também envolvidos em hostilidades contra forças estatais locais e o Grupo PMC Wagner russo. O objetivo desta cooperação militar é aumentar as capacidades de combate tanto dos ucranianos como dos tuaregues, com as forças anti-russas a trocarem experiências em diferentes cenários militares.

“Os rebeldes tuaregues visitaram a Costa do Marfim antes de receberem formação na Ucrânia. Lá, eles provavelmente se reuniram com oficiais do GUR e planejaram como os grupos sairiam para o treinamento”, disse a fonte a jornalistas russos.

Aparentemente, o tema começou a suscitar preocupações às autoridades da Costa do Marfim, que teriam lançado uma investigação sobre o caso. Ainda não há muitas informações disponíveis sobre o tema, pois certamente o assunto está sendo investigado em sigilo para evitar vazamentos de dados estratégicos. No entanto, se as autoridades da Costa do Marfim confirmarem esta suspeita, é provável que a crise diplomática entre a Ucrânia e os países africanos se agrave ainda mais, podendo levar ao encerramento de embaixadas e à expulsão de diplomatas.

Desde o ataque terrorista tuaregue às forças do Grupo Wagner no Mali, no início de Agosto, o envolvimento da Ucrânia no apoio a estas milícias extremistas têm estado no centro das atenções de vários países africanos. Mali, Níger e Burkina Faso, além de cortarem relações diplomáticas com a Ucrânia, pediram ao Conselho de Segurança da ONU uma investigação aprofundada sobre os crimes de Kiev em África. De acordo com a declaração conjunta dos três estados, a ONU deve “tomar medidas apropriadas contra estas ações subversivas que fortalecem os grupos terroristas em África e constituem uma manifestação do envolvimento de patrocinadores estatais estrangeiros na expansão do terrorismo na região”.

Recorde-se que, além destes casos recentes, desde 2022, algumas autoridades africanas têm relatado a presença de armas ocidentais nas mãos de terroristas locais. Acredita-se que parte das armas enviadas para a Ucrânia sejam redirecionadas para a África, abastecendo milícias jihadistas locais. Embora seja real, a mera corrupção dos funcionários ucranianos não parece suficiente para explicar este fenômeno. Parece haver uma intenção real por parte dos agentes ocidentais e ucranianos de armar grupos terroristas no Sahel, sendo esta questão não apenas o resultado da corrupção.

Há uma explicação muito simples para a intenção do Ocidente de cooperar com os tuaregues e outros jihadistas africanos. Nos últimos anos, tem havido uma onda de revoluções soberanistas na África, especialmente na região do Sahel – que é considerada por muitos especialistas como o “Heartland Africano” devido aos seus recursos naturais e geografia estratégica. A França tem sido historicamente o país “responsável” pelo combate ao terrorismo em África, mas Paris nunca pareceu realmente eficiente nesta tarefa.

A França nunca abandonou as suas práticas coloniais, procurando sempre preservar a subserviência dos países africanos. Para tal, Paris tem cooperado historicamente com grupos terroristas, uma vez que prejudicam o desenvolvimento nacional dos estados da antiga “Françafrique”. Após as revoluções, algumas nações do Sahel terminaram a cooperação de segurança com a França e contrataram o Grupo PMC Wagner para combater terroristas – levando os países ocidentais a reagir, transformando o Sahel num novo campo de batalha por procuração anti-Rússia.

O envolvimento da Ucrânia nas hostilidades do Sahel é óbvio, mas este é apenas o primeiro tema a ser investigado. O regime de Kiev é apenas um representante e não tem soberania suficiente para agir sozinho em qualquer ação relevante. Se a Ucrânia apoia os tuaregues, então os patrocinadores ocidentais de Kiev certamente autorizaram estas manobras. Depois de esclarecido o envolvimento da Ucrânia, é necessário investigar a participação dos países ocidentais no apoio aos jihadistas – principalmente a França e os EUA, que são os estados mais interessados ​​em minar a cooperação entre África e a Rússia.

 

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Ukraine using its embassy in Ivory Coast to help Tuareg terrorists, 26 de Agosto de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

CJPME Refutes Faulty Reports of Iranian Influence Over Pro-Palestine Protests

August 29th, 2024 by Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East

Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East (CJPME) urges journalists and officials to exercise heightened scrutiny and skepticism regarding reports suggesting Iranian influence over pro-Palestine protests. Earlier this summer, several newspapers and Conservative Party leader Pierre Poilievre shared conspiracy theories about Iranian control over pro-Palestine student encampments based on a report by XPOZ, an Israeli cyber-security company. According to a new analysis by CJPME’s Media Accountability Project, however, XPOZ is a highly partisan source with suspect and opaque research methods, and should not be cited by journalists.

“Irresponsible media reports treating XPOZ as a credible source have given fuel to those who want to falsely portray student activists as agents of Iran. This is a conspiracy theory,” said Jason Toney, Director of Media Advocacy for CJPME. “To be clear, there is no evidence that Iran is behind protests in Canada, period. Anyone who has worked with pro-Palestine activists around Canada knows the suggestion that Iran is funding protests is beyond outlandish,” Toney added.

The XPOZ report was first covered in an article by UK-based Iran International under the outlandish headline, “Iran masterminded anti-Israel protest in Canadian university,” and subsequently by the National Post which claimed that “anti-Israel protests at McGill University were boosted by a social media influence campaign with potential ties to Iran.” The latter article was shared by Conservative Party leader Pierre Poilievre as a supposed example of “foreign interference.” This has led many commentators to refer to alleged Iranian influence in pro-Palestine protests as a proven fact, continuing a trend of columnists alleging – without any evidence whatsoever – that the protests are funded and/or directed by Iran.

However, CJPME’s analysis found serious methodological and contextual issues that call into question the findings by XPOZ. These include a refusal to publicly release the report, a lack of transparency about its data, potential bias and conflict of interest due to the XPOZ’s ties to the Israeli military and intelligence services, and an apparent selection bias in its social media analysis. CJPME strongly recommends that journalists, columnists, and editors refrain from citing XPOZ due to these serious issues. Further, CJPME recommends that Canadians reject false conspiracy theories that defame and attempt to minimize pro-Palestine protests.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image: Pierre Poilievre in 2023. (Licensed under CC0)

According to The New York Times, Washington and London collaborated with the Ukrainians in the invasion of Kursk, allowing for better execution of border operations, while American officials have expressed their skepticism that Ukraine will be able to hold onto the territory it captured from Russia. Yet, despite this incredulity, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky claims that Russia has not been deterred from expanding its military operations in Ukraine into Sumy Oblast.

The US and the UK have provided Ukraine with satellite images and other information about the Kursk region following the invasion by the Ukrainian Armed Forces, the US newspaper reported.

“Within days of the offensive, the United States and Britain provided Ukraine with satellite imagery and other information about the Kursk region,” the article said, citing two sources, who explained that this was “to enable commanders to better monitor the movement of Russian reinforcements that could attack Ukrainian troops or cut off their likely retreat to Ukraine.”

On August 6, Ukrainian troops launched an attack on the Kursk region of Russia. The invasion marked Ukraine’s most significant aggression against Russia since February 2022. Commenting on the attack, Russian President Vladimir Putin said Ukraine had carried out another large-scale provocation by indiscriminately firing at civilian targets and that the enemy would have an adequate response.

Understanding the power of the Russian military and its abilities, American officials, according to the New York Times, are not convinced that Ukraine intends to hold its position in Russia for long.

“Ukrainian forces have not been digging the kind of extensive trenches necessary to protect soldiers and equipment from enemy fire, if Russia musters enough firepower to repel the attack. They have not been laying minefields to slow down a counterattack, nor have they constructed barriers to slow down Russian tanks,” the outlet reported.

“What the war has shown us so far is that the way to slow a military down is through ‘defence in depth,’” said Seth G. Jones, a senior vice president with the Center for Strategic and International Studies, in reference to the strategy of using multiple layers of defensive positioning. “If they are not defending territory with a mixture of trenches and mines, it is going to be virtually impossible to hold territory.”

Yet, despite Washington expressing its skepticism that Ukraine can hold onto captured Russian territory and claiming it was not informed about the Kiev regime’s plans before its incursion into Kursk on August 6, even going as far as saying it took no part in the operation, the New York Times has exposed this as another American lie.

This was also pointed out by Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov, who said on August 27 that US involvement in Ukraine’s ongoing incursion into the Kursk region is “an obvious fact.”

“Washington’s course of escalation is becoming increasingly provocative,” the deputy minister said, adding that the impression is that US officials believe they have permission to do anything.

“The impression is that [US] colleagues have thrown away the remnants of common sense and believe everything is allowed for them. Their clientele in Kiev follows similar approaches. The consequences can be much more severe than what they are already experiencing. They know where and in what areas we are responding in practical terms,” ​​Ryabkov told reporters.

Russia has already reported that Western weapons, including British tanks and US rocket systems, were used by Ukraine in Kursk, whilst the Kiev regime has confirmed the use of US Himars missiles to destroy bridges in the region.

Yet, despite warnings that the Ukrainian military will not be able to hold onto positions captured in Kursk, Zelensky delusionally said at a press conference on August 24 that the operation in Kursk has helped prevent the Russian army from occupying Ukraine’s Sumy Oblast and its regional centre, the city of Sumy.

“We have stopped a Russian operation in the north (of Ukraine), (we have done) a preventive strike, and we have accomplished this task. We have prevented the encirclement of part of Sumy Oblast,” Zelensky claimed.

Rather, there was no indication that Russia was about to launch an operation in Sumy Oblast, which is why the Ukrainian military captured many settlements with very little resistance. Instead, the Ukrainian invasion has only incentivised the Kremlin to expand its operations from just Eastern Ukraine into Sumy Oblast to create a safety zone so Russian civilians can no longer be targeted once Ukrainian forces have been pushed back over the border. It appears that only Zelensky, and not even the Americans, have faith that this operation will achieve its goals.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

The 2024 US Presidential Election Has Already Been Stolen

August 29th, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

On August 28, I listed some of the electoral procedures Democrats are putting in place in order to steal the November presidential election:

Minneapolis has designated those who entered the US illegally “justice impacted individuals” and put them into a protected class which apparently includes the right to vote.

The DNC has filed a lawsuit against the Georgia Election Board to block the rule that requires counties to ensure the accuracy of the votes prior to certification. If you remember, this was a question in the 2020 election when Georgia and other states’ votes were certified without authentication.

In Wayne County, Michigan, the 19th most populous county in the US (there are 3,244 counties in the US) which includes Detroit, Warren, and Dearborn, 98% of the poll watchers appointed to oversee the 2024 presidential vote are Democrats.

The Wisconsin Supreme Court overturned the ban against ballot drop boxes that allow fraudulent ballots to enter the vote count. Here is the NBC News headline: “Wisconsin Supreme Court overturns ruling that barred most ballot drop boxes”

The Biden regime provides “immigrant-invaders” with federal ID cards when they enter. In blue jurisdictions immigrant-invaders are registered to vote when they apply for a driver’s license. The Democrats can then vote the registrations.

Thus the presstitute false news report from the Democrat New Republic that “Kamala Harris is inspiring many new voters to register.”

This is the way that the ruling establishment will explain the sudden increase in ballot numbers from illegal alien votes. These votes might be accounted for by illegal aliens voting or by Democrats stuffing drop boxes with the automatic registrations of illegals that puts “immigrant-invaders” on voting lists when they are issued driving licenses.

As Republican poll watchers have been eliminated from such populous areas as Wayne County Michigan, there is no check on illegal alien voting.

Newsweek reports that “Kamala Harris Overtakes Donald Trump in New Poll.”

This particular poll comes from the Florida Atlantic University Political Communication and Public Opinion Research Lab. If memory serves, this is the left-wing university, financed by the insouciant Florida government and taxpayers, that has caused so much trouble for Florida Governor Ron DeSantis and Donald Trump.

Ask yourselves how in less than one month Kamala Harris went from the most disapproved of American politicians to being the front runner in a presidential election and such an inspiring candidate that the voting rolls are bulging with new voters for Kamala.

The answer is that it is all a media and establishment orchestration to create the impression in the limited minds of insouciant Americans that as Kamala is leading, the election wasn’t stolen.

As Republicans and American citizens are apparently incapable of acknowledging reality, they have taken no effective steps to protect the integrity of US elections.

Theft it is, and theft it will be.

And no one will do anything about it.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Voting signs in Spanish, English, and Chinese show the way to the polling station. Photo by Tim Brown/Source

Two weeks ago, I was prompted to write “Censorship on Steroids: Truthteller Alert,” in response to unprecedented internet censorship, co-timed with increasing persecution of highly visible truthtellers.

Nearly a decade ago, I wrote a Global Research article entitled “A History of America’s War on Whistleblowers and Journalists Since 9/11.”

The list of dead American whistleblowers and journalists is long – Shireen Abu Akleh in 2022, Michael Collins Piper in 2015, Serena Shim in 2014, Mike Ruppert in 2014, Michael Hastings in 2013, Jack Wheeler in 2010, Roland Carnaby in 2008, Gary Webb in 2004, John O’Neill on 9/11, Danny Casolaro in 1991, all likely targeted extrajudicial political assassinations. These bold truthtellers paid the ultimate heaviest price telling the truth, determined to expose the egregious crimes committed by the Zionist controlled pariahs Israel and its lapdog American government.

The “planetary controllers” know that the masses are finally waking up like never before, increasingly aware and angry over the  powerbrokers perpetuating their forever crime spree against both humanity and children with total impunity.

Thus, to save themselves, Western governments have declared war against the truth and all truthtellers.

People on this earth are now realizing that those occupying Western government offices of power are demanding World War III be ignited on two active warfronts in Ukraine and the Middle East, with an imminent third theater of operations in Pacific Asia. And, for the first time in humans’ history, all three fronts of this global war will be fought between rivaling nuclear powers.

With bankers’ wars ruling our planet for centuries, at will, the moneychanger controllers have been creating and financing both sides to every global conflict through divide and rule deception as their M.O.

This presentation is twofold, providing cursory glimpses into both the recently stepped up high-profile arrests and attacks against a handful of the most visible truthtellers as well as the coordinated global assault against internet users expressing their free speech rights, also increasingly arrested on bogus charges of “hate speech” and/or antisemitism crimes.

With the recent political unrest and riots in the United Kingdom, the Kier Starmer government is arresting internet users for simply criticizing the foreign invaders and their rising crime rates.

Those British citizens exercising their human right to peaceful assembly protest are beaten and imprisoned by police while crimes committed by those invaders from other nations go virtually unpunished. The two-tiered (in)justice system, driven by DEI (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion) and identity politics mandates, means that free speech is now a crime under emerging hate speech law increasingly applied across all Western nations toward critics of Israel’s genocide or of foreign asylum seekers.

Even more appalling is the top cop in Britain threatens to extradite internet users in other countries critical of Britain.

EU minister Thierry Breton even made written threats of lawfare to Elon Musk prior to his interview with the leading US presidential candidate, former President Trump, claiming certain topics were off limits as misinformation or potential hate speech. Next month’s UN Summit of the Future agenda per its documents is implementing the infamous Agenda 2030, which is the globalist NWO model, outlining global limits on free speech. These are all clear signs of total tyranny against both private citizens online in their own homes as well as public citizens and former presidents.

The entrepreneurial Russian founder of the internet platform app Telegram, Pavel Durov, who stands out as a stalwart protector of our privacy and freedom, as of August 24th is now locked away in a French jailcell. Upon arrival at Paris-Le Bourget Airport, Durov was detained.The French government arrested him as part of a preliminary investigation for Telegram platform’s insufficient moderation, its encryption tools, alleged lack of police cooperation rendering him bogusly “complicit in drug trafficking, pedophilia offenses and fraud.” These charges are simply a groundless, over-the-top cover for Durov’s vehement protection of free speech. Moreover, the core reason for arrest is related to Iran hackers disclosing on Telegram sensitive classified Israeli documents revealed on August 21st by the Israeli newspaper Haaretz titled:

After Iran Steals Sensitive Israeli Data, Israel Tries to Censor the Internet

During a recent trip to America, Pavel brought along his Telegram engineer who was approached by US intelligence services attempting to recruit him to secretly install backdoor to spy on the privacy data of all Telegram users.

Unlike other hi-tech entrepreneurial sellouts like Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg who sells users’ private data while working directly in collusion with the  Big Brother 1984 Orwellian government in Washington to collect surveillance data on every citizen to be unconstitutionally used against us, Durov stood up to this oppression steadfastly preserving our individual human rights and civil liberties that guarantee freedom of speech.

Pavel Durov was granted multiple citizenship status in other countries including France in the West because he is painfully cognizant of his own homeland Russia’s even longer track record cracking down on citizens’ free speech. As a holdout for freedom, Pavel apparently has replaced the now free Julian Assange, released in June after 11-years of cruel US-UK bondage,

Durov becoming the newest martyred upholder of our lost human rights.

We who still value our civil liberties now vanishing so rapidly amidst today’s one-world government power grab, plunging humanity into neo-feudal enslavement, must push back with all our collective might against this dystopian slaughter of both our disappearing freedoms as well as our very lives, “since we are all Palestinians”.

The arrest of Pavel Durov followed just four days after British independent journalist Richard Medhurst’s announcement that he was just arrested and detained for 24-hours at London’s Heathrow Airport under UK’s Terrorism Act. With a Syrian mother and British father, both awarded Nobel Peace Prize in 1988 for their work as UN Peacekeepers, this young journalist with 321,000 subscribers on YouTube has been critical of the Palestinian genocide by the criminal state of Israel. Richard extensively covered the Julian Assange extradition case in London. During the recent psyops of “right-wing” riots in the United Kingdom, the Starmer government used the timing to grab Medhurst at the airport on totally bogus charges to send the message for other prominent truthtellers to keep their mouth shut.

At exactly the same time,  the UK’s  Starmer government went after outspoken dissident reporter Richard Medhurst, after the US Department of Justice obtained a search and seizure warrant, on August 19th the DoJ’s weaponized FBI raided the upstate New York home of former weapons inspector-journalist-analyst Scott Ritter seeking evidence of collaborating with demonized Cold War enemy Russia. A month or so earlier, the US State Department confiscated Scott Ritter’s passport pulling him off a plane headed to a media conference in St. Petersburg, Russia.

All these blatant, unlawful crimes being executed against high-profile truthtellers are a threat to the treasonous governments of the West that have all abandoned their constitutional republics.

Then let’s not forget the case of Reiner Fuellmich, the German attorney that led the Corona Investigative Committee compiling overwhelming criminal evidence exposing the Covid-19 pandemic debacle.

[A shorten version of a longer article by Joachim Hagopian]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on The Government Rag.

Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate, former Army officer and author of “Don’t Let the Bastards Getcha Down” exposing a faulty US military leadership system based on ticket punching up the seniority ladder, invariably weeding out the best and brightest, leaving mediocrity and order followers rising to the top as politician-bureaucrat generals designated to lose every modern US war by elite design. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century.

Joachim has written hundreds of articles for many news sites, including Global Researchlewrockwell.com and currently https//jameshfetzer.orgInteldrop.org and https://thegovernmentrag.com. As a published author of a 5-book volume series entitled Pedophilia & Empire: Satan, Sodomy & the Deep State, Joachim’s books and chapters are Amazon bestsellers in child advocacy and human rights categories. His A-Z sourcebook series fully document and expose the global pedophilia scourge and remain available free at https://pedoempire.org/content s/. Joachim also hosts the weekly Revolution Radio broadcast “Cabal Empire Exposed” on Friday morning at 7AM EST (ID: revradio, password: rocks!)

Featured image is from The Government Rag

Selected Articles: US Nuclear Doctrine – Attack Everyone at Once

August 29th, 2024 by Global Research News

US Nuclear Doctrine – Attack Everyone at Once. “Aggression Against the Entire World”. Drago Bosnic

By Drago Bosnic, August 29, 2024

Strategic deterrence is one of the most important aspects of any global power’s/superpower’s security architecture. Countries such as Russia and the US have the world’s largest stockpiles of thermonuclear weapons, meaning that their ability to inflict untold damage on anyone is absolutely unparalleled.

Counteracting Cult-Imposed Chaos. “Draw Back and Quieten the Mind”, An Awakened Mankind Committed to Defeating Our Oppressors

By Julian Rose, August 29, 2024

One of the first steps to take in countering cult imposed chaos, is to check one’s taken for granted unquestioned habits, in order to see if they may be a contributory factor. Disruption by chaos, as I said at the beginning, can be eradicated by stepping back into a quiet space, to which I will now add – and reviewing one’s contribution to further supporting the source of disruption.

Can BRICS Broker Peace? The Future of Ukraine Peace Summits

By Kester Kenn Klomegah, August 29, 2024

An in-depth analysis of Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy in Kyiv, has highlighted Indian efforts and proposed role in peace mediation process between Russia and Ukraine.

Nuclear War Is “On the Table”. Build Awareness. Say No to a Two Trillion Dollar Nuclear Weapons Program!

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 29, 2024

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable.  All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort” have been scrapped. “Offensive” military actions using nuclear warheads are now described as acts of “self-defense”.

Despite US Military Threats, Hezbollah Avenges the Assassination of Lebanese Military Leader Foud Shukr with an Attack on Israel

By Steven Sahiounie, August 28, 2024

At 4:45 am., local time, Sunday August 25, Israel began a series of 50 preemptive airstrikes over villages in the south of Lebanon resulting in civilian casualties and injuries. According to Israel, they had information that Hezbollah was planning a massive attack on Israel using 6,000 missiles. Israel claimed to have hit missile launchers and weapon storages.

Pavel Durov: The Quixotic Free Speech Hero of Our Time. The Telegram Social Media Platform

By Stephen Karganovic, August 28, 2024

The actual reasons for this arrest have nothing to do with the allegation in the charge sheet and they are bound to resonate with partisans of freedom everywhere. Firstly, it is Durov’s resolute and principled refusal to share on demand with security agencies information that would compromise the privacy of Telegram users.

War on Gaza Crystalizes Israel’s Image

By Prof. Yakov M. Rabkin, August 28, 2024

In an earlier article, I explained what distinguishes anti-Zionism from antisemitism. However, the fundamental difficulty lies in the habitual association of the state in Western Asia with the Jews. Should we view those who inhabit and govern Israel as Jews or have they become something else — namely, Israelis? 

We are only manipulated to the degree to which we allow ourselves to be. Pull back a few paces from the insanity and you can find yourself in a quiet reflective place having absolutely nothing to do with the relentless razzamataz of the globalist construct.

At this point of time, in particular, it is really important to take such a step on a daily basis. Because the chaos being imposed by the central control system is directly absorbed by our three dimensional five senses, and at that moment is taken to be the sum total of all that is.

But when one draws back and quietens the mind, the centre of attention shifts to the inner heart zone. From here one is able to calmly and rationally assess whatever it is that is troubling one.

Only in this way can one discern the difference between the superficial/fake and the true.

Within today’s highly volatile information field the brain is loaded with a thousand different – and largely contradictory – streams of information which it is incapable of discerning or ordering without first putting them through the filter of an always discerning heart-centred awareness.  All meditation practices follow the same principle.

This is not what the chaos imposers want us to do, of course. They want us to suffer endless bouts of agitation, stress, fear, anger and ultimately despair. They want to overload our brain cells to the point where our attempt to make sense of what is designed to make no sense, drives large segments of the population to drink, drugs, pharmaceutical sedatives and a lingering form of depression.

This mass sedated state of mankind is worth billions of dollars to Big Pharma and Big Alcohol – and quite obviously supports the general dumbing-down agenda of the deep state.

But there is more to it than this.

The desire to confuse, corrupt and kill-off mankind does not have its origins within the fundamental evolutionary process of sentient and empathic human beings. It should not be confused with the mix of typical ‘hard knocks’ we all have to contend with in the struggle to keep moving ahead.

No, these malevolent actions are essential components of once covert, but now overt, satanic practices based upon an anti-life precept closely related to that of psychopaths and those we call megalomaniacs. 

As we go about our daily business struggling to maintain some form of basic equilibrium, it does not occur to most that this nefarious torture regime has its roots in the work of a small but powerful cult which basically despises sentient mankind. 

If we clearly understood this, we would realise that trying to use rational thought procedures to explain the deliberately imposed irrational and chaotic, is a worse than useless task.

Their chaos is deliberate and designed to elicit panicked public calls for ‘order’; the imposition of which will be uncompromising. ‘Order Out of Chaos’ leads to totalitarian lockdown.

Those ‘only half’ human, or non-human dictators who we witness today manifesting their seemingly infinite need to torture, control and destroy, are getting their dark energies from what Robert Monroe, the late US researcher involved in the study of human consciousness, termed ‘loosh’. 

What is loosh?

Loosh is that form of vibratory energy manifest by emotional expressions, both positive and negative. Both emotionally expressed love and hate will give off loosh.

But in the context of this article I refer to the vibrations given-off by fear, anxiety, anger and despair as providing a form of emotional food for the anti-life forces that show no emotion, no empathy and no interest in the victims of their vampiric full spectrum dominance agenda.

It is profoundly shocking to suddenly recognise that the deeply sick satanic behaviour patterns that emanate from the exponents of loosh mining, have been adopted by very public icons at the top end of the music business, professional sport, global banking and related corporate empires, scientific institutions, politics, religion and increasingly psychotic multi billionaires seeking to exert their domination over all aspects of planetary life.

Within the many thousands of secret society founded Masonic lodges that proliferate North America and Europe, the leading figureheads ritually worship demonic overlords who in turn appear to bestow upon them a form of dark Astral power.

This crosses over with paedophiles, child sacrificers and traffickers. It is no longer simply a source of speculation that deeply evil acts of utter degradation are performed by those who seek highest office in the top suite of New World Order pyramid. And from there, down the ladder to aspiring young leaders of the Schwab ‘sell your soul school for future fascists’.

It is a big – but entirely necessary brain stretch – to grasp the fact that these are the forces setting the agenda of almost all types of planetary activities, right down to the seemingly superficial details of everyday life.

Here’s an example of what I mean. When you hear that your telephone landline is going to be phased out in 2025 and that only a digital connection will then be available, you might think “Damn! These companies are at it again, always cost cutting the quality and giving us the cheaper version so as to increase their profits.”

But while such an explanation touches on a perennial superficial truth, the real reason hides in the shadows, manipulated by the anti-life cult’s overriding ambitions to wrest control over our ability to electronically communicate with some degree of privacy –  and to thereby steal reams of personal data at the ping of a ‘smart’ EMF button. Data that can then be used to trap one into complying with the increasingly nefarious demands of the surveillance state.

The sequence goes further: loss of landline means ‘must go digital and Wi-Fi’. Going digital and Wi-Fi instantly connects one up with the global microwave radiation transmission tower and satellite emitting EMF frequency bands that operate through mobile and smart phones at 3,4 and 5G power outputs.

An increasingly vast labyrinth of intersecting wireless wave-forms create ‘electro smog’ which interrupt the natural circadian rhythms of the atmosphere and magnetosphere – as well as distorting the 7.83 hertz Schumann Resonance – known as ‘the earth’s heart beat’. 

This is the resonance field which keeps balance within the earth’s electromagnetic low vibratory energy field, tapped into by bees, insects, birds and plants, and indeed, by our own instinct of natural inner and outer balance.

Human health is not unaffected. On goes the cell phone – and immediately pulses of non-ironising radiation are activated which pass through the human temple and into the soft brain tissue, with potentially lasting consequences according to British radiation expert Barry Trower and other leading EMF specialist researchers.

All the while, those manning the digital and cybernetic control centres of the planet are alert to orders coming down from secret service operatives, to put an algorithmic tab on the communications made by ‘too effective’ dissidents, so their ‘offensive’ material can be traced and expunged.

If this fails to elicit the desired silencing, they have the option of setting up a reverse messaging system which, unbeknown to the receiver, sends a digital electronic message directly into the neocortex of the supposed renegade, with the tacit objective of destabilising his/her thoughts and emotions. This can, of course, be done to anyone – and no doubt is.

A vast ‘hive mind’ is thus brought into being, where carefully chosen thought and nervous system controlling pulses can be directed from a central digital control hub to wherever deemed necessary, to block the rise of creative and spiritual energies essential for a sane society and the greater positive evolution of mankind. 

Such pulses will not do the desired job to those who are spiritually aware. Such individuals remain immune.

5G/6G have the capacity to carry such mass invasiveness even further. To establish a virtual reality high-tech ‘smart’ environment which overlays the natural world which is our home. This is where the vastly popular digital Wi-Fi ‘convenience culture’ ultimately takes us.

So, how is this explained by your friendly regional telecommunications corporation?

“Hello, we are making a few small changes that will help you achieve higher quality tele-communications and save on old landline rental charges. We care about our customers and want to offer the best possible convenience advantages available today. Thank you for your attention”

Sincerely, Teledeception plc. 

Unthinkingly accepting what are sold as ‘convenient improvements’ to one’s daily life – can have big consequences. So next time you nonchalantly reach into your back pocket to pull out your mobile phone, know who it is you are supporting and what it is that you are killing-off.

Counteracting Chaos 

One of the first steps to take in countering cult imposed chaos, is to check one’s taken for granted unquestioned habits, in order to see if they may be a contributory factor.

Disruption by chaos, as I said at the beginning, can be eradicated by stepping back into a quiet space, to which I will now add – and reviewing one’s contribution to further supporting the source of disruption.

“Still shopping at the hypermarket?” Yes, I support corporate agribusiness.

“Still watching television?” Yes, I support mainstream fake news, the streaming of political dogma and general entertainment shows.

“Still playing with your EMF gismos and laptop?” Yes, I support crap soap opera movies, Net Flix distractions and war game apps.

“Still proud to troll around the multifarious features of your latest smartphone?” Yes, I support all smartphone technology that is taking over my life.

“Still searching for the highest interest rates at your chosen global banking institution?” Yes, of course, need to get the best rate going, even though I realise I may be supporting the global vampiring of the earth’s resources and profits of the war and weapons industry.

“Still going against the call of your soul by trying to ignore your addiction to the convenience culture slavery agenda?” Err, well, never thought about that. But it’s a soulless world and I need to operate in it in order to bring in sufficient income to maintain my life style.

You get it, of course. How many of these fundamental hurdles have you actually crossed? Only one or two – maybe none? Be honest. 

Do you consider yourself to be fighting injustice or supporting it?

Are you true to yourself – your real self – or are you still essentially embracing the chaos that provides a fertile base for the hypocritical life so ubiquitously manifesting today?

These are the admittedly brutal ‘in the mirror’ questions that we must ask ourselves and demand answers to. Answers in the form of actions that will end any further support of the chaos – and turn into a commitment to illuminate and live by truth.

There is no other way of supporting the deep change that must be brought about. It all starts with us, and we need to act bravely and conscientiously and to lead by example. 

If one is not able to set the necessary example, how can one expect others to?

Words unattached to actions have become empty and ultimately meaningless. Yet much of social media chat and smart-messaging is just that – an empty shell, and echo chamber that distracts from facing-up to reality and making a solid stand for the emancipation and regeneration of Life.

The crisis now at our door presents the best and most meaningful challenge that mankind has ever faced. It quite simply drives us to dig deep and unlock that hidden power within.

Dark manifestations are not just the domain of a satanic cult. They also emanate from our own seemingly locked-in behaviour patterns and are a reflection of the long term accumulated repression of our deeper instincts. It is well known that energetic natural and creative instincts not given expression, turn into their opposites and subsequently manifest as destructive powers.

The insentient anti-life power play will only be stopped in its tracks by an awakened mankind, able and willing to give full expression to the call of heart and soul. 

By repressing or ignoring the voice of soul/ heart wisdom, we enter the same territory as that of our dark-side oppressors. We too become loosh to fuel their malevolent attacks on human kind.  

The longer we leave this battle ground uncontested, the longer the satanists will prevail and the longer will we suffer the repercussions of our passivity – which is, in fact, a form of soul suicide.

No, dear friends, dare not entertain such a concept. Let us draw our symbolic golden swords and turn to face our oppressors head-on. 

At this highly auspicious moment, a previously latent power will rise up in us that transforms the ordinary into the extraordinary. That turns the timid silent witness into courageous spiritual warrior.

It is such heroic acts that will finally

We all have it in us to render such a service to humanity and to thus honour that Supreme Consciousness which entrusted us to take responsibility for perpetuating the momentum of creation.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

While Russian long-range precision strike weapons are raining down on the entire territory under the Neo-Nazi junta’s control, there are still those who insist that the latter “can win” and that “everyone” should ensure “Ukraine’s victory” no matter the cost. One would certainly respect such optimism and self-confidence in peacetime. However, in war, this gets a lot of people killed.

Despite being perfectly aware of this, many in the EU/NATO still want war with Russia. This is particularly true in countries with endemic and/or truly pathological Russophobia, with some of the most prominent examples being the United Kingdom, Baltic states and Poland. In all these regions there’s an irrational hatred for all things Russian, particularly among the political elites who are simply poised to wage war despite being aware that the results would be catastrophic.

In the last nearly two and a half years, the NATO-backed Neo-Nazi junta became the proverbial punching bag for probing Russian military might. And while the mainstream propaganda machine is doing a somewhat decent job hiding the atrocious results, the massive amount of resources that the Kiev regime is demanding only keeps growing, clearly indicating what’s really going on.

What was supposed to be NATO’s third most powerful member (had it ever joined) turned into a virtual junkyard of the latest Western military equipment. And yet, it seems there are several other nations in NATO that would want this horribly unflattering role as well. Namely, Poland is the “logical” choice for many, although most of those people don’t seem to understand the gravity of the current situation. This includes many Poles who are refusing to assess the consequences.

High-ranking NATO officials have already announced a number of major moves that can only be described as extremely hostile toward Russia. The annual NATO summit in Washington DC back in July was a clear indicator of that. Apart from the regular weapons shipments to the Neo-Nazi junta, particularly air defense systems, the much-touted F-16s are in the spotlight again. The Netherlands, Denmark and the United States jointly announced that the deliveries of these US-made jets are ongoing. The Dutch F-16 are of particular concern, as they’re also nuclear-capable. However, while this could certainly lead to an uncontrollable escalation, the moves of some individual member states are a real danger to global peace. As previously mentioned, the situation with Poland is particularly concerning, as some of its top-ranking military officers are calling for an all-out war.

For instance, on July 10, Polish Army Chief of Staff General Wieslaw Kukula openly called for Warsaw to prepare its troops for this scenario, insisting that it shouldn’t focus on asymmetric warfare, but a full-scale war.

Although he didn’t really mention any specific country, it’s only logical to presume he was talking about war with Russia. Such provocative statements accomplish nothing, and yet, here we are. However, not everyone in the Polish top brass thinks this way. Namely, on July 22, Major General Leon Komornicki, former Deputy Chief of the General Staff of the Polish Armed Forces, gave an interview to the Polish-language WNP, slamming the very idea that the Neo-Nazi junta can “defeat Russia”, calling it a mistake. In doing so, General Komornicki offered a rather unique perspective, one that’s not only fresh and unexpected, but also the only one that makes some sense.

General Komornicki simply dismissed the idea of Russia’s defeat as being “all nonsense, an endless and boring story, disinformation and propaganda”. He also warned that Polish troops would struggle in a similar manner, as a direct confrontation with the Russian military wouldn’t go exactly as planned.

General Komornicki questioned NATO’s readiness to come to its members’ aid in case there was a wider war and pointed out that if Russia were to strike, Poland would face defeat. This surprisingly lucid and honest admission is quite rare in Poland nowadays. The country has either been under the rule of openly Russophobic nationalist governments that don’t like to work with Brussels or equally Russophobic, but Brussels-friendly administrations that don’t like to work with anyone outside the European Union and NATO, meaning there are no real differences.

Combined with the decidedly pro-NATO stance, this truly makes Poland the prime candidate to become the “new Ukraine”, particularly if its troops contributed so much to the Kursk oblast incursion, as evidenced by the number of reports about the presence of Polish-speaking soldiers. However, unlike the ludicrous statistics of the Neo-Nazi junta about the supposed rate of “success” against incoming Russian missiles, drones and other long-range strike systems, Moscow’s and other sources about Ukraine’s massive casualties during the special military operation (SMO) are easily available and verifiable, both empirically and mathematically. There’s no reason to believe that Poland would do any better and people like Major General Komornicki are perfectly aware of the consequences of such actions. Unfortunately, endemic Russophobia is clouding the judgment of Polish top leadership.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Israel Is Destroying Itself

August 29th, 2024 by Michael J. Talmo

On August 15, 2024, the United Nations reported that over 40,000 Palestinians, most of them women and children, have been killed by Israel since the start of the October 7, 2023, war. The United Nations further reported that Israel is violating a multitude of international laws. Nevertheless, as reported by CBS News the same month, the Biden Administration has just sent another $20 billion in military aid to this criminal government.

The USA is the world’s only remaining superpower and doesn’t seem to care what the rest of the world thinks. But the rest of the world does care.

As reported by CBS News, over 140 of the 193 United Nations member countries support and recognize a separate Palestinian nation.

Spain, Ireland, and Norway joined in that recognition last May. Even France has announced that it’s open to the idea.

The only reason why Palestine isn’t a U.N. member state is because the US uses its veto power to block the resolution. Russia, the UK, China, and France also have this veto power.

The US has used its veto power 45 times over the years to block any resolutions critical of Israel. But some countries have begun carrying out their own sanctions against Israel. If enough countries join in, this could lead to Israel’s destruction.

Image: President Gustavo Petro Urrego of Colombia addresses the UN General Assembly (Photo credit: UN)

The fossil fuel that takes care of most of Israel’s energy needs is coal. Israel’s largest supplier of coal is Colombia. As explained here and here, earlier this month, Colombia’s President Gustavo Petro made good on the threat he made last June and signed a decree banning the sale of coal to Israel until it ends its genocidal assault on Gaza.

South Africa, Israel’s second-largest supplier of coal, is being urged to do the same, which is a possibility. As reported here, it was South Africa that brought Israel up on charges of genocide before the International Court of Justice earlier this year. One thing is certain: without a reliable power grid, Israel’s dark deeds may literally cause them to wind up in the dark.

Last May, Turkey announced that it will stop all trade with Israel until the war with Hamas ends, as reported here and here. Turkey is the world’s seventh largest food producer and Israel’s fourth largest trading partner.

Israel relies on Turkey for food and construction materials. Because both countries are very close to each other, Israel can get what it needs quickly. More than 300 kosher-certified markets operate throughout Turkey to serve Israel’s needs, so this will also hurt businesses in Turkey. But for Israel, it will be worse. Prices will go up due to higher transportation costs. If the war with Hamas lasts long enough, trade relations between Israel and Turkey may never be restored. Turkey’s trade embargo “is one of the most sweeping steps taken by any country to oppose Israel’s war against Hamas in Gaza.”

A huge part of Israel’s economy is tourism. Every year millions of people, many of them on religious pilgrimages, visit the Holy Land’s plethora of historical and religious sites, such as Jerusalem’s Western Wall, also known as the Wailing Wall, the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, the Church of the Nativity in Bethlehem, Masada, etc. There are also beautiful beach resorts, the Dead Sea, museums, and much more. But since the Hamas war, foreign tourism, especially Christian pilgrimage, has grinded to a halt. COVID-19 restrictions also did severe damage to Israel’s tourism industry and depleted its financial reserves. But combined with this war, much of the tourism industry may go out of business, as well as a lot of other businesses.

As reported here, here, and here, since the war began, some 46,000 Israeli businesses have shut down. By the end of the year, as many as 60,000 businesses might close shop. Israel’s labor force has been severely depleted because a lot of it is now fighting in the Israeli army.

There are also no longer any Palestinians to supply cheap labor. Nearly 85,000 Palestinians worked in the construction industry alone. This, combined with many foreign construction workers leaving the country, has caused many building sites to totally shut down. Because of this, Israel is sending thousands of their troops home so they can go back to their old jobs. Lack of consumer spending due to the constriction of Israel’s economy has also badly affected cafes and restaurants.

If that isn’t bad enough, the high-tech sector, one of the bulwarks of Israel’s economy, is giving up on Israel.

“Almost 70% of local Israeli startup companies have taken legal or financial steps toward relocation, including withdrawing cash reserves, moving headquarters outside Israel, and relocating employees or conducting layoffs.”

The Israeli government’s reaction to all of this economic chaos that they have caused is to double down and be more determined than ever to keep doing what they’re doing. For example, right now the US is negotiating with Israel and Hamas for a ceasefire. As explained here, here, and here, Israel won’t agree to Hamas’ demand for a permanent ceasefire, which isn’t surprising.

Image: Ron Dermer (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

undefined

As explained in my previous article, most of the Israeli government believe they are God’s “chosen people” and that Palestine is theirs by divine right.

Their attitude is: How dare the Palestinians resist us? We’re going to dominate and oppress them forever. For example, earlier this year, The Times of Israel reported that Israel’s Strategic Affairs Minister, Ron Dermer, arrogantly declared that “even if Israel is forced to fight alone. Even if the entire world turns on Israel, including the United States, we’re going to fight until the battle’s won.” Two cognitive biases describe this kind of crazy: the backfire effect and congnitive dissonance. Meaning, when deeply held beliefs, especially prejudices, are contradicted by facts, the resulting anxiety causes the person to stubbornly double down in their desperate need to hold onto them.

Of course, the United States could easily put Dermer’s idiotic declaration to the test by doing what protesters the world over are demanding: stop supplying Israel with weapons. In other words, a total arms embargo. But the US wouldn’t even have to do that. As reported here, all the US would have to do is what President Ronald Reagan did back in 1982 when Israel started bombing civilian targets in Lebanon. Reagan ordered Israel’s then Prime Minister to stop bombing Lebanon. Israel immediately cooperated. President Biden could easily do the same, and Dermer’s bluff would be called even if he wasn’t bluffing. Most of the fanatics in the Israeli government would realize that they won’t be able to get away with their war crimes if we don’t back them up. And we have to stop backing them up, folks.

Israel has broken all the rules of war. They have destroyed hospitals, schools, and denied humanitarian aid to the people in Gaza.

Last July, the Lancet, one of the world’s most respected peer review journals, estimated that the secondary effects of the carnage Israel has carried out in Gaza—starvation, disease, poor sanitation, etc.—could result in up to 186,000 deaths within this month.

Last July, Israel’s Parliament (Knesset) introduced a bill that declared the UN’s main relief organization for Palestinians a terrorist organization. This has never happened in the history of the United Nations. Last May, CNN did a scathing expose on the terrible abuse and torture Palestinian prisoners are being subjected to in Israeli prison camps, such as being blindfolded, strapped down, forced to wear diapers, and in some cases having their limbs amputated because their restraints were too tight.

And here is the cherry on the sundae. Last December, the New York Times reported that “Israeli officials obtained Hamas’s battle plan for the Oct. 7 terrorist attack more than a year before it happened,” which they code named “Jericho Wall.” Wow! This isn’t some fringe conspiracy theory website making this claim. This is the New York Times, folks.

So, why didn’t Israel do something to prevent it? Because the claim was that the Israeli military considered the plan “too difficult for Hamas to carry out.” Why do I not believe that? Probably because it reminds me of 911 under President George W. Bush, who’s administration, as reported by Business Insider, was warned “no fewer than 40 separate times that a major attack by Al Qaeda was on the horizon.”

And because 911 did happen, it allowed Bush and his cronies to pass the unpatriotic Patriot Act, create the totally useless Department of Homeland Security, which includes those airport molesters called the TSA, and allow them to wage useless illegal wars against Iraq and Afghanistan. In my opinion, that’s why Israel did nothing. It was their perfect excuse to carry out an ethnic cleansing. Sorry, but that’s how I see it, folks.

So, why doesn’t Biden do what Reagan did? Order Israel to end the war. There is no need to negotiate anything. Perhaps the military industrial complex has become too powerful. As explained here, here, and here, the US is the largest exporter of weapons in the world. War is big business, and it makes big money for a few at the top at the expense of the rest of us. Or perhaps the political will just isn’t there due to massive corruption. As reported by Business Insider, key members of Congress own stock in the companies of these death merchants. War makes them money, so why derail the ghoulish gravy train? But derail it we must.

It’s doubtful that Biden will do anything about Israel during his remaining time in office except maybe negotiate a temporary ceasefire. If Trump wins, he will certainly do nothing. He has said as much. Don’t forget, it was Trump who moved the US Embassy from Tel Aviv to illegally occupy Jerusalem. As for Kamala Harris, there is a chance that she might do what other presidents have done: end the conflict. And no matter what Trump supporters say, Harris is only the Vice President. She has no power to do anything now. But she didn’t attend Netanyahu’s speech before Congress, and she isn’t cheerleading Israel, and I see that as a hopeful sign.

In the meantime, Israel has now launched preemptive air strikes against Hezbollah in Lebanon, claiming, as always, that it’s just defending itself. If you believe that, I’ve got a bridge in Brooklyn, New York, that I’d like to sell you: cheap. You put up a toll booth, charge a dollar, and you’ll be a billionaire in less than a month. Really. It’s a steal. You can’t miss.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Michael J. Talmo has been a professional writer for over 40 years and is strongly committed to the protection of civil liberties. He has also produced three music videos: The Masker Mash, COVID Vaccine Man, and The Corona Globalists.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Geopolitics of Natural Resources and the Ukrainian Conflict

August 29th, 2024 by Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović

Geopolitics is an approach to politics that stresses the features imposed on foreign policy by geographical location, environment, and natural resources. Geopolitics as a discipline contributes to the emphasis on continuity in contemporary political realism.

The focal idea of geopolitics is that those who control the Eurasian landmass (Heartland) dominate global politics. Regarding this idea, Ukraine has always been a significant part of Heartland. Therefore, many great powers have been fighting to impose their control over the territory of contemporary Ukraine (or part of it) from the Middle Ages up to today (for instance, Poland, Lithuania, Russia, Sweden, Vikings, Ottoman Empire). Nevertheless, Ukraine up to 1923 (the creation of the USSR) was just a geographical notion but not a political-administrative subject.   

The pre-2014 Ukraine was a country covering a huge territory of East Europe from the Carpathian Mt. in the west to the Donets River in the east being bounded by the Black Sea in the south. The neighbors were and still are Poland, Slovakia, Hungary, Belarus, Russia, Moldova, and Romania. After the dissolution of the USSR after Cold War 1.0, an independent (Greater) Ukraine took necessary measures in order to as possible as reduce its economic dependence on Russia as well as on other ex-Soviet republics.

For instance, such measures included an agreement to import the oil from Iran instead of from Russia. However, the exploitation of natural/mineral resources has been neglected while heavy industry, including iron and steel production, machinery, and transport production followed by aircraft, chemicals, and consumer goods, became an industrial priority. In essence, the food and textile industries are very important while grain is of crucial agricultural and export importance in the Ukrainian economy. However, in general, Ukrainian agriculture became very much damaged because of the 1986 nuclear catastrophe at Chernobyl as the large cultivating area became contaminated.      

Regarding politics, it is surely true that any Russophobic political regime in Kiev will continue to enjoy the U.S. financial, political, and military support no matter the results of the U.S. presidential elections this year in November.

The question can be only of which intensity but not yes or no for the very reason that a political administration of the U.S. is overwhelmingly controlled by the Deep State that means at least concerning American foreign policy (especially regarding Israel) no matter from which out of two parties the President is or which party is having the majority in Congress (Republicans or Democrats). Such position in regard to both Russia and Ukraine can be explained by the need for the U.S. to support Ukraine for any price in the long term for at least clear geopolitical reasons as many years ago a Polish-American notorious Russophobe Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote that unquestionable fact is that without the territory of (Soviet) Ukraine, any form of Russia simply cannot be an empire or, in other words, if Ukraine became subordinated to the Russian crucial influence or annexed by Moscow, Russia will in such case become once again an empire.

However, another reason for the American Russophobic policy in Ukraine is of a more global nature as Washington wants to fight any newly emerged (or potential) new world order in international relations led by Russia or/and China (for instance, formed around the framework of the BRICS+ countries or so). In order words, for American policymakers, any division of interest zones from the global perspective will harm America’s dominant position (enjoyed after the end of the Cold War 1.0) in international politics as well as the economy for the very reason that it would reduce the global market for American products and financial investments.

Therefore, such geopolitical, economic, and financial interests of the U.S. are driving American policy in Ukraine to arm and train Ukrainian military and paramilitary troops in order to win the war against Russia (which, in fact, according to many authors, a putschist pro-Western regime in Kiev started in 2014 during and after the Euro-Maidan Revolution). Officially, the U.S. Army is not involved in the conflict but in fact, Ukrainian soldiers are fighting for different interests and benefits of the American administration and companies. Obviously, Washington is waging a proxy war against Russia on the territory of (Soviet) Ukraine but not for the reason that the Russian Special Military Operation (since the end of February 2022) threatened any kind of American national security but oppositely as the U.S. directly threatened the security of the Russian Federation, the existence of the Russian culture and above all of ethnic Russians in the eastern and southern parts of Ukraine (including Crimea too). For the American administration, it is obvious that the return of Ukraine within the framework of the Russian predominant influence would, actually, mean the beginning of the displacement of the U.S. and its Western partners (the so-called Collective West) firstly from the biggest portion of Eurasia, and then probably from many countries of the Global South (predominantly from Africa). In this context, it can be said that the Ukrainian military and paramilitary detachments are fighting for the continuation of the post-Cold War 1.0 hegemonic position of the U.S. in global politics.

It is not hidden that many experts in international relations connect U.S. support for Ukraine against Russia to the very specific economic interests of different Western international, multinational, and financial companies. Nevertheless, the economy of Ukraine already after 2014 was put into the hands of Western companies and, consequently, it is why the Collective West, led by the United States, is not ready to peacefully hand over certain territories to Russia which historically belonged to Russia and being settled by Russian majority population. It is estimated, for instance, that around half of all arable land in Ukraine was sold to Western companies before 2022. Western sources openly claim that the conflict in Ukraine is a battle for very rich natural/mineral resources that this East European country possesses but, they can be out of Western exploitation as a huge part of them is already under Russian control (in the Donbas region, for example).

The question is: How are natural resources (probably crucially?) important in the current war between NATO and Russia on the soil of (Soviet) Ukraine? It can probably be understood from the fact that being aware of the bare reality that the existence of a client (East European) political regime depends mainly on the support (in a variety of forms) by the foreign (Western) powers, the officials of the Ukrainian authorities since 2014 invoked the argument of significant reserves of rare minerals in order to secure the constant support of Western bosses even officially claiming that some 5% all the global reserves of critical raw materials are located in (pre-2014) Ukraine. They claim, for instance, that around 500.000 tons of lithium reserves are located in the Donbas region. Ukraine is one of the top 10 producers of titanium, iron, kaolin, manganese, zirconium, and graphite. According to relevant Western sources, (pre-2014) Ukraine has about 20.000 deposits of 116 different mineral resources, of which only 3.055 deposits were active before 2022, or only about 15% out of all. In other words, if Western companies want to exploit such natural resources their governments must support the Kiev regime in the war against the Russian minority in East Ukraine and Russia herself. 

According to some estimations, the territory of Ukraine before 2014 (Soviet territory) possess circa up to 20% of the world’s reserves of all titanium ores. It must be noted that titanium ore is necessary for the aerospace, medical, automotive, and shipbuilding industries from a global perspective. In addition to having at least 500.000 discovered reserves of lithium needed for the production of car batteries (in fact, lithium reserves are larger), Ukraine is among the top 5 global producers of gallium, which is necessary for producing semiconductors. The territory of pre-2014 Ukraine had large reserves of beryllium, which is used for the production of atomic energy, aerospace, military, and electronics industries.

Additionally, Ukraine has significant reserves of zirconium and apatite, which are needed for the production of atomic energy. In other words, according to some statistics, Ukraine ranks third in the world in terms of zirconium oxide reserves, just behind South Africa and Australia having also some 20% of the world’s graphite reserves. Ukraine has significant reserves of non-ferrous metals: copper (fourth place in Europe), lead (fifth place), zinc (sixth place) and silver (ninth place). Finally, Ukraine has significant reserves of nickel and cobalt as well.

Why Ukrainian natural resources are important to the Collective West which is supporting and financing the Ukrainian-NATO war against Russians and Russia from 2014 onward?  It can be understood from the very facts that

1) today China controls up to 90% of the world’s total production of rare earth minerals, from extraction to processing, and

2) the EU imports 40% of all critical minerals exactly from China.

Taking into consideration Ukraine’s rare natural/mineral reserves, Ukraine can greatly help Western economies to gain a greater level of independence from both China and Russia in the field of energy. 

Nevertheless, in the first place out of all other natural/mineral resources in Ukraine, titanium is mostly interesting for U.S. policymakers regarding the current military conflict in the country.

It has to be stressed that the largest deposits of titanium ore in Ukraine are still under the control of the Kiev regime. Significantly, Ukraine has huge reserves of titanium (second place in the world) while at the same time, the U.S. is forced to import around 90% of titanium for its economic purposes. Titanium is unavoidable in the aerospace industry and the production of commuting aircraft, and therefore, as an example, American Boeing provides up to 30% of its needs for titanium from Russia (in 2021, Russia was the world’s second exporter of titanium after China), but mainly processing ore from Ukraine and after February 2022 (the beginning of the Special Military Operation-SMO) from Africa and Asia. However, during Russian SMO, some of the most important mineral deposits in East Ukraine came under Moscow’s control. 

The Donbas region is of prime importance regarding Ukrainian mineral and other natural resources and, therefore, is primarily well known for its huge coal reserves, which is why it is estimated that Russia currently controls 80% of Ukraine’s coal production. In the part of the Zaporozhie area that is annexed to Russia, there is one of the largest iron mines in former (Soviet territory) Ukraine. The Sea of Azov has significant oil and gas reserves. Both Zaporozhie and Donetsk areas possess two of the three largest lithium deposits in former Ukraine, which have not been exploited so far. However, the crucial point is that Russia would be among the top global producers of lithium having control of the Donetsk and Zaporozhie areas and their lithium reserves. Therefore, many Western experts linked the future of Europe’s energy question with the Ukrainian re-capture of Donbas for the very reason that this region possesses some of the largest lithium (and other) deposits in Europe. 

In conclusion, the case of Ukraine makes clear that the issue of the exploitation of rare metals is, in fact, of a geopolitical nature, backed by the real fear of the Collective West of losing global economic-political dominance. Consequently, to get exploitation of several critical natural/mineral resources, the Collective West is ready to fight Russia till the last Ukrainian (mobilized by force) soldier.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Can BRICS Broker Peace? The Future of Ukraine Peace Summits

August 29th, 2024 by Kester Kenn Klomegah

An in-depth analysis of Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy in Kyiv, has highlighted Indian efforts and proposed role in peace mediation process between Russia and Ukraine.

Modi’s official visit to Kiev on August 23 was the first for an Indian head of government since the establishment of diplomatic relations between India and Ukraine in 1992. While the significance of this cannot be underestimated, it also exposed a few controversial questions. Some experts interpreted the official visit, though as friendly and symbolic, it was also considered as a combined attempt to solidify India’s economic diplomacy after a series of corporate agreements were reached after the deliberations and their joint talks over peace mediation. Modi and Zelenskyy have agreed to often-suggested ‘peace summit’ – several of such high-powered meetings have already been held since Russia began its ‘special military operation’ in neighbouring Ukraine.

For some reasons in the first place, India’s proposal on hosting second peace summit explicitly shows the importance it attaches within the context of its bilateral relations with Russia. India and Russia have had cordial relations dating back to Soviet times, and that has been described lately as ‘friendly’ and, in terms of economic benefits, referred to as highly appreciable as bilateral trade statistics vividly show in ministerial documents. During one official visit, Modi was photographed giving President Vladimir Putin a warm embrace, both have a long-running relationship. India’s bilateral trade with Russia stood at $65.6 billion in FY24, up 33 per cent year-on-year, and nearly 5.5 times higher than the pre-pandemic trade of $10.1 billion. The bilateral trade has increased especially since 2022 with Indian fuel importers snapping up discounted Russian crude despite repeated criticism by Western nations.

Image: Ukrainian President Zelensky’s meeting with India’s PM Modi (Source)

On the opposite side with Ukraine, Modi’s support was seen as a factor that could bolster efforts toward peace negotiations. At the same, the Indian leader took the opportunity to strengthen his country’s economic cooperation in Ukraine, possibly in the wider region. Modi and Zelenskyy discussed at length Ukraine’s peace formula, which prioritizes territorial integrity and the withdrawal of Russian troops, according to the Indian Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

With devastating consequences arising from more than two-year conflict, Modi passionately urged for early resolution of Ukraine conflict in August phone conversation with Russia’s Putin.

“Reiterated India’s firm commitment to support an early, abiding and peaceful resolution of the conflict,” Modi said in a post on X, describing the conversation.

Modi shared “insights” from his visit to Ukraine with Putin and “underlined the importance of dialogue and diplomacy as well as sincere and practical engagement between all stakeholders” to find peace, the Indian foreign ministry said in a statement.

“We are on the side of peace,” Modi added. “Personally, as a friend, if there is any role that I can play, I would very much like to play that role toward peace.”

Modi and Zelenskyy spent two and a half hours behind closed doors before they signed cooperation agreements in the spheres of agriculture, medicine, and culture. The joint statement said both countries agreed on the importance of closer dialogue to “ensure a comprehensive, just and lasting peace.”

Since Russia-Ukraine conflict began in February 2022, China and India (BRICS), have all along avoided condemning Russia’s invasion and instead have been urging Moscow and Kyiv to resolve the conflict through dialogue and diplomacy. Analysts earlier argued Modi’s neutral stance, as it is the case with Brazil, China and South Africa. One Ukrainian analyst said the outcome of Modi’s first visit was modest, as that was just “the beginning of a complex dialogue between India, Ukraine and Europe.” If India were to support Ukraine’s approach to a peace settlement, it could enhance Kyiv’s chances of gaining more backing from other countries in the “Global South” where “India remains China’s main competitor for influence.”

Reports show that ongoing negotiations with Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Turkey and Switzerland regarding the second summit on peace shared on social media. In addition to India and South Africa as BRICS members, China also has historically warm ties with Russia.

South Africa has attempted at peace resolution, and that was followed by China. Sergey Lavrov underestimated South Africa (BRICS chair in 2023), saying that the African peace initiative which consisted of ten (10) elements, was not well-formulated on paper. Similarly, Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov said:

“The peace initiative proposed by African countries is very difficult to implement, difficult to compare positions.”

As far back in May 2024, President Xi Jinping “clearly articulated that the Chinese side will support the convention of an international conference which will reflect the interests of both Russia and Ukraine equally and will be based on a large number of ideas and initiatives.”

For the discussions here, it is necessary to consider carefully, in the context the China’s Global Security Initiative (GSI) that could play important role in resolving the Russia-Ukraine crisis and possibly many others around the world. In the first place, China prominently places “cooperation” as the key component in its foreign policy, as oppose to Russia that is confrontational and yet talk about multipolar – in fact ‘multipolar’ in its basic sense means inclusive and integrated approach to global developments including conflict resolutions.

According to China’s concept, its Global Security Initiative principally aims at eliminating the root causes of international conflicts, improve global security governance, encourage joint international efforts to bring more stability and certainty to a volatile and changing era, and promote durable peace and development in the world.

The concept is guided by six commitments or pillars,  which are

(i) pursuing common, comprehensive, cooperative, and sustainable security;

(ii) respecting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of all countries;

(iii) adhering to the purposes and principles of the UN Charter;

(iv) taking the legitimate security concerns of all countries seriously;

(v) peacefully resolving differences and disputes between countries through dialogue and consultation; and

(vi) maintaining security in both traditional and non-traditional domains.

Gleaning from these core principles, it’s safe to say that the Global Security Initiative could and probably would become a catalyst for the world to chart a new path to building sustainable peace, stability and development. The Global Security Initiative was first proposed by Chinese President Xi Jinping at the Boao Forum for Asia Annual Conference on April 21, 2022.

Late August 2024, China reiterated the call for more support for its Ukraine peace plan created with Brazil. Both as BRICS members have endorsed a comprehensive peace plan for Ukraine, after rounds of diplomacy consultations with Indonesia and South Africa to support the proposed plan. It is important to remind that China and Russia were absent from first peace summit hosted in Geneva, Switzerland in June. Russia was not invited while China chose not to attend.

Despite that, Chinese Envoy Li Hui has insisted on dialogue for conflict resolution, adding that “important global forces in promoting world peace” share similar positions on diplomacy and dialogue with China.

“They have maintained communication with both Russia and Ukraine and stay committed to a political settlement to the crisis through dialogue and negotiation,” said Li, China’s special envoy for Eurasian affairs.

Within the unfolding geopolitical context, BRICS in their declaration on 23 August, 2023, in Sandton, South Africa, underlined the fact that BRICS is ready, “as sovereign states cooperate to maintain peace and security” and further against actions that are “incompatible with the principles of democracy and multilateral system” in this modern world.

The declaration also re-affirmed their collective stand “on strengthening cooperation on issues of common interests within BRICS” and yet China, India and South Africa, through their previous efforts, could not find common interest to establishing relative, better still sustainable peace between Russia and Ukraine. The entire saga of settling the Ukrainian problem is now reaching a very critical point, even BRICS unable to find an acceptable promising solution on their BRICS association’s platform. In any case, the Russia-Ukraine crisis continues threatening global security, largely influencing the world economy.

Absolutely there is no need taking quotes to support the arguments in the article here, but it is necessary to reiterate that the Joint Statement of BRICS Ministers of Foreign Affairs and International Relations meeting on 1 June 2023 and the 13th Meeting of BRICS National Security Advisors and High Representatives on National Security held on 25 July 2023, stated (Point 12 in the 94-Point Declaration) categorically noted:

“We are concerned about ongoing conflicts in many parts of the world. We stress our commitment to the peaceful resolution of differences and disputes through dialogue and inclusive consultations in a coordinated and cooperative manner and support all efforts conducive to the peaceful settlement of crises.”

Interestingly BRICS members especially South Africa, China and India have made several practical steps without any substantial results. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian Federation has, in fact several times, clarified that BRICS is an informal association which comprises Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa. At the beginning of this year, as agreed at the XV BRICS Summit in South Africa, five countries – Ethiopia, Egypt, Iran, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates became full-fledged members. At this point, experts have asking the level its committed role as collective BRICS in the mediation process and within the basic principles adhered by the global multipolarity. Russia has held the BRICS presidency since January 1, 2024.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Kester Kenn Klomegah, who worked previously with Inter Press Service (IPS), Weekly Blitz and InDepthNews, is now a regular contributor to Global Research. He researches Eurasia, Russia, Africa and BRICS. His focused interest areas include geopolitical changes, foreign relations and economic development questions relating to Africa. As a versatile researcher, he believes that everyone deserves equal access to quality and trustworthy media reports.

Featured image is from Adobe Stock

A significant and sensitive issue that needs careful understanding is that of covert regime change and destabilization operations. According to research conducted by Lindsay A. O’Rourke, Professor of Political Science of Boston University, USA, there were 64 covert interventions for regime change by the USA during 1947-89. If the same trends continued in the later period, there would be over 100 such attempts by now, during the post-World War 2 period. At times some close allies of the USA have collaborated in such operations to a lesser or greater extent.

Of course there have been similar efforts by other countries too, particularly other big powers, but after the collapse of the Soviet Union their capacity as well as the inclination for this has decreased considerably. However in the case of the USA both the capacity and the inclination have been maintained right up to this day. 

Some regime change attempts of the last decade that have attracted more attention have been in the context of such important countries as Ukraine (2014), Pakistan (2022) and Bangladesh (2024), the first mentioned being the most harmful historically. My estimate is that the chain of tragic events initiated by the Ukraine regime change has, directly as well as by indirect impacts, already led to over a million deaths. 

Of course not all regime change covert operations are successful. Among the covert operations examined in the research of Lindsay O’Rourke 39 out of 64 efforts (over 60%) failed in securing regime change. The USA officially supported authoritarian forces in 44 out of these 64 cases while democracy was promoted only to the extent it benefited US interests.

What can be asserted confidently is that whether the regime change objective was achieved in any country or not, the country and its people were definitely harmed, often in very serious ways, and democracy was definitely harmed too, as covert operations certainly violate the basic spirit of democracy. 

In addition often it is left or left of center forces/governments as well as working classes which are harmed the most in such covert operations (although sometimes covert regime change operations are also directed against right-wing nationalist regimes which insist on following independent policies in some important respects, including their foreign policy).  

Left and democratic as well as working class forces in world suffered a big setback with the impeachment of Brazil’s President Dilma Rousseff in 2016, the imprisonment of front-line Presidential candidate Lula da Silva in 2018 and the loss of PT (Workers Party) in 2018 elections.

 

undefined

Dilma Rousseff receiving the presidential sash from Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva, 1 January 2011. (Licensed under CC BY 3.0 br)

 

A recent study has confirmed widespread allegations appearing time and again in Brazil and elsewhere that the USA played an important part in these events through its highly opportunistic use of anti-corruption movement, involving also illegal actions directed against these leaders and their political party.

This study is titled ‘Anti- Corruption and Imperialist Blind Spots—the Role of the US in Brazil’s Long Coup’ and is authored by Brian Mier, Bryan Pitts, Sean T. Mitchell, Rafael R. Ioris and Kathy Swart. This has been published in Latin American Perspectives.

 

Screenshot from Sage Journals

 

This study says—

A comprehensive examination of the evidence available, contained in US government statements, English language media accounts and hacked telegram chats among Brazilian prosecutors indicates that the US was widely involved in the ‘long coup’ that removed the left from power in Brazil in 2016 and secured the elections for the far right in 2018.

The leading role in this was played by an anti-corruption movement called Lava Jato or Operation Car Wash. This movement was preceded by big gatherings which educated and trained potential participants in those kinds of ‘anti-corruption’ activities which could target public sector companies and political leaders and could secure international cooperation, particularly US cooperation.

Brazil had discovered new big oil deposits and this may have instigated foreign attempts to harm its public sector oil and petroleum interests, to pave the way for higher private sector role. President Rousseff’s efforts to cut private bank profits may have been another reason for targeting her. A bigger reason may have been the strong role played by the governments of Lula and later Rousseff in protecting trade interests of developing countries, as well as their refusal to toe the US line in developing relations with countries like Iran, China and Russia. The independent stand taken on Palestine may also have irked the USA. Obama’s personal dislike for Lula may have been an aggravating factor too, as also the general hostility to any left government.

As the study by Brian Mier et al tells us, in June 2019, the evidence on US interference via Lava Jato was already so strong that the PT leader in Congress, Paulo Pimenta was able to provide a dossier full of information. It included names of US prosecutors, public statements by government officials, proof of parallel meetings and events, official schedules, proof of informal violation in collaboration of national sovereignty laws and US officials in Brazil getting unrestricted knowledge of government authorities.

In 2020 Intercept journalists published Telegram communications which revealed that the Lava Jato team had repeated secret meetings with 17 (US) FBI agents bypassing national laws and regulations.

On the day that leading Presidential candidate Lula was arrested in 2018, a prominent leader of Lava Jato was heard commenting—this is a gift from the CIA.

While leading US media kept quiet about the US role in all this, the leaders of Lava Jato were given very good coverage to boost their image and present them as great heroes.

Adding up all the evidence, this study concluded,

“Over the past one decade, continuing evidence has emerged that clearly demonstrates that the US government, particularly the Department of Justice, under both Obama and Trump, played a key role in supporting Lava Jato’s politically motivated witch-hunt against the PT.”

Further this study states,

“The US has long used invasions, insurgencies and economic blockades to advance its interests in Latin America. Today it has added the tool of anticorruption to its arsenal.”

All this is deeply disturbing. Firstly, this shows that the US has not lost any of its willingness to illegally oust those democratically elected governments which have been much appreciated for their role in reducing poverty and injustice.

The PT government had big contributions in reducing poverty and inequalities, but these gains were rapidly rolled back within a few years of their ouster (now of course PT and Lula are back), with the income share going to the bottom 50% diminishing significantly and the income share going to the top 1% getting boosted in a big way. What should serve as a lesson to other developing countries is how the USA operatives (using local collaborators) could achieve a government change and the imprisonment of highly popular leaders of the ruling party even in a leading country. The legal and other aspects of anti-corruption international agreements were used to strengthen this capacity and this study quotes documents regarding use of anti-corruption movements to destabilize US competitors and enemies.

Another very disturbing aspect is how a very opportunistic use was made of the anti-corruption rhetoric in a way that good leaders were turned into targets for corrupt practices while racketeers got celebrated as heroes. Thus while opposing corruption in sincere and honest ways must be a very important aspect of any democracy, caution should be exercised clearly regarding opportunistic used of any anti-corruption movements. 

Jeffrey D. Sachs, University Professor and Director of the Center for Sustainable Development at Columbia University has written recently,

“Covert regime change operations are blatantly illegal under international law (notably the Doctrine of Non-Intervention, as expressed for example in the UN General Assembly Resolution 2025, 1970), and constitute perhaps the greatest threat to world peace, as they profoundly destabilize nations, and often lead to wars and other civil disorders.”   

Professor Sachs has written this in an article published in Common Dreams (and elsewhere) in mid- August 2024, titled ‘Accusations of US regime-change operations in Pakistan and Bangladesh warrant UN attention’. In this article he has written that there is very strong evidence of US role in toppling of the government of Imran Khan in Pakistan in 2022 and the likelihood of something very similar in the overthrow of the government of Bangladesh led by Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina more recently in 2024. The two main leaders have themselves alleged such involvement of US role. Prof. Sachs writes,

“Their grave accusations against the US, as reported in the world media, should be investigated by the UN, since if true, the US actions would constitute a fundamental threat to world peace ad regional stability in South Asia.”

Keeping in view all these happenings in the region, it would be advisable for other countries of the region, particularly India, to be more cautious in the coming days.           

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Protecting Earth for Children, Man over Machine and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Strategic deterrence is one of the most important aspects of any global power’s/superpower’s security architecture. Countries such as Russia and the US have the world’s largest stockpiles of thermonuclear weapons, meaning that their ability to inflict untold damage on anyone is absolutely unparalleled.

However, despite this, not even such superpowers should focus entirely on the military part of their doctrine, but on maintaining normal communication with other nuclear-armed states and ensuring that the world at least doesn’t get destroyed because of some trivial miscalculation.

However, the United States seems to have other ideas. Namely, despite its perpetual, unprecedented aggression against the entire world, Washington DC is also responsible for creating the most dangerous strategic situation the world has ever seen, one that could easily result in the total annihilation of humanity.

America is the only country on Earth that has a plan to wage a simultaneous nuclear war with three nuclear-armed states – Russia, China and North Korea. Back in March, the US government adopted a new nuclear strategy that addresses this possibility, pushing for a more “decisive” response by the Pentagon. This extremely important document is updated approximately every four years, meaning that its changes are highly classified. According to The New York Times, this new strategy is “the first to examine in detail whether the United States is prepared to respond to nuclear crises that break out simultaneously or sequentially, with a combination of nuclear and non-nuclear weapons”. This was previously underscored by Pranay Vaddi, Special Presidential Assistant and Senior Director for Arms Control, Disarmament, and Nonproliferation at the National Security Council (NSC).

Vaddi and other high-ranking US officials, particularly those from the NSC, have publicly discussed the strategy changes, with Vaddi stating back in June that the plan underscores “the necessity to deter Russia, China and North Korea”, all at the same time. Another important change is also the fact that Moscow isn’t considered the sole strategic threat to the US, as this now applies to China as well. And while Russia’s strategic arsenal, the world’s most powerful, is still considered the primary threat to America, for the very first time, the strategy places significant emphasis on China. The US military projects that Beijing’s nuclear arsenal could grow from around 500 warheads to 1,500 by 2035, which is still a long way to go, as well as an effort that will require enormous investment in the military and a massive change in China’s nuclear/strategic doctrine, as Beijing would be tripling its current thermonuclear arsenal.

What’s more, in doing so, China would also be switching from a highly defensive strategic posture to an offensive one. However, despite this growing arsenal, it still remains a fraction of the stockpiles held by Washington DC and Moscow. In comparison, according to the latest data by the Federation of American Scientists, the US is in possession of exactly 5,044 warheads, 1,419 of which are deployed, while Russia has 5,580, with 1,549 deployed. In other words, both superpowers already have the number of deployed warheads that China’s entire arsenal is expected to reach no sooner than 2035, while it will still be three to four times smaller overall. However, the US is determined to push Beijing into a Cold War-like competition regardless. China’s minimalistic approach to strategic deterrence seems to be “too pacifist” for the US, which is why it’s doing everything in its power to push Beijing into an arms race.

On the other hand, thanks to America’s constant crawling aggression in Europe, it has pushed the “old continent” into a confrontation with Russia, prompting the latter to reassess its nuclear doctrine. This also puts the New START treaty, the sole remaining arms control agreement between Moscow and Washington DC, in jeopardy, as nothing indicates it would be prolonged after it expires in 2026.

The treaty limits deployed warheads to 1,550 in both countries, which is why more than 70% of their arsenals are effectively dormant. This is bound to change in less than a year and a half, when there will be no restrictions on the deployment of strategic weapons. Simultaneously, the US also keeps antagonizing North Korea, pushing it to enter a direct military alliance with Russia, resulting in the effective unification of their strategic arsenals, as an attack on one would now legally be considered an attack on both.

On the other hand, although China’s arsenal is much smaller than America’s, it’s still more than enough to ensure the destruction of the continental US. Despite this, warmongers and war criminals in Washington DC won’t stop talking about an “inevitable war” with Beijing in the foreseeable future. Not to mention that the US still firmly believes it would “win” such a conflict. For its part, China has consistently been warning against such escalation and has repeatedly tried establishing more reasonable relations with the US to avoid the most catastrophic scenario. Unfortunately, Washington DC remains obstinate, forcing Beijing to take Pyongyang’s path of building closer ties with Moscow to ensure stronger strategic deterrence against possible US aggression. All this is pushing the world into tripwire alliances that are eerily similar to those that existed before and during world wars.

The results of such developments are very well known. We can read them in history books. However, there’s a very important distinction between then and now. Namely, the tripwire alliances of our age are all nuclear-armed, meaning that a potential global confrontation could be over in mere hours. It’s precisely thanks to US/NATO aggression against the world that around 950 million Americans, Canadians and Europeans are the target of the strategic arsenals of that same world. Because of its propensity to attack and destroy countries, groups of countries and even entire global regions, the political West has brought this upon itself, as much (if not most) of the world simply doesn’t want to take any risk by trusting the US/NATO. The only way to make sure that the political West is kept in check is to arm yourself with the most destructive weapons ever devised and aim them at Washington DC, Brussels, London, etc.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics


WWIII ScenarioTowards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute  

Ukraine’s Complicated History with Neighbours

August 29th, 2024 by M. K. Bhadrakumar

A bizarre geopolitical thesis in the Indian media last week characterised Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent 7-hour trip to Ukraine via Poland as part of an effort “to plug a missing link — Central Europe — in India’s European policy.” Per this thesis, PM’s trip signified an Indian “push” into Central / Eastern Europe “disentangling New Delhi’s engagement with the region from its relationship with Russia.”

This bizarre thesis, by implication, carries the imprimatur of Modi government but External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar’s cerebral mind never publicly vented such a stream of consciousness. Funnily enough, coaching academies who prepare candidates for the upcoming Civil Services Examination have also jumped into the fray with tutorials on the pernicious thesis!    

Since the exponent of this thesis is a well-known senior journalist, Indian press lost no time to savour the exotica that sounded out of the ordinary. Whereas, the absurdity of the thesis should have been apparent at first glance to any erudite mind. 

To delve into modern European history, Central Europe and Eastern Europe are not really interchangeable as geopolitical constructs. Central Europe is more of a geographical expression, as the region is culturally very diverse — even while sharing some historical and cultural similarities — whose “strategic awakening” actually begins only with the end of the Cold War and the collapse of the Berlin Wall. 

The region broadly refers to the swathe of Europe that was historically part of the Austro-Hungarian and Ottoman empires comprising  present-day Austria, Germany, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Hungary, Poland, Lithuania and Slovenia. 

But Eastern Europe has been a sub-region of the European continent even with a wide range of geopolitical, geographical, ethnic, cultural, and socio-economic connotations. It  includes present-day Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Moldova and Romania plus the Balkans, the Baltic states and the Caucasus. 

Geographically speaking, the region is defined by the Ural Mountains (in Russia) in the east while the western boundary remains nebulous, without any definite edges. (Hence the “German Question” in European history.) Eastern Europe is a significant part of European culture through millennia but distinguishable by the traditions of the Slavs and Greeks who are followers of Eastern Christianity where Eastern Orthodox forms the largest body. 

Of course, the Iron Curtain gave Eastern Europe an entirely new redefinition. Indeed, redefinition has been a constant feature of Eastern European countries. Thus, the rubric Warsaw Pact came to be associated with Poland, but even then, the Visegrad Group didn’t fly — the politico-military alliance that Poland sought to create in 1991 with the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Hungary as a counterweight to the Old Europeans’ hegemony in the European Union. The Visegrad Group lost traction once Poland and Hungary elected national-conservative governments while the Czech Republic and Slovakia continued as liberal democracies. 

The paradox is, when the Visegrad alliance finally split, it was over the four countries’ divergent reactions to Russia’s special military operations in Ukraine in 2022. While Poland and the Czech Republic adhered firmly to the US-led NATO strategy to wage a proxy war against Russia, Slovakia and Hungary remain ambivalent and increasingly question the raison d’état of the war and have lately begun opposing the war. 

Thus, when Hungarian PM Viktor Orbán as the chairman of the rotating EU presidency floated a peace plan recently in consultation with Donald Trump to end the Ukraine war, the EU promptly disowned it (at US behest, of course.)

On the other hand, Slovakian PM Robert Fico who survived an assassination attempt in May due to his refusal to back the Kiev regime stands shoulder to shoulder with Orbán. Incidentally, there is a school of thought that the needle of suspicion in the assassination attempt on Fico in May points to Ukraine’s military intelligence. So much for a common Eastern European stance on Ukraine war– or Russia for that matter! 

In fact, both Orbán and Fico advocate good relations and resumption of beneficial ties with Russia. They thoroughly disapprove the EU’s sanctions against Russia. Such being the state of play, how could Modi government have been so incredibly foolish as to imagine that India’s route to European engagement lies through Kiev and/or disengagement from Russia? Evidently, it is a lie. 

The problem is not that India’s stance on Ukraine hinders the expansion of economic relations with Europe but the absence of an imaginative, robust economic diplomacy in a long-term perspective. 

Although EU is India’s largest trading partner, accounting for €124 billion worth of trade in goods in 2023 (or 12.2% of total Indian trade), trade negotiations with EU have been dragging on for well over a decade. The EU’s stated objective is “to work towards a sound, transparent, open, non-discriminatory and predictable regulatory and business environment for European companies trading with or investing in India.” 

But Delhi is in no hurry as trade is growing impressively (by almost 90% in the last decade) and trade in services between the EU and India reached €50.8 billion in 2023, up from €30.4 billion in 2020 — and, most important, the balance of trade remains in India’s favour.

In reality, without waiting for the Ukraine war to end, Delhi can take a look at China’s strategy to enter the European market through the East European gateway. China created a platform with Central and Eastern European countries known as the “14+1.” Hungary, Slovakia and Poland are important partners for China in this framework. 

Orbán has been embracing Chinese investments despite the EU’s call for “derisking” while Fico is set to visit China. And the most interesting part is that it’s not just the pair of leaders currently viewed as the EU’s pro-Russian wild cards who are playing this game. Poland’s President Andrzej Duda, a tough critic of Moscow’s war against Ukraine, also just concluded a state visit hosted by his counterpart Xi Jinping in China.  

Indeed, China continues to be on a charm offensive in Central and Eastern Europe. A new study from the European Think Tank Network on China says Hungary is an “outlier” regarding national measures on derisking from China. The report says that “Orbán’s government takes pride in attracting a growing number of Chinese investors to the country.” 

Indeed, Hungary is becoming Europe’s electric vehicle hub – by courting Chinese carmakers. Fico is attracted to Orbán’s route and plans to conclude a strategic partnership agreement with China during his planned visit in fall. Now, don’t Hungary, Slovakia and Poland know that China and Russia have a quasi-alliance today, which is at an all-time level and only strengthening by the day because of the fallouts of Ukraine war such as western sanctions? 

Our media pundits are clueless about Eastern Europe. Yet they are advocating India’s disengagement from Russia as a prerequisite of warm relations with that region! Why are they doing this? Such perverted logic only promotes American interests to erode India-Russia partnership and thereby erode the country’s strategic autonomy. 

Going forward, it’s too really to tell now as to what form Ukraine takes as it emerges from this war. Ukraine has unresolved nationality questions. And territories in western Ukraine previously belonged to Poland (which was of course compensated with territories of defeated Germany) and Hungary before World War 2. 

Poland says the 1943-44 massacre of some 100,000 Poles by Ukrainian nationalists was genocide. And today, the crux of the matter, from Russian perspective too, is that Ukraine’s identity as a sovereign state itself is built around the same neo-Nazi organisations that collaborated with Hitler’s occupation army to massacre Poles. Truly, this is a can of worms. India has no good reason to meddle with it.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image:Poland’s government announced last year the discovery of a mass burial pit in Ukraine containing remains of ethnic Poles murdered by pro-Nazi Ukrainian nationalists in waves of World War 2 massacres. (Source: Indian Punchline)

A resposta da Alemanha à pandemia de COVID-19 foi baseada em objetivos políticos, e o governo implementou contramedidas que muitas vezes contradiziam evidências científicas e a opinião dos próprios cientistas do governo, de acordo com documentos vazados por um ex-funcionário da agência de saúde pública da Alemanha, o Instituto Robert Koch (RKI).

Um denunciante não identificado divulgou os “Arquivos RKI” para a jornalista investigativa Aya Velázquez, que em 23 de julho publicou os arquivos não editados — totalizando 3.865 páginas — na íntegra no Substack.

O RKI é o equivalente alemão aos Centros de Controle e Prevenção de Doenças dos EUA.

De acordo com o jornal alemão Schwäbische Zeitung, os Arquivos do RKI “contêm detalhes explosivos” sobre “vacinações infantis e ‘resistência da população’” e mostram “que o RKI tinha uma visão muito mais diferenciada da política do Coronavírus do que os responsáveis ​​pela política e a maioria da mídia levaram a população a acreditar”.

“Um denunciante, um ex-funcionário do RKI, abordou-me e passou-me o conjunto de dados” por razões de “consciência”, escreveu Velázquez no Substack.

De acordo com os arquivos, os reguladores alemães tentaram pular os testes de Fase 3 da vacina Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 e “ir direto para a aplicação ampla”.

Outras revelações incluem evidências de que os legisladores estavam mirando e “cutucando” crianças, e o conhecimento por parte dos legisladores e cientistas de que as vacinas contra a COVID-19 eram ineficazes e levavam a eventos adversos graves.

Apesar desse conhecimento — e por razões políticas — autoridades governamentais adotaram medidas recompensando os vacinados e punindo os não vacinados.

Os arquivos do RKI também revelam que os formuladores de políticas e cientistas tentaram ignorar publicamente as evidências de uma “curva de achatamento” no início da pandemia, e as evidências de que máscaras e testes em massa não seriam úteis para prevenir a infecção.

Embora alguns tenham questionado a legitimidade dos documentos contidos nos Arquivos RKI, o Instituto Robert Koch, em um anúncio feito pelo programa de notícias alemão Tagesschau abordando a publicação de documentos não redigidos, não confirmou ou negou a legitimidade dos próprios documentos ou de seus conteúdos:

“O Instituto Robert Koch criticou a publicação de atas não redigidas da equipe de crise do RKI sobre a pandemia de COVID. O RKI condena expressamente a publicação ilegal de dados pessoais e segredos comerciais e empresariais de terceiros nesses conjuntos de dados e, em particular, qualquer violação de direitos de terceiros.”

Outros meios de comunicação alemães, incluindo os jornais de grande circulação Bild e Zeit, também noticiaram a divulgação dos arquivos.

‘Evidências claras de que o público em geral foi deliberadamente enganado’

Os arquivos RKI refletem as descobertas dos “Arquivos de Lockdown” do Reino Unido e as admissões do mês passado pelo Dr. Anthony Fauci durante depoimento no Congresso de que medidas generalizadas de uso de máscaras e distanciamento social foram promulgadas apesar da falta de evidências científicas.

A “vacinação generalizada de crianças” e as políticas que proíbem os não vacinados de muitos espaços públicos — para as quais o RKI “forneceu suposta legitimidade científica” — não foram baseadas em “considerações racionais e científicas”, mas em “decisões políticas”, escreveu Velázquez.

Stefan Homburg, Ph.D., professor de finanças públicas na Universidade de Hannover, na Alemanha, fazia parte de uma equipe que trabalhou com o denunciante para liberar os Arquivos RKI não editados. Ele disse ao The Defender que os documentos mostram que as decisões foram tomadas “exclusivamente por políticos” e que “RKI não apoiou essas medidas”.

“Agora temos evidências claras de que o público em geral foi deliberadamente enganado”, disse a advogada holandesa Meike Terhorst ao The Defender. “Os políticos tomaram as decisões, não as autoridades de saúde.”

O Dr. Christof Plothe, membro do comitê diretor do Conselho Mundial de Saúde, disse ao The Defender que os arquivos “mostram que nunca foi a ciência que iniciou o uso ineficaz e prejudicial de máscaras, o distanciamento social traumatizante e os lockdowns, ou que introduziu uma nova terapia genética rotulada como ‘vacina’… Foram os políticos que exigiram as medidas”.

O Ministro Federal da Saúde da Alemanha, Karl Lauterbach, da era da pandemia, figura com destaque nos documentos. Plothe disse que Lauterbach “nunca trabalhou com pacientes e é um lobista puro da Pharma ”.

Em março de 2023, Lauterbach admitiu que os eventos adversos da vacina contra a COVID-19 são prevalentes e as vítimas estão sendo ignoradas.

O toxicologista alemão Helmut Sterz, anteriormente pesquisador de grandes empresas farmacêuticas — incluindo a Pfizer — disse ao The Defender que os documentos mostram que as decisões sobre a pandemia “foram tomadas por aqueles que são responsáveis ​​pela criação desta ‘pandemia’” e que “verdadeiros especialistas ‘desapareceram’ do debate público”.

A Alemanha promulgou um dos conjuntos mais rigorosos de restrições à COVID-19 na Europa, de acordo com o Rastreador de Resposta Governamental à COVID-19 da Universidade de Oxford.

“As medidas às quais o povo alemão foi submetido, além de mandatos de máscaras e regras de distanciamento social, [incluem] um ‘lockdown dos não vacinados’ que proibiu as pessoas de [locais públicos] … A vacinação obrigatória foi imposta a membros militares e a todas as pessoas que trabalham no setor de saúde”, disse Plothe.

Documentos revelam discussões da UE para ‘pular os testes de Fase 3’ da vacina da Pfizer

A Pfizer estava em discussões com a Agência Europeia de Medicamentos (EMA) para “pular os ensaios de Fase III” para a vacina contra a COVID-19 “e ir direto para o uso generalizado”, mostram documentos de uma reunião do RKI de 15 de abril de 2020.

“Normalmente, você planeja de 12 a 18 meses a partir do início da Fase I. A EMA e a Pfizer estão considerando se devem pular os testes da Fase III e ir direto para o uso amplo. Se os reguladores decidirem isso, então pode ser mais rápido do que 12 a 18 meses”, diz o documento.

A ata de uma reunião do RKI de 27 de abril de 2020 afirma: “Haverá várias vacinas que foram desenvolvidas e testadas em um processo rápido. Dados relevantes serão coletados somente após o marketing.”

De acordo com a revista médica alemã Aertzeblatt, documentos do RKI de janeiro e fevereiro de 2021, após as primeiras vacinas contra a COVID-19 terem sido introduzidas e administradas, revelam discussões questionando a eficácia da vacina AstraZeneca contra a COVID-19, afirmando que ela era “menos perfeita” e que sua “ecologia precisa ser discutida”.

Um documento de 29 de janeiro de 2021 (página 135), por exemplo, afirma que “o STIKO [Comitê Permanente de Vacinação do RKI] recomenda a vacina apenas para pessoas com menos de 65 anos, pois há falta de evidências para pessoas com mais de 65 anos, intervalos de confiança muito amplos, muito incerto, pois há duas vacinas de RNA altamente eficazes disponíveis”.

De acordo com a revista alemã Tichys Einblick, os documentos mostram que já no início de 2021, “o RKI sabia sobre os efeitos colaterais sérios das vacinas, por exemplo, da AstraZeneca. No entanto, logo depois, praticamente todos os principais políticos importantes foram vacinados publicamente com precisamente esta injeção.”

Essas admissões ocorreram apesar da retórica pública da época afirmar que as vacinas protegeriam contra a propagação e a infecção da COVID-19.

Problemas pós-vacinação logo começaram a aparecer nos documentos do RKI. Um documento de 8 de fevereiro de 2021 faz referência a um furor político na Alemanha depois que 14 residentes totalmente vacinados de uma casa de repouso testaram positivo para COVID-19. O mesmo documento admitiu que a vacinação não previne casos menos graves do vírus.

Documentos do RKI de 12 e 15 de março de 2021 fizeram referência à identificação de eventos adversos graves após a vacinação da AstraZeneca contra a COVID-19 na Dinamarca, Holanda e Áustria, e um documento de 9 de abril de 2021 discute uma alta taxa de casos de trombose associados à vacina da AstraZeneca, principalmente em homens.

Por sua vez, um documento de 23 de abril de 2021 faz referência a seis casos de trombose cerebral relacionados à vacina Johnson & Johnson (Janssen) contra a COVID-19 nos EUA, mas não propõe mudanças nas recomendações de vacinação da Alemanha.

“É particularmente ruim que o RKI tenha reconhecido muitos ferimentos de vacina causados ​​pela AstraZeneca, mas não tenha alertado o público”, disse Homburg. “A pressão política constante também é notável.”

‘Deve ser legal ser vacinado’

Os Arquivos RKI também revelaram esforços por parte do governo alemão e das autoridades de saúde pública do país para atingir especificamente crianças com restrições da COVID-19 — esforços que foram marcados por interferência política:

  • Um documento do RKI de 19 de maio de 2021 afirma: “Mesmo que a STIKO não recomende a vacinação para crianças, [o então Ministro da Saúde Jens] Spahn ainda está planejando um programa de vacinação infantil”.
  • Um documento de 21 de maio de 2021 afirma que, embora as associações pediátricas “estejam relutantes em vacinar crianças… Os políticos já estão preparando campanhas de vacinação para vacinar as faixas etárias relevantes”.
  • Um documento do RKI de 14 de julho de 2021 revela discussões sobre um “desafio de vacinação de influenciadores no YouTube” e “desenvolvimento de material para grupos-alvo mais jovens”, que “seriam abordados com mais humor” — até mesmo reações e efeitos colaterais da vacina. “Deve ser legal ser vacinado”, afirmou o documento.
  • A ata de uma reunião do RKI de 15 de dezembro de 2021 revela que o Ministério da Saúde da Alemanha estava “considerando a vacinação de reforço de crianças, embora não haja recomendação e, em alguns casos, nenhuma aprovação para isso”.

Tais medidas foram promovidas apesar do conhecimento inicial de que as crianças não foram significativamente afetadas pela COVID-19. Um documento do RKI de 26 de fevereiro de 2020 referiu-se a dados da China descobrindo que 2% dos casos eram em crianças, enquanto um documento de 30 de novembro de 2020 sugeriu que os ambientes escolares provavelmente não contribuiriam significativamente para a disseminação do vírus, mas que o fechamento das escolas “exacerbaria” a situação.

E uma reunião do RKI em 4 de dezembro de 2020, examinando dados de vários países, concluiu que a reabertura de escolas não levou a uma disseminação significativamente maior do vírus.

‘Os vacinados devem receber algum tipo de privilégio’

Apesar dessas descobertas, houve pressão política para recompensar os vacinados e punir os não vacinados, de acordo com os arquivos do RKI.

Um documento de 5 de novembro de 2021 disse que a retórica da mídia sobre “uma pandemia de não vacinados” “não era correta do ponto de vista científico”, porque “toda a população está contribuindo” para novas ondas de infecção.

No entanto, as autoridades decidiram continuar culpando os não vacinados pela disseminação da COVID-19, porque isso serviria “como um apelo a todos aqueles que não foram vacinados para que se vacinem”, de acordo com o documento.

O documento também observou que Spahn “fala da [pandemia dos não vacinados] em todas as coletivas de imprensa… então não pode ser corrigido”. O documento contém um reconhecimento, no entanto, de que “deve-se ter muito cuidado com a declaração de que as vacinas protegem contra qualquer infecção (mesmo assintomática)” porque “conforme o tempo entre as vacinações aumenta”, a infecção se torna mais provável.

Um documento do RKI de 10 de maio de 2021 continha uma determinação de que dizer a verdade ao público “causaria grande confusão”, enquanto manter as recomendações de vacinação existentes serviria “para salvar [a] vacina”.

Em vez disso, um documento de 7 de janeiro de 2022 declarou que “os vacinados devem receber privilégios de algum tipo”, incluindo menos restrições de viagem, e que esse era um objetivo desejado pelo Ministério da Saúde alemão, ao mesmo tempo em que pedia mais “testes dos não vacinados após a entrada” no país.

Da mesma forma, um documento de 10 de março de 2021 sugeriu que a vacinação contra a COVID-19 deveria ser promovida ao público como um meio de “poder participar novamente da vida social”, para pessoas que estavam cansadas de “proibições e restrições”.

No entanto, um documento do RKI de 4 de dezembro de 2020 sugeriu que os vacinados deveriam continuar a cumprir as “medidas de higiene”, enquanto um documento de 30 de dezembro de 2020 sugeriu que os vacinados ainda deveriam usar máscaras, “pois ainda há risco de transmissão”.

As autoridades alemãs queriam “evitar chamar a atenção” para o achatamento da curva

Os arquivos do RKI revelam ainda que, no início da pandemia da COVID-19, houve pressão política para manter as restrições, apesar do “achatamento da curva”.

Um documento de 25 de março de 2020 admitiu que “a curva está se estabilizando lentamente”, mas disse: “Devemos evitar chamar a atenção para isso em nossas comunicações externas, para incentivar o cumprimento das medidas”.

Um documento de 18 de novembro de 2020 contém uma admissão de que as doenças respiratórias estavam “bem abaixo” do nível do ano anterior, com uma tendência de queda. Da mesma forma, um documento de 30 de novembro de 2020 afirma que as doenças respiratórias gerais estavam “bem abaixo dos anos anteriores”. Um documento de 27 de janeiro de 2021 afirma que uma política “sem COVID” não é viável.

E de acordo com um documento de 25 de fevereiro de 2022, o RKI foi impedido de rebaixar sua avaliação geral de risco da COVID-19 de “muito alto” para “alto”, mesmo depois que os sintomas, em sua maioria leves, da onda Ômicron foram evidentes, devido à intervenção de Lauterbach e do Ministério da Saúde alemão.

Uso de máscaras pelo público em geral é considerado “problemático” — mas imposto mesmo assim 

Os arquivos do RKI também contêm reconhecimentos de que as políticas de uso de máscaras e testes foram ineficazes para limitar a disseminação da COVID-19, mas foram adotadas por razões políticas:

  • Um documento de 27 de janeiro de 2020 afirma que o uso de máscaras “não faz sentido” para pessoas assintomáticas, pois não há evidências de que seria uma “medida preventiva útil para a população em geral”.
  • Um documento de 23 de outubro de 2020 declarou que as máscaras FFP2 (semelhantes às máscaras N95) seriam “mal utilizadas” pelo público e não ofereceriam proteção, mas, em vez disso, poderiam incutir uma falsa sensação de segurança nas pessoas. “Os danos das máscaras FFP2 podem superar os benefícios”, afirma o documento.
  • Um documento de 30 de outubro de 2020 diz: “As máscaras FFP2 não têm valor agregado se não forem ajustadas e usadas corretamente” e são inúteis fora da “saúde e segurança ocupacional”.
  • Um documento de 13 de janeiro de 2021 afirma que as máscaras FFP2 “podem levar a problemas de saúde para pessoas com condições preexistentes e, portanto, devem permanecer uma decisão individual” e que “uma exigência geral de máscara FFP2 não é considerada sensata”.
  • Um documento de 18 de janeiro de 2021 não encontrou “nenhuma base técnica para recomendar máscaras FFP2 para a população”, observando o risco de “efeitos colaterais indesejáveis”.

No entanto, em 2 de julho de 2021, os documentos do RKI continham sugestões, baseadas na Academia Americana de Pediatria, para o uso geral de máscaras para crianças de 2 anos ou mais e que “O uso de máscaras deve ser mantido… mesmo em baixas incidências e deve ser entendido como manutenção de medidas básicas”.

Documentos do RKI também questionaram os testes em massa para COVID-19. Um documento de 3 de fevereiro de 2020 declarou que resultados positivos de PCR após a recuperação “não significam necessariamente infecciosidade”, enquanto um documento de 29 de julho de 2020 concluiu que os testes para COVID-19 eram ineficazes, mas um “desejo político” de testes tinha que ser “atendido”.

Da mesma forma, um documento do RKI de 16 de dezembro de 2020 sugeriu a suspensão de procedimentos eletivos (operações planejadas), devido à “pressão dos governos estaduais”.

Michael Nevradakis, Ph. D.

New research presented at the Federal Reserve’s annual research conference in Kansas City, Wyoming, found weaknesses in US Treasuries, once labelled a “safe haven” for securities. This is devastating news for the US as unsustainable debt and the weaponisation of the US dollar are now catching up and negatively affecting the American economy.

The study determined that the bonds are a “little different from the debt issued by the likes of Germany, Britain, France, or even big corporations,” Reuters reported on August 23. According to the article, the study found that the US government has enjoyed an “exorbitant privilege” of borrowing heavily from the global market despite growing gaps in the federal budget.

“In response to COVID, US Treasury investors seem to have shifted to the risky debt model when pricing Treasuries,” Reuters wrote.

The researchers found that investors did not stockpile Treasury bonds, which would have increased their volume, but rather reduced prices, as they did with bonds from other countries.

“In the risky debt regime, valuations will respond to government spending shocks, which may involve large yield changes in bond markets,” the researchers explained.

“In this environment, large-scale asset purchases by central banks in response to a large government spending increase have undesirable public finance implications,” they wrote. “These purchases, which provide temporary price support, destroy value for taxpayers but subsidise bondholders” and may also encourage governments to overestimate their true fiscal capacity.

“Policymakers, including central banks, should internalise this shift when assessing whether bond markets are functioning properly,” the authors concluded.

This is an unsurprising outcome considering that four decades ago, the US national debt hovered around $907 billion, while today, according to the US Treasury Department, it exceeds that amount dozens of times over, reaching over $35 trillion.

In September 2022 alone, US President Joe Biden approved nearly $4.8 trillion in loans, including $1.85 trillion for the American Bailout and $370 billion for the bipartisan infrastructure bill. Rising interest rates over the past year and a half have compounded the situation, increasing the cost of servicing the national debt.

In fact, interest payments on the national debt are expected to be the fastest-growing part of the federal budget over the next three decades, according to the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget. Thus, by 2032, payments are expected to triple to $1.4 trillion, and by 2053, interest payments are expected to rise to $5.4 trillion. To put that in perspective, that will be more than the US spends on Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, and all other mandatory and discretionary spending programs.

Biden is set to hold the record for increasing the country’s public debt among all American leaders, and by the end of his term, the debt is expected to reach $36.3 trillion specifically. Since the start of the Biden administration, US debt has increased by $7.3 trillion, surpassing the $35 trillion mark for the first time in history in July.

Between January 2021 and July 2024, the average increase in US debt was 0.026% per day. If these rates continue, the US public debt will grow by another $1.3 trillion by the end of Biden’s term. Thus, by the end of the Democrat’s four-year term, the amount could increase by a record $8.6 trillion.

So far, Biden’s predecessor, former President Donald Trump, who is trying to return to the White House, is the record holder for the increase in the US indicator. During the Republican term, the debt grew by almost $7.8 trillion. However, more than half of this increase occurred in 2020, when the COVID-19 pandemic began. The third worst result was under Barack Obama when the US debt grew by $5.7 trillion in his first term.

The last time the country saw a president reduce the indicator was more than 100 years ago when Calvin Coolidge (1923-1929) reduced the country’s debt by almost a third.

According to polling conducted exclusively for Newsweek by Redfield & Wilton Strategies and published on August 25, 46% of Americans believe the economy is in a worse state than in January 2021, when Trump left the White House, compared to 33% who said it has improved. In effect, Americans feel the economy’s decline as the cost-of-living crisis deepens.

This is coupled with the fact that US Treasuries are no longer a safe bet, showing that the US is far from being the global economic hegemon it once was. Yet, despite this reality, the US continues to use its economy as a weapon against countries outside of its control.

As a Professor of Political Economy Glenn Diesen highlighted in his response to the Reuters article,

“It appears that fiscal irresponsibility, unsustainable debt, weaponisation of the US dollar, and legalisation of theft reduce demand for US Treasuries.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the Public Domain

At 4:45 am., local time, Sunday August 25, Israel began a series of 50 preemptive airstrikes over villages in the south of Lebanon resulting in civilian casualties and injuries.

According to Israel, they had information that Hezbollah was planning a massive attack on Israel using 6,000 missiles. Israel claimed to have hit missile launchers and weapon storages.

At 5:00 am. Hezbollah responded with 320 missiles and tens of drones. The large number of missiles rendered the sophisticated “Iron Dome” Israeli air defense system ineffective. The exact extent of the damages in Israel is not known, but there were significant losses.

One missile fired by the Lebanese resistance group, Hezbollah, made a direct hit on the Davoura, an Israeli military boat. The ship was sunk with one dead and five injured.

The drones all hit targets successfully and none were shot down. The GPS system in Israel was rendered useless by an unknown source simultaneously as the attack commenced. Some experts have pondered if the GPS system was scrambled to coordinate with the operation.

Israeli settlers have used social media sites, such as Telegram, to post videos of damages homes and burning buildings as a result of the attack.

According to the manager of Ben Gurion airport in Tel Aviv, over 50 airlines have cancelled flights.

The US Embassy in Lebanon has emailed its citizens to leave Lebanon; however, to make evacuation plans which do not depend on the American government. According to the manager of the Rafik Hariri airport in Beirut, as of 2:00 pm. the airport was still functioning. Netanyahu has said if he decides to open a full scale war on Lebanon, the Israeli air force will destroy the airport.

Israeli media had advised Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu to inform the public as to what Hezbollah has hit prior to 6:00 pm., at which time Hezbollah leader, Hassan Nasrallah, gave a televised speech. The Netanyahu government did not admit that the 8200 division of the Israeli Defense Forces based in the suburbs of Tel Aviv was hit, but Nasrallah said according to their sources on the ground, the 8200 division was hit. This unit is comparable the United States’ National Security Agency, and is the largest single unit of Israel’s Defense Forces carrying out intelligence, information technology, offensive and defensive cyber security operations.

AFP news agency posted videos of houses severely damaged in Acre, in northern Israel, 19 kilometers from the Lebanon border.

The Israeli media, Walla, reported that Israel had informed the US prior to the attack; however, the New York Times reported that an American official said there was no prior warning of the attack on the south of Lebanon.

Former Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert delivered to Haaretz newspaper on August 25 a scathing attack on Netanyahu and his two right-wing ministers, Itamar Ben-Gvir and Bezalel Smotrich, who he referred to as criminals. Olmert said Netanyahu does not want to free the hostages in an agreement, and does not seek to stop the military operation in Gaza.

Netanyahu ordered members of his cabinet from the Likud party and MPs to remain silent and refrain from media interviews, according to Haaretz.

The Mayor Tel Aviv announced they have prepared 240 bunkers to be used as shelters.

Hezbollah released the names of Israeli military bases hit by missiles and drones.  They are: Meron Air Base, Naffesef, Zatoon, and Zaoura.  Bases in the occupied Golan Heights hit are: Keela, UF, Youdon, Ramot, and Neftali.

Hezbollah released an official statement at 6:50 am., reporting the amount of missiles and drones used in what was described as the ‘first wave’.  The attack on military targets in Israel was announced in retaliation for the Israeli assassination of Foud Shukr, a high ranking Hezbollah operative killed in Beirut on July 30.

Image is licensed under CC BY 4.0

undefined

The Lebanese caretaker Prime Minister, Najib Mikati, met with his cabinet and placed phone calls to the friends of Lebanon to discuss ways to decrease tensions between Hezbollah and Israel.

Civil leaders of the settlements in the north of Israel, have said they have cut off all communication with the Netanyahu government until a solution to the conflict can be found. They are furious and accuse the government of only protecting the central cities such as Tel Aviv.

On August 24, the families of Israeli hostages in Gaza accused Netanyahu of “systematically thwarting” a ceasefire deal which would see their loved ones released, reported Yedioth Ahronoth.

The families gathered at the Ministry of Defense in Tel Aviv and said,

“This seems to be the last opportunity. Either there will be a deal, or we will descend into escalation.”

“Since early July, a deal has been ready for signing, but Netanyahu’s new conditions, particularly the Philadelphi Route, are blocking it.”

The mother of a hostage said, “It’s not the Philadelphi Route but a Philadelphi spin,” referring to the demands of Netanyahu, which experts see as a tool to avoid any ceasefire deal.

The families have consistently demanded their government place a priority on the lives of its citizens.

On August 24, Netanyahu said that a ceasefire in Gaza was not on his list of priorities.

On August 25, an Israeli delegation arrived in Cairo for ongoing ceasefire negotiations, just hours after the attack on Lebanon and the retaliatory strike on Israel. At midnight of August 26, the negotiations collapsed without success. Hamas reminded negotiators that it had agreed to the July 2 proposal drafted by the US.

Hezbollah has said they will cease all attacks on Israel if a ceasefire is agreed upon. US President Joe Biden had a commitment from Netanyahu to a ceasefire in July, but then Netanyahu reneged on his promise. Recently, Israel has proposed to pull back one kilometer from the Philadelphia Corridor in Gaza, but the Hamas side is asking for a full Israeli withdrawal as the terms to a deal.

The US has sent air craft carriers, destroyers, submarines and various military assets to the region in an effort to pressure the Lebanese resistance group from retaliating against Israel’s assassination of Shukr, but Hezbollah ignored the threats.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

It seems that over two hundred years after the Revolution, in France the Liberté part of its celebrated slogan has not really stuck.

On Saturday 24 August, Russian social media platform entrepreneur Pavel Durov was arrested by the French police at Le Bourget airport near Paris on trumped-up charges. The French authorities went about it in a sneaky third-world manner that does them no honour. They waited for Durov’s plane to enter French air space before issuing the arrest warrant. In it Durov was charged with a slew of “ham sandwich” offences, including such absurdities as “promotion of terrorism, paedophilia, fraud, drug trafficking, organised crime, and cyberbullying”. As soon as Durov departed the plane, he was surrounded and led off by police agents.

The actual reasons for this arrest have nothing to do with the allegation in the charge sheet and they are bound to resonate with partisans of freedom everywhere. Firstly, it is Durov’s resolute and principled refusal to share on demand with security agencies information that would compromise the privacy of Telegram users. Durov’s firm position in this regard collided directly with legislation which obligates social platforms operating on European Union territory to do precisely that.

Secondly, the same legislation requires social media platforms to institute a humiliating system of what euphemistically is called “monitoring.” This amounts to directed censorship of opinions expressed by users in their Telegram posts. Durov wanted none of it. But in the EU, platform management is under orders to engage in this odious practice on behalf of and according to the directives of the totalitarian EU political elite. The firm rejection by Durov of that invasive demand, as we just saw, had dire consequences for his personal liberty.

All collective West based social platforms have willingly succumbed to these unethical demands and have more or less meekly agreed to act as extensions for their countries’ security services, to the detriment of users’ privacy.

Attentive readers will easily connect the dots and recall that far from being an isolated occurrence this arrest follows a pattern of repression targeting non-systemic public figures in all major collective West “democracies.”

Tucker Carlson a few months ago performed a huge public service by  broadcasting an immensely informative interview with the thirty nine year-old Russian Wunderkind, recorded at Durov’s office in the United Arab Emirates.

The fascinating interview unveils the portrait of an enormously gifted, focused, eloquent, engagingly modest, and above all supremely principled person. Durov and his equally accomplished brother were the driving force behind VK, the Russian version of Facebook characterised by a much greater degree of sophistication, and later on of the Telegram social media platform which, at last count, had a global following of over nine hundred million users. But the key takeaway that emerged from Tucker Carlson’s interview, and it was with providential timing to counteract the deluge of media calumnies that is sure to follow Durov’s arrest, is something entirely different. It is the glaring contrast between the Russian genius, unmoved by the temptations of wealth and fame, and the avarice, vanity and emptiness of his Western counterparts who have been trying to compete with him in the same line of work.

With all that being said, like many members of the Russian intelligentsia, from A. Herzen in the 19th century on to the present day, Pavel Durov fell prey to his compatriots’ standard infantile misperception of where the grass is greener. At an earlier stage of his career he sadly failed to strike a reasonable balance between his passionate and laudable commitment to freedom and privacy and the conscientious fulfillment of his patriotic duties which, in their broad sweep, override fidelity to narrower principles, no matter how fundamental in their significance. Had he acted more flexibly then, and in the interview with Tucker Carlson the circumstances of that episode are fully revealed, he would not have turned into a stateless global nomad and most likely would not have fallen into the trap so treacherously sprung on him in Paris.

The legal situation arising from the detention of Pavel Durov, with the preposterous charges concocted against him and the harrowing possibility of twenty years’ imprisonment, is tailor made for maître Jacques Vergès but, unfortunately, he is no longer with us. One hopes that Durov will secure competent and uncorrupted representation and that his legal counsel shall grasp the self-evident fact that the case against him in its entirety is political, with criminal elements maliciously contrived and grafted on for propaganda effect.

The Assange case now having been settled, Pavel Durov is certain to become the new global privacy and freedom of expression icon. Freedom loving people world-wide will mobilise to show support in order to extract him from the clutches of the pathetic Macron regime and its overseas “partners” who, from the background, are undoubtedly pulling the strings. That is well and good. But one simply wishes that once and for all liberty would triumph. Icons are uplifting, but we could easily do with one fewer if that were the price that we should have to pay in order to secure the freedom to which Pavel so admirably dedicated his passionate idealism and irrepressible creativity. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: Pavel Durov at the TechCrunch conference in Berlin, 2013 (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

[This video was originally published in 2015.]

Prominent academic and author Dr Michel Chossudovsky warned that the so-called war on terrorism is a front to propagate America’s global hegemony and create a New World Order.

Dr Chossudovsky said terrorism is made in the US and that terrorists are not the product of the Muslim world.

According to him, the US global war on terrorism was used to enact anti-terrorism laws that demonised Muslims in the Western world and created Islamophobia.

Elaborating on his argument, Dr Chossudovsky said that NATO was responsible for recruiting members of the Islamic state while Israel is funding “global jihad elements inside Syria”.

Dr Chossudovsky, who is also the founder of the Centre for Research and Globalisation, further emphasised that the global war on terrorism is a fabrication, a big lie and a crime against humanity.

Echoing Dr Chossudovsky’s arguments, Malaysia’s prominent political scientist, Islamic reformist and activist Dr Chandra Muzaffar said that the US has always manipulated religion to further its global hegemony on sovereign states.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


The Globalization of War: America’s “Long War” against Humanity

Michel Chossudovsky

The “globalization of war” is a hegemonic project. Major military and covert intelligence operations are being undertaken simultaneously in the Middle East, Eastern Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, Central Asia and the Far East. The U.S. military agenda combines both major theater operations as well as covert actions geared towards destabilizing sovereign states.

ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-0-9

Year: 2015
Pages: 240 Pages

Price: $9.40

Click here to order.

A recent protest against a lithium mining project broke out in Serbia, with demonstrators filling the streets of capital Belgrade. They reportedly obstructed the tracks at two railway stations in the city, and briefly halted traffic on a major highway.

While Serbian government believes that the mine is an opportunity for economic development, protesters say it would cause pollution on the Jadar Valley.

Serbian President Aleksandar Vucic told reporters that although the main protest was done democratically, the blockage of traffic on the highway amounted to “terror of the minority over the majority.”

“It is part of the hybrid approach” designed to topple the government, Vucic said, adding that he had been tipped off by Russian intelligence services that a “mass unrest and a coup” were being prepared in Serbia by unspecified Western powers that wish to oust him from power.

Analysts said that under the environmental protection slogans are probably subversive activities by the West, in an attempt to stage a coup d’état in Serbia and install pro-American opposition forces in power.

And this protest, similar to the previous ones, was ostensibly spontaneous, organized by Serbian citizens and ENGOs (environmental non-governmental organizations), but in reality the influence of a few Western countries including the US was lurking behind the scenes, analysts noted.

 

Protestors obstruct traffic on the highway during a rally against plans to start mining lithium in Serbia, in Belgrade, Serbia, on August 10, 2024. Photo: IC

Whitewashed ‘Color Revolution’?

Earlier this month, tens of thousands took to the streets in Belgrade against a government-approved lithium mining project in western Serbia’s Jadar Valley. It is a cooperative project between the Serbian government and Rio Tinto, a British-Australian multinational metals and mining corporation.

The protest, which Western media outlets described as “one of the biggest in recent years” in the country, was allegedly organized by the country’s ENGOs and environmentalists concerned about the project’s potential impact on the environment.

According to Western media, the protest seemed reasonable and reflected public sentiment, as many mainstream Western news outlets shone the spotlight on a protester named Zlatko Kokanovic in their stories, introducing him as an individual who loves environmental protection.

In a Reuters story on August 9, for instance, Kokanovic was described as “a 48-year-old Serbian farmer” and “a father of five.” An Associated Press (AP) story on the same day used a similar description, calling Kokanovic a 48-year-old farmer who has five children. Another individual, Marijana Petkovic, has also been frequently covered in some stories as a “local resident” or “neighbor” of a villager close to Jadar Valley.

However, the two names above are president and key member of the ENGO “Ne damo Jadar” respectively, a main initiator of the protest, the Global Times found. In a story published by Belgrade-based newspaper Danas, Kokanovic “called on all citizens of Serbia to come to the protest in Belgrade.”

Rather than making their roles in the protest public, some Western media outlets seemingly preferred to carefully portray them as ordinary citizens who are purely passionate about environmental protection and who happened to participate in the demonstration. Clearly, they made every effort to depict this riot as a spontaneous act by the Serbian people based on their will.

But various signs have indicated that, as Serbian President Aleksandar Vucic said on August 11, this was no ordinary protest but rather “part of Western-backed ‘hybrid’ warfare” against his government. “We knew everything in detail,” AP cited Vucic as saying. “You think you have surprised someone… we have always been restrained, without violence we ensured order in the country, without a problem.”

According to a TASS article published on August 10, Vucic told the media that Moscow had warned Belgrade of preparations for mass riots initiated by representatives of Western countries.

“Today, we received official information from the Russian Federation,” said Vucic.

He added that the information was provided through formal channels, and the Security and Information Agency – Serbia’s intelligence body – was responsible for that.

The TASS article also noted that, Serbian newspaper Vecernje Novosti earlier reported that members of Serbia’s opposition were ready to take advantage of the pro-Western protests in Belgrade planned for August 10, “to seize the presidential palace, eliminate the head of state, and launch a similar scenario as in Ukraine.”

It has obviously gone far beyond just a simple environmental protest. In an interview with news agency RIA Novosti, Serbian Deputy Prime Minister Aleksandar Vulin implied that the nature of the protest was a color revolution and foreign interference.

“The lithium protests are not so much about the environment. Their goal is to overthrow the government,” said Vulin, according to a Sputnik article on August 12.

Connections with US

Some of the ENGOs involved in the protests against the lithium mining project actually have connections with the US, although such connections are not well known to the public, the Global Times discovered.

Ekoloski Ustanak, or “Ecological Uprising,” for instance, is one of the most active organizations engaged in the protests against the lithium-mining project. Early in June, Ecological Uprising reportedly “called for mobilization” of Serbia’s opposition parties, civic environmental organizations, and activists “for a joint front” against the project, according to local media reports.

The biggest funders of environmentalist groups are “certainly, from the United States of America,” Serbian President of the National Assembly Ana Brnabic once said in January 2022, according to website Balkan Green Energy News.

Mass protests were organized by the Ecological Uprising and other groups to demonstrate against the same lithium mine in December, 2021, Balkan Green Energy News reported.

“I lack words to describe the hypocrisy of foreigners that finance these organizations and these foreigners,” Brnabic criticized.

She listed some of the biggest US funders – the Rockefeller Foundation, USAID, the Open Society Foundations, the NED, and Edge Funders Alliance. Some on the list are disreputable veterans of inciting color revolutions.

“The infiltration of American influence in Serbia is often evident in environmental protection matters. By providing support to environmental organizations at a relatively low cost, the US is able to achieve significant results efficiently.  The so-called NGOs that represent American interests can take a moral high ground in shaping agendas and garnering support from local pro-American factions,” Ju Weiwei, deputy director of the Central and Eastern Europe Office, Institute of European Studies of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, told the Global Times.

An anonymous scholar who has conducted multiple research trips to Serbia told the Global Times that American support for opposition forces is almost an “open secret.”

Attacking Chinese Projects

For the ENGOs in Serbia, Chinese observers may be more familiar with Tvrdjava (“Fortress”), a health and environmental NGO that hyped the “carcinogenic Chinese-owned steel company” rumor in late 2021.

A Reuters report in November 2021 cited data obtained by Tvrdjava, alleging that Smederevo Steelworks in central Serbia caused more pollution, after being purchased by China’s HeSteel Group (HBIS) in 2016. Tvrdjava said that “the municipality (Smederevo) of around 100,000 people reported 6,866 cancer cases in 2019, up from 1,738 in 2011.”

Chinese media outlets later refuted the accusation, and provided solid data proving that China’s takeover didn’t increase, but largely decreased, the pollution emitted by Smederevo Steelwork.

It’s worth noting that, Tvrdjava, “as Reuters mentioned, is found to have a connection with the USAID,” the Xinhua News Agency reported in January 2022. The Washington-based agency has a bad reputation of interfering in other countries’ internal affairs under the White House’s instructions, said Xinhua.

The US’ “white gloves” have long been colluding with some Serbian NGOs, in defaming China and Chinese-invested projects. “NED-backed Serbian NGOs coordinated with CNN’s Serbia branch to fabricate China-related fake news, slandering projects undertaken by the Chinese side and hyping up so-called environmental protection, labor, and corruption issues,” pointed out a report released by Chinese Foreign Ministry on August 9.

The NED’s website showed it funded various Serbian NGOs in 2021. With the NED’s backing, some recipient organizations were found slandering Chinese-invested companies and projects in Serbia.

The “Helsinki Committee for Human Rights in Serbia” was one of the recipients on NED’s list, receiving $59,000 in 2021. In a report it released in 2022 that specifically attacked China-Serbia relations, the “committee” groundlessly accused Chinese employers of “inhumane and humiliating treatment.”

All these tricks just expose that, the US is dissatisfied with the significant practical investment and cooperation between China and Serbia. As a result, they have allegedly influenced some local opposition forces to oppose Chinese investment in Serbia and undermine the projects involving China, Ju said.

Ju, who had been in Serbia before for field research, discovered that some individuals, despite knowing the lack of evidence in their lawsuits, persisted in suing Chinese companies under the guise of environmental concerns. He noted that it is not ruled out that there may be support from other foreign forces behind this.

This tactic, commonly employed by American-backed NGOs, aims to disrupt Chinese companies under the pretext of human rights and labor issues, tarnishing their reputation in the process, said Ju.

However, due to the current Serbian government’s commitment to an independent foreign policy and stable diplomatic ties with the EU, China, Russia, and other nations, along with Chinese companies’ adherence to legal and ethical business practices, these attempts to tarnish our reputation are unlikely to succeed. It is evident that Chinese companies and the Chinese economy have greatly enhanced the quality of life for the local population, the expert stressed.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image: The view of Belgrade, Serbia Photo: VCG

Video: A Nuclear Bunker Buster Bomb Against Iran Would Initiate World War III, on the Drawing Board of the Pentagon

By Union of Concerned Scientists and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 27, 2024

The option to use bunker buster bombs against Iran is currently on the drawing board of the Pentagon, despite the fact that there is no evidence that Iran has stockpiled Weapons of Mass destruction in so-called bunkers, as conveyed in the video.

Don’t Watch “The Attack on Food and Farmers” — Unless You Want Better Health, a Glimpse Into the Future of Food, and Real Food Security

By Dr. Meryl Nass, August 28, 2024

Could food shortages be looming? If it seems like the US, blessed with abundant natural resources, could never suffer a food shortage, think again. Did you know that while the US is the world’s largest food exporter, in 2023 the US imported more food than we exported?

What the Media Are Hiding About Venezuela’s Elections. Who Is Edmundo Gonzalez?

By Marc Vandepitte, August 28, 2024

During the recent presidential elections in Venezuela we saw an outstanding example of electoral warfare, in which the media played a major role. In this article, we list some striking elements the mainstream media covered up.

Drone Strike Hits Russian Oil Depot Which Lies at a Record 1,500km from Ukraine

By Zero Hedge, August 28, 2024

On Wednesday drones struck the far away town of Kotelnich in Russia’s Kirov Oblast. Regional Governor Alexander Sokolov said that two inbound drones were intercepted by air defenses, while a third “fell” and a blaze subsequently erupted near the Zenit oil facility.

Techno-Fascism: The Government Pressured Tech Companies to Censor Users

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, August 28, 2024

Mark Zuckerberg, the CEO of Meta, has finally admitted what we knew all along: Facebook conspired with the government to censor individuals expressing “disapproved” views about the COVID-19 pandemic.

WHO-UNICEF Vaccination Campaign in Gaza: Polio Eradication or Transition to Bio-Warfare? Mike Whitney

By Mike Whitney, August 27, 2024

Over a million doses of polio vaccine have been shipped to Israel in preparation for a mass vaccination campaign in Gaza. The vaccines are an emergency response to the first confirmed case of polio reported in Gaza last month.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s Speech. RFK Endorses Donald Trump for the White House

By Peter Koenig, August 27, 2024

Trump and Kennedy agree on all “major issues”, like on the Ukraine-Russia war, on censorship, on the laws that Democrats have taken out to kick both Trump and Kennedy off the ballot in major states, and many more topics.

War on Gaza Crystalizes Israel’s Image

August 28th, 2024 by Prof. Yakov M. Rabkin

Modern Israel attracts much attention from analysts and the public but our ability to understand it is hindered by ideology, prejudice, and myth. Many tread carefully when discussing Israel lest they be accused of antisemitism. In an earlier article, I explained what distinguishes anti-Zionism from antisemitism. However, the fundamental difficulty lies in the habitual association of the state in Western Asia with the Jews. Should we view those who inhabit and govern Israel as Jews or have they become something else — namely, Israelis? 

The “nature versus nurture” debate over the relative influence of inherited traits versus environmental conditions on humans is older than many realize. It can be traced through different stages of the biblical narrative. Angry at the Israelites’ worship of the golden calf, God was ready to destroy them all and start anew with Moses. Nature was to blame, as God despaired that these “stiff-necked people” could be re-educated.

In another biblical story, however, the Israelites were sent to wander in the wilderness for forty years to be reformatted before being allowed to enter the Land of Canaan. In this case, the emphasis was on nurture over nature, with the hope that the experience of benefiting from boundless generosity—such as the manna and the protective clouds of glory—would change them. This may have been the first known attempt at social engineering, even though the success was only variable.

The contemporary history of the Jews presents a more daring case of such re-education. For centuries, Jewish ideals have stressed mercy, modesty, and beneficence. The abhorrence of violence is so ingrained that in many Jewish communities, knives, which could be tools of murder, must be removed from the table before reciting the grace after a meal. Blessing and violence are deemed incompatible.

After centuries of being educated to strive for moral perfection, some Jews — initially a tiny minority — adopted a unusual role as colonial settlers—a role historically associated with European Christian civilization.

Mostly atheists and agnostics, Zionist pioneers in Palestine concluded that “God does not exist, but He promised us this land.”

They conveniently instrumentalized biblical commandments, such as  “You shall clear out the Land and settle in it, for I have given you the Land to occupy it.” The settlers embraced a literal and materialistic reading of the Bible abandoning the interpretative tradition developed in rabbinic Judaism. Jewish tradition reads the biblical verses that mention violence allegorically: the sword and the bow used by Jacob the Patriarch against his enemies become symbols of obedience to divine commandments and good deeds. Tradition locates Jewish heroism in the house of study, not on the battlefield. But Zionists rejected this tradition as that of “exilic weaklings.”

Naturally, like in other locations such as India, America, or Algeria, most inhabitants of Palestine—Jews, Christians, and Muslims alike—resented the Zionists who began colonizing Palestine in the late 19th century. Resistance emerged, and generations of Israelis grew up fighting against it. Palestinians came to be perceived as a constant source of danger. Educated in the spirit of military courage, moral superiority, and self-righteousness, the Israeli came to disdain and replace the Jew. The murder of Jacob De Haan, a Jewish anti-Zionist lawyer, by members of a Zionist militia in 1924 marked not only the onset of organized political terrorism in Palestine but also the affirmation of a new national identity.

Ideals of martial valour were not only inculcated through the educational system but, more powerfully, were induced by the predicament of all colonial settlements: suppressing resistance from the colonized. Generation after generation of Israelis have participated in the violent “pacification of the natives,” forcing them to submit to discrimination, dispossession, and ethnic cleansing.

The daily news of brutalities perpetrated by the Israeli military in Gaza underscores the success of the Zionist transformation of the Jew. The massive support that these acts receive from Israeli society at large strongly confirms this. The recent debate in the Israeli parliament when some Knesset members asserted the legitimacy of gang raping Palestinian detainees by Israeli soldiers reveals profound dehumanization—that is, the denial of full humanity in others, along with the cruelty and suffering that accompany it. But this also threatens the humanity of the soldier.

To mitigate this, the soldier must keep a distance from his victim. This is achieved through the industrialization of murder, which began with gas chambers and carpet bombing and continued with targeted assassinations by missiles and kamikaze drones. World-renowned Israeli scientists and engineers, assisted by major American corporations, have made a qualitative advance in streamlining remote violence. In Gaza, artificial intelligence (AI) now determines targets and to destroys them. This points to an abdication not only of their ancestors’ moral values but of humanity altogether.

The Israelis’ war on Gaza confirms a triumph of nurture over nature, all the while demonstrating that technological progress does not equate to progress in humanity. In fact, it normalizes amorality, which most Western governments accept because, in their view, it is Jews who commit these atrocities, whether qualified as mass murder, ethnic cleansing, or genocide. Few realize that a century of living by the sword has transformed the Jew into a ruthless Israeli. Thus, one can better understand Israel as a state and a society when it is no longer regarded as “the Jewish state”, a nebulous concept that only blurs our vision and obscures reality. Only then can the world judge Israel on merit like any other state.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on Russia in Global Affairs.

Yakov M. Rabkin is Professor Emeritus of History at the Université of Montréal. His publications include over 300 articles and a few books: Science between Superpowers, A Threat from Within: a Century of Jewish Opposition to Zionism, What is Modern Israel?, Demodernization: A Future in the Past and Judaïsme, islam et modernité. He did consulting work for, inter alia, OECD, NATO, UNESCO and the World Bank. E-mail: [email protected]. Website: www.yakovrabkin.ca 

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Is your food making you sick?

Suddenly, the fact that food is making us sick, really sick, has gained a lot of attention.

When Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. announced he would suspend his presidential campaign and campaign for President Trump on August 23, both he and Donald Trump spoke about the need to improve the food supply to regain America’s health.

The same week, Tucker Carlson interviewed the sister-brother team of Casey and Calley Means, coauthors of the #1 New York Times bestseller Good Energy:  The Surprising Connection Between Metabolism and Limitless Health.  Their thesis, borne out by thousands of medical research studies, is that food can make us very healthy or very sick.  The grocery store choices many Americans have made have led us to unprecedented levels of diabetes, obesity and other metabolic and neurologic diseases that prematurely weaken and age us, our organs and our arteries. 

There is a whole lot wrong with our available food.  

  • Chemical fertilizers have led to abusing the soil, and consequently soils became depleted of micronutrients.  Unsurprisingly, foods grown in them are now lacking those nutrients.
  • Pesticides and herbicides harm humans, as well as bugs and weeds.  
  • Some experts say we need to take supplements now because we can’t get what we need from our foods anymore.
  • We are practically living on overprocessed junk made of sugar, salt, wheat and seed oils.

And that is just the start.  The problem could have been predicted.  Food companies grew bigger and bigger, until they achieved virtual monopolies.  In order to compete, they had to use the cheapest ingredients.  When the few companies left standing banded together, we got industry capture of the agencies that regulated their businesses, turning regulation on its head.

Consolidation in the Meat Industry

Then the regulators issued rules that advantaged the big guys, and disadvantaged the small guys.  But it was the small guys who were producing the highest quality food, in most cases.  Most of them had to sell out and find something else to do.  It simply became uneconomic to be a farmer.

The farmers and ranchers that were left often became the equivalent of serfs on their own land.

Did you know:

When profitability determines which companies succeed and which fail, cutting corners is a necessity for American businesses–unless you have a niche food business, or are able to sell direct to consumers.  This simple fact inevitably led to a race to the bottom for quality.

Look at the world’s 5 largest food companies.  Their sales are enormous, but should we really be consuming their products?

 

 

Perhaps the regulators could have avoided the debasement of the food supply.  But they didn’t.

And now it has become a truism that Americans have the worst diet in the world.

Could food shortages be looming?

If it seems like the US, blessed with abundant natural resources, could never suffer a food shortage, think again.  Did you know that while the US is the world’s largest food exporter, in 2023 the US imported more food than we exported?

 

 

Cows are under attack, allegedly because their belching methane contributes to climate change.  Holland has said it must get rid of 30-50% of its cows.  Ireland and Canada are also preparing to reduce the number of their cows, using the same justification.

In the US, the number of cows being raised has gradually lessened, so that now we have the same number of cows that were being raised in 1951–but the population has increased by 125% since then.  We have more than double the people, but the same number of cows.  What!?  Much of our beef comes from Brazil.

Pigs and chickens are now mostly raised indoors.  Their industries are already consolidated to the max.  But cows and other ungulates graze for most of their life, and so the beef industry has been unable to be consolidated in the same way.

But consolidation is happening instead in the slaughterhouses, because you cannot process beef without a USDA inspector in a USDA-approved facility–and the number of these facilities has been dropping, as have the number of cows they can handle.  Four companies now process over 80% of US beef.  And that is how the ranchers are being squeezed.  

Meanwhile, efforts are afoot to reduce available farmland for both planting crops and grazing animals.  Bill Gates is now the #1 owner of US farmland, much of which lies fallow.  Solar farms are covering land that used to grow crops–a practice recently outlawed in Italy.  Plans are afoot to impose new restrictions on how land that is under conservation easements can be used.

Brave New Food

That isn’t all.  The World Economic Forum, along with many governments and multinational agencies, wants to redesign our food supply.  So-called plant-based meats, lab-grown meats, “synbio” products, insect protein and other totally new foods are to replace much of the real meat people enjoy–potentially leading to even greater consolidation of food production.  This would allow “rewilding” of grazing areas, allowing them to return to their natural state and, it is claimed, this would be kinder to the planet.  But would it?

Much of the land used for grazing is unsuitable for growing crops or for other purposes.  The manure of the animals grazing on it replenishes soil nutrients and contributes to the soil microbiome and plant growth.  “Rewilding” may in fact lead to loss of what topsoil is there and desertification of many grazing areas.

Of course, transitioning the food supply to mostly foods coming from factories is a crazy idea, because how can you make a major change in what people eat and expect it to be good for them?  What micronutrients are you missing?  What will the new chemicals, or newly designed proteins, or even computer-designed DNA (that will inevitably be present in these novel foods) do to us over time?  What will companies be feeding the insects they farm, when food production is governed by ever cheaper inputs?

It gets worse.  Real food production, by gardeners and small farmers or homesteaders, is decentralized.  It cannot be controlled.  Until the last 150 years, almost everyone fed themselves from food they caught, gathered or grew.  

But if food comes mainly from factories, access can be cut off.  Supply chains can break down.  You can be priced out of buying it.  Or it could make you sick, and it might take years or generations before the source of the problem is identified.  How long has it taken us to figure out that overprocessed foods are a slow poison? 

There are some very big problems brewing in the food realm. Whether we like it or not, powerful forces are moving us into the Great Reset, threatening our diet in new ways, ways that most of us never dreamed of.


Identifying the Problems and Solutions

But we can get on top of what is happening, learn what we need to, and we can resist.  That’s why Door to Freedom and Children’s Health Defense have unpacked all of these problems, and identified possible solutions.  

During a jam-packed two-day online symposium, you will learn about all facets of the attack on food, and how to resist.  This is an entirely free event, with a fantastic lineup of speakers and topics.  Grab a pad and pencil, because you will definitely want to take notes!

The Attack on Food and Farmers, and How to Fight Back premieres on September 6 and 7.  It will remain on our channels for later viewing and sharing as well.  By the end of Day 2, you will know what actions to take, both in your own backyard, and in the halls of your legislatures to create a healthier, tastier, safer and more secure food supply.

See below for a summary and for the complete program.

 

 

 

 

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Dr. Meryl Nass is a National Merit Scholar. She has entered MIT before completing high school; BS Biology 1974, MD 1980, Board Certified in Internal Medicine 1986. She has practiced medicine for 41 years. Traveled to over 50 countries, has 2 children, single parent. She was the first person in the world to study an epidemic and show it was due to biological warfare.

During the recent presidential elections in Venezuela we saw an outstanding example of electoral warfare, in which the media played a major role. In this article, we list some striking elements the mainstream media covered up. 

*

If you believe the media, this election was between good and evil. The incumbent president Nicolas Maduro was portrayed as a devil incarnate, while the main rival candidate Edmundo Gonzalez was characterized as a good grandpa and Maria Corina Machado, the strong woman behind him, as a pop star.

The truth is a little more sinister. Between 1981 and 1983, González was the number two at the Venezuelan embassy in El Salvador. He reported directly to Ambassador Leopoldo Castillo, who was educated at the infamous School of the Americas.[1]

 

González was involved in Operation Condor, a CIA operation linked to the assassination of religious leaders and other civilians in El Salvador. Documents released by the CIA in 2009 show that he was recruited by the intelligence agency to form paramilitary groups and death squads, from his position as an official at the Venezuelan embassy in San Salvador.

From that embassy, these death squads were deployed against religious and social leaders. During the years that Castillo and González were in charge of the embassy in El Salvador, an estimated 13,194 civilians were murdered by death squads supported and guided by the US.

González was still active as an adviser to the CIA when six Jesuit priests and two university officials were murdered by death squads on November 16, 1989.

Hip Pop Star

González is the puppet of Maria Corina Machado, the de facto figurehead and strong woman of the far-right opposition. The mainstream media portray Machado as a trendy and popular pop star who was denied the opportunity of running in the elections by the left-wing government.

However, the media do not explain why she was not allowed to participate in the elections. Like González, she signed a declaration in 2002 that approved the coup against the democratically elected president Hugo Chávez. Unlike other opposition candidates, Machado has openly received money from the NED, a CIA front organization.

She has also consistently defended the economic blockade against Venezuela and repeatedly called for military intervention against her home country.

In 2014, Machado led a campaign of violent street protests and road blockades (guarimbas) targeting infrastructure such as hospitals, schools, universities and the metro, killing 43 civilians and members of the security services.

In recent years, Machado has been partly responsible for the corruption scheme in which self-proclaimed interim president Juan Guáido participated, which led to the divestment of state-owned companies abroad worth no less than 34 billion dollars.

No European country would tolerate this and someone with a track record like that would very probably be behind bars in western countries.

undefined

George W. Bush welcoming Machado to the Oval Office on 31 May 2005. (From the Public Domain)

Another thing the media conspicuously conceal is that Machado was personally received by President Bush Jr. at the White House in 2005, and that two days after the recent election, the far-right opposition met with a top Biden adviser to map out the strategy for the near future. Nor does the media mention that Machado called on Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu in 2018 for military intervention in Venezuela. 

These are reports that expose Machado’s true nature and do not fit the mainstream media’s framing. And so, they are omitted. 

Nice People

A striking contrast: the loudest voices from abroad in defense of democracy in Venezuela advocated coups elsewhere in the past or are of a questionable character. Annoying, and that is why they are not referred to in the mainstream media. A few examples.

One of the most active defenders of Machado and Co is Elon Musk, the personification of the financial and technological aristocracy that dominates the world. He is the man who actively supports Donald Trump’s presidential campaign and who fanned the flames of the far-right anti-immigrant riots in the UK.

Through X, which he owns, Musk accused the Maduro government of “major electoral fraud.” Musk himself did so by using fake news.[2] It was Musk who supported the far-right coup against Bolivia’s democratically elected president, Evo Morales, in 2019. He later wrote through X: “We will coup whoever we want! Deal with it.”

It is telling that this coup instigator wants to “save democracy” in Venezuela.

Musk was in good company. Another coup lover who felt the need to denounce the “mega-election fraud” was none other than Pedro Carmona. That name may not ring a bell, but it was Carmona who was appointed interim president in Venezuela by the military after the 2002 coup.

The mainstream media reported that Mireya Moscoso, former president of Panama, called for Edmundo González Urrutia to be recognized as the elected president of Venezuela. What the media failed to mention is that at the end of her term she pardoned Luis Posada Carriles, the Osama Bin Laden of Latin America. Carriles was responsible for, among other things, shooting down a Cuban passenger plane.

A little investigative journalism reveals that none of what took place before, during and after the elections was coincidental or happening out of the blue. The maneuvers of the far-right opposition followed a carefully drafted script from the US, the most important parts of which were even published online in advance. The script was written by a US expert in regime change and disinformation.

This script indicates, among other things, that the economic sanctions must be used in a skillful way. That the opposition must be united under the impetus of the US. That an attempt must be made to infiltrate the national electoral council. That the opposition itself must come up with results before the electoral council announces the official result. That the pressure on Venezuela is best done by countries in the region instead of the US. The script further assumes, or suggests, that there will (or should) be riots and that in that case the army should be put under pressure.

None of that is reflected in the mainstream media. According to their reporting, the elections took place without foreign interference and the actions and activities of the opposition before and after July 28 were spontaneous.

They ‘forget’ to mention that the US has been trying to manipulate electoral processes in ‘unruly’ countries for decades, often successfully, through covert CIA organizations such as the National Endowment for Democracy (NED). It is apparently not necessary to mention that.

Polls 

In the run-up to the elections, polls by Datanálisis, Delphos, Consultores 21 and ORC Consultores gave the far-right opposition candidate a lead over Maduro of 20 to 30 percentage points. These polls were eagerly taken up by the mainstream media. These reports had already convinced Venezuelans and citizens in other countries that Maduro could not win unless he committed fraud.

What the media failed to mention is that these polling agencies are often nothing more than camouflaged ideological war machines and that links to the CIA or its front organizations are never far away. The same media failed to mention that polls from other agencies such as Hinterlaces, Paramétrica and Ámbito gave Maduro an advantage over the rival candidate González.

The same goes for the exit polls. The Edison Research poll was eagerly mentioned. It foretold opposition candidate González 65 percent and Maduro 31 percent of the vote. The media failed to mention that this agency is linked to the CIA and they were silent about the exit polls of the prestigious Hinterlaces agency, which at noon had Maduro at 54.6 percent and González at 42.8 percent (very close to the official result).

Destabilization Attempts

Another ‘forgotten’ aspect of the recent elections is the destabilization attempts from abroad. Two days before the elections, an armed commando attempted to sabotage a large power station. The attack was thwarted, but if it had succeeded, seven provinces in the west of the country would have been without electricity for days. As a result, electronic voting would not have been possible in those provinces.

In addition, on election day there was a massive cyberattack from Colombia and the US against government institutions, including the National Electoral Council. This attack delayed the counting of votes for hours and gave the opposition the opportunity to come up with their own results before the official results were available.

In a ‘friendly’ country, such sabotage of an electoral procedure would be front-page news. In a country like Venezuela, they are not even mentioned.

‘Peaceful’ Protest

The day after the elections, civil protests (cacerolas) took place in many cities in Venezuela. These protests were heavily covered by the mainstream media, which kept ‘forgetting’ to mention that the protests were quickly overshadowed by a wave of violence, which was apparently well-organized and, as we saw above, were part of a pre-established script.

Across the country, 12 universities, 28 schools, 37 health centers, 11 metro stations, 10 Maduro party secretariats, two city halls, a ministry, and 10 National Electoral Council buildings were attacked. 38 buses were set on fire and 27 monuments and statues were destroyed, as well as a sewage treatment plant. Two soldiers were killed and 141 soldiers and police officers were wounded in the attacks.

Not a word about all this in the mainstream media. Anyone who knows a little bit about recent Venezuelan history knows that this was essentially a repeat of the violent guarimbas of 2014 and 2017, with the intention of causing a general uprising. That obvious observation apparently escaped the media completely. And that brings us to the next point.

Context and History

Western media generally ignore context or history. The dominant analyses in the mainstream media reduce the recent elections in Venezuela to a battle between the incumbent Maduro government and the opposition. They fail to mention that Venezuela has been in Washington’s line of fire for 25 years.

They are silent about the fact that the US has pulled out all the stops to sabotage this leftist project. This includes two coups, an assassination attempt on the president, murderous street blockades, a lockout of the oil bosses, diplomatic isolation and the recognition of an unelected president. All examples of hybrid warfare.

The media also ‘forget’ to mention that all countries in the region taking a leftist course over the past twenty years have faced attempts at destabilization and regime change, ranging from military coups, lawfare, institutional coups to attempted color revolutions.

What the media also ignore is that the US has been trying to strangle Venezuela economically for years. According to the Washington Post, the amount of more than 900 sanctions against the country has contributed to an economic contraction three times larger than the contraction caused by the Great Depression in the United States.

With these sanctions, Washington is trying to exhaust the population and thereby blackmail the citizens electorally. It is hoped that Venezuelans will turn away from the current government expecting that the US will stop its economic strangulation if Maduro is no longer president.

In other words, Venezuela is not a ‘normal’ country, it is a country at war, without bombs falling. In such a context, it is particularly difficult to hold elections in a sovereign manner. If you leave out that war context, you distort the true nature of the whole event and arrive at simplistic conclusions 

*

The mainstream media’s coverage of the presidential election was biased and anything but subtle. Even before the election, the Western mainstream media and Venezuelan commercial media had unconditionally sided with the far-right opposition. After the election, this was no different, of course.

If you zoom out a little, you will see that these presidential elections are about the clash between, on the one hand, a left-wing social project that, through trial and error, strives for better living conditions for the lower classes of the population, and, on the other hand, the Venezuelan oligarchy and upper-class, represented by the far right and supported and coached by the US and far-right and reactionary forces in the region.

The reporting on the recent election shows which side our mainstream media is on. When you look at who owns this media, this should come as no surprise.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Marc Vandepitte is a member of the Network of Intellectuals and Artists in Defense of Humanity and was an observer during the presidential elections in Venezuela. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Notes

[1] The School of the Americas was a US-run training school for Latin American military personnel. The school became notorious for training and educating torturers, dictators, and organizing massacres in the Western Hemisphere.

[2] For example, he sent around a tweet of a supposed selfie of CNE officials showing computer screens showing that the opposition had won. In reality, these were employees of Mercal Aragua, an institution that has nothing to do with the elections. He also sent around a photo of supposed theft of ballots, while it was actually theft of air conditioning units.

Featured image is from Twitter

A new wave of Ukrainian drone attacks on Russia has damaged and set alight several more oil depots and energy facilities, one location notably which lies very deep into Russian territory.

On Wednesday drones struck the far away town of Kotelnich in Russia’s Kirov Oblast. Regional Governor Alexander Sokolov said that two inbound drones were intercepted by air defenses, while a third “fell” and a blaze subsequently erupted near the Zenit oil facility.

This clearly is one of the deepest drone strikes into Russia of the entire war, given Kotelnich lies some 1,500 km (930 miles) northeast of the border with Ukraine. It is likely a record distance.

The governor has since said the situation is “under control” and that there were no casualties as a result of the attack.

Russia’s defense ministry in a statement noted other overnight drone attacks as well, including shoot-downs of eight drones over the Voronezh Oblast and four over Rostov Oblast.

However, a depot in Rostov’s Kamensky district was apparently struck and caught fire, resulting in emergency crews seeking to extinguish it.

At least three tanks are burning at the oil depot, the Baza Telegram channel – seen as close to Russian security services – indicated. Videos showed large blazes overnight.

Already, a large fire has been raging in the city of Proletarsk in Rostov region going all the way back to August 18, which lies some 200km from the Ukrainian border.

Earlier in the war, a number of drones on a few occasions had reached near the capital of Moscow which lies some 500km from the closest Ukrainian border point. Since then these drones have been reaching deeper and deeper, and often because of their small size and low flight can evade Russian radar and anti-air systems. They are now hitting targets over 1,000km away, and this is likely with the help of NATO advisers and technology.

It has been a strategy of Ukraine’s to systematically target Russian oil facilities, seeking to disrupt the industry and put a dent in crucial funding of Moscow’s war machine. But this has only resulted in stepped-up retaliatory efforts to degrade Ukraine’s national energy grid.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image: Rosrezerv’s Zenit oil depot in Kotelnich, Kirov Oblast, Russia, 1,500+ km from Ukraine’s border. source: TG/Astra

“Internet platforms have a powerful incentive to please important federal officials, and the record in this case shows that high-ranking officials skillfully exploited Facebook’s vulnerability… Not surprisingly these efforts bore fruit. Facebook adopted new rules that better conformed to the officials’ wishes, and many users who expressed disapproved views about the pandemic or COVID–19 vaccines were ‘deplatformed’ or otherwise injured.”—Justice Samuel Alito, dissenting in Murthy v. Missouri 

Mark Zuckerberg, the CEO of Meta, has finally admitted what we knew all along: Facebook conspired with the government to censor individuals expressing “disapproved” views about the COVID-19 pandemic.

Zuckerberg’s confession comes in the wake of a series of court rulings that turn a blind eye to the government’s technofascism.

In a 2-1 decision in Children’s Health Defense v. Meta, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals dismissed a lawsuit brought by Children’s Health Defense against Meta Platforms for restricting CHD’s posts, fundraising, and advertising on Facebook following communications between Meta and federal government officials.

In a unanimous decision in the combined cases of NetChoice v. Paxton and Moody v. NetChoice, the U.S. Supreme Court avoided ruling on whether the states could pass laws to prohibit censorship by Big Tech companies on social media platforms such as Facebook, TikTok, and YouTube.

And in a 6-3 ruling in Murthy v. Missouri , the Supreme Court sidestepped a challenge to the federal government’s efforts to coerce social media companies into censoring users’ First Amendment expression.

Image is from ABC News

Zuckerberg testifies about Meta’s child safety policies in Senate hearing

Welcome to the age of technocensorship.

On paper—under the First Amendment, at least—we are technically free to speak.

In reality, however, we are now only as free to speak as a government official—or corporate entities such as Facebook, Google or YouTube—may allow.

Case in point: internal documents released by the House Judiciary Select Subcommittee on Weaponization of the Federal Government confirmed what we have long suspected: that the government has been working in tandem with social media companies to censor speech.

By “censor,” we’re referring to concerted efforts by the government to muzzle, silence and altogether eradicate any speech that runs afoul of the government’s own approved narrative.

This is political correctness taken to its most chilling and oppressive extreme.

The revelations that Facebook worked in concert with the Biden administration to censor content related to COVID-19, including humorous jokes, credible information and so-called disinformation, followed on the heels of a ruling by a federal court in Louisiana that prohibits executive branch officials from communicating with social media companies about controversial content in their online forums.

Likening the government’s heavy-handed attempts to pressure social media companies to suppress content critical of COVID vaccines or the election to “an almost dystopian scenario,” Judge Terry Doughty warned that “the United States Government seems to have assumed a role similar to an Orwellian ‘Ministry of Truth.’

This is the very definition of technofascism.

Clothed in tyrannical self-righteousness, technofascism is powered by technological behemoths (both corporate and governmental) working in tandem to achieve a common goal.

The government is not protecting us from “dangerous” disinformation campaigns. It is laying the groundwork to insulate us from “dangerous” ideas that might cause us to think for ourselves and, in so doing, challenge the power elite’s stranglehold over our lives.

Thus far, the tech giants have been able to sidestep the First Amendment by virtue of their non-governmental status, but it’s a dubious distinction at best when they are marching in lockstep with the government’s dictates.

As Philip Hamburger and Jenin Younes write for The Wall Street Journal:

“The First Amendment prohibits the government from ‘abridging the freedom of speech.’ Supreme Court doctrine makes clear that government can’t constitutionally evade the amendment by working through private companies.”

Nothing good can come from allowing the government to sidestep the Constitution.

The steady, pervasive censorship creep that is being inflicted on us by corporate tech giants with the blessing of the powers-that-be threatens to bring about a restructuring of reality straight out of Orwell’s 1984, where the Ministry of Truth polices speech and ensures that facts conform to whatever version of reality the government propagandists embrace.

Orwell intended 1984 as a warning. Instead, it is being used as a dystopian instruction manual for socially engineering a populace that is compliant, conformist and obedient to Big Brother.

In a world increasingly automated and filtered through the lens of artificial intelligence, we are finding ourselves at the mercy of inflexible algorithms that dictate the boundaries of our liberties.

Once artificial intelligence becomes a fully integrated part of the government bureaucracy, there will be little recourse: we will all be subject to the intransigent judgments of techno-rulers.

This is how it starts.

First, the censors went after so-called extremists spouting so-called “hate speech.”

Then they went after so-called extremists spouting so-called “disinformation” about stolen elections, the Holocaust, and Hunter Biden.

By the time so-called extremists found themselves in the crosshairs for spouting so-called “misinformation” about the COVID-19 pandemic and vaccines, the censors had developed a system and strategy for silencing the nonconformists.

Eventually, depending on how the government and its corporate allies define what constitutes “extremism, “we the people” might all be considered guilty of some thought crime or other.

Whatever we tolerate now—whatever we turn a blind eye to—whatever we rationalize when it is inflicted on others, whether in the name of securing racial justice or defending democracy or combatting fascism, will eventually come back to imprison us, one and all.

Watch and learn.

We should all be alarmed when any individual or group—prominent or not—is censored, silenced and made to disappear from Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and Instagram for voicing ideas that are deemed politically incorrect, hateful, dangerous or conspiratorial.

Given what we know about the government’s tendency to define its own reality and attach its own labels to behavior and speech that challenges its authority, this should be cause for alarm across the entire political spectrum.

Here’s the point: you don’t have to like or agree with anyone who has been muzzled or made to disappear online because of their views, but to ignore the long-term ramifications of such censorship is dangerously naïve, because whatever powers you allow the government and its corporate operatives to claim now willeventually be used against you by tyrants of your own making.

As Glenn Greenwald writes for The Intercept:

The glaring fallacy that always lies at the heart of pro-censorship sentiments is the gullible, delusional belief that censorship powers will be deployed only to suppress views one dislikes, but never one’s own views… Facebook is not some benevolent, kind, compassionate parent or a subversive, radical actor who is going to police our discourse in order to protect the weak and marginalized or serve as a noble check on mischief by the powerful. They are almost always going to do exactly the opposite: protect the powerful from those who seek to undermine elite institutions and reject their orthodoxies. Tech giants, like all corporations, are required by law to have one overriding objective: maximizing shareholder value. They are always going to use their power to appease those they perceive wield the greatest political and economic power.

Be warned: it’s a slippery slope from censoring so-called illegitimate ideas to silencing truth.

Eventually, as Orwell predicted, telling the truth will become a revolutionary act.

If the government can control speech, it can control thought and, in turn, it can control the minds of the citizenry.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, it’s happening already.

With every passing day, we’re being moved further down the road towards a totalitarian society characterized by government censorship, violence, corruption, hypocrisy and intolerance, all packaged for our supposed benefit in the Orwellian doublespeak of national security, tolerance and so-called “government speech.”

What we are witnessing is the modern-day equivalent of book burning which involves doing away with dangerous ideas—legitimate or not—and the people who espouse them.

Seventy-plus years after Ray Bradbury’s novel Fahrenheit 451 depicted a fictional world in which books are burned in order to suppress dissenting ideas, while televised entertainment is used to anesthetize the populace and render them easily pacified, distracted and controlled, we find ourselves navigating an eerily similar reality.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image is from Legal Loop

Beware the Derogators: The Geneva Conventions Turn 75

August 28th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

On August 12, 1949, the four Geneva Conventions were adopted, laying the basis of a normative standard in international humanitarian law.  As Balthasar Staehelin, personal envoy of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) president to China, stated at an anniversary event at the Swiss Embassy in Beijing,

“In the past 75 years, the four Geneva Conventions have been fundamental in protecting persons affected by armed conflict, and international humanitarian law remains as relevant today for contemporary armed conflicts, as sit was 75 years ago.”

The very first Geneva Convention, inspired by the activism of Swiss businessman Henry Dunant and the International Committee for the Relief of Wounded Combatants, was adopted as far back as 1864.  The instrument was intended to protect the vulnerable and wounded members of armed forces, and those responsible for their care.  Three revisions and expansive updates followed: 1906, 1929 and 1949.

The Fourth Convention saw a legal revolution, crucial for offering protection for civilians, described by international jurist Hersch Lauterpacht as covering “entirely new ground not touched by the Hague Conventions”.  It was also inspired in its novelty by recognising “certain minimum obligations of humane treatment even in armed conflicts which are not of an international character and even if the parties to the conflict, which may not be states, are not parties to the Convention”.

Of significance is Article 4, which defines the reach of such protection as covering persons “who, at any given moment and in any manner whatsoever, find themselves, in case of a conflict or occupation, in the hands of a Party to the conflict or Occupying Power of which they are not nationals.”

In humanitarian law, the gulf between observance and violation can be vast.  In 2023, the United Nations recorded the deaths of 33,443 civilians in armed conflict.  This constituted a 72% increase on those from 2022.  Joyce Msuya, Assistant Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Deputy Emergency Relief Coordinator, cited conflicts in Gaza, Sudan, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Myanmar, Nigeria, the Sahel, Somalia, Syria and Ukraine.

In her May address to the UN Security Council, Msuya noted more than 2,300 instances of violence and other forms of interference against those working in the medical field, along with patients, associated facilities, equipment and transport.  By mid-year, a staggering 110 million individuals had been displaced due to the prevalence of conflicts, instances of persecution, violence and human rights breaches.  These are the numbers of the invisible in speedy news cycles and flashy bulletins.

The gloomy figures keep coming and are bound to mesmerise.  The ICRC makes an assessment that the numbers of armed conflicts globally hovers around 120, involving 60 states and 120 non-state entities.  The post-Cold War environment has seen fertile grounds for this increase in number.  Since 2000, non-international armed conflicts have burgeoned from under 30 to approximately 100.

The field is also characterised by a grand paradox, something that did not go unnoticed in comments made by the President of the ICRC, Mirjana Spoljaric Egger.  States, she argues, must interpret and apply international humanitarian law to genuinely protect civilians.  This is not as odd as it sounds, given that laws regarding war and conflict are in place, not so much to abolish the conflict but to give it a patina of restraint.  Behind drafting such rules is a dark fatalism about human tendencies, and it does not look pretty.  Such laws should not become “a tool to justify death, endless suffering and devastation.”

It is ironic that institutions such as war, in being placed in a realm of normative rules and regulations, can risk becoming more palatable, an egregious state of affairs to be tolerated rather than abandoned.

The crude mix of power politics will always see mischievous conduct and commentary on the applications of international humanitarian law.  Derogations will be justified; selective readings made.  A paper from the Permanent Observer Mission of Palestine to the United Nations delivered in Geneva on July 15, 1999, for instance, observed that Israel “refuses to accept the de jure applicability of the 4th Geneva Convention to the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including Jerusalem and has committed serious violations of every relative provision of the Convention.”  UN resolutions condemning Israeli violations of the Fourth Convention had been many, and the occupation was “unique because of the multiplicity and intensity of Israel’s grave breaches, and serious violations” of the Convention, causing the Palestinian civilian population enormous suffering and representing “systematic and even institutionalized violations of international law.”

undefined

A facsimile of the signature-and-seals page of the 1864 Geneva Convention, which established humane rules of war (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

With full throated brutality, these breaches have merely increased with their intensity since October 7, with the attacks by Hamas being used as the pretext to inflict forms of suffering that would have made the drafters of the Conventions blanch.  Instead of seeing the Geneva Conventions as more relevant than ever, insidious naysaying about their continued applicability can be found.

Mukesh Kapila, a former UN official and currently professor emeritus in global health and humanitarian affairs at the University of Manchester, is an example of this unfortunate flourishing, erroneously claiming that the current “new-style warriors were unknown when the Geneva Conventions emerged over a century ago.”  He uses that irritatingly bureaucratic term “whole-of-society conflicts” – the very same the Fourth Convention was intended to address – as if it were novel, featuring “unarmed, non-uniformed combatants,” belligerents not at the “physical frontlines,” directing drones or unleashing “destructive computer viruses”.  Such a reading is almost dotty in missing the point.

Thankfully, Ellen Policinski, a legal advisor for the ICRC, notes the trend with caustic salience, and turns her nose up at it.  Conflicts and circumstances in war presented as lacking “historical antecedents” were exactly those that international humanitarian law, “including the Geneva Conventions,” were intended to regulate.  The Second World War offered the expansive, bloody template for the drafters, from genocide to the use of human shields, sexual warfare and mass starvation.  And those behind the documents, being a gaggle of soldiers, diplomats and humanitarians, acknowledged “the horrific realities of war which have not fundamentally changed.”

Better, it would seem, a world with the Geneva Conventions than one without them.  To regard derogations from their text as a sign of irrelevance and inapplicability would be tantamount to claiming that any domestic law punishing murder was inconsequential and obsolete for not preventing homicide.  What is needed, Policinski reminds us, “is not more or different rules” but “better respect for existing rules, something all states have a stake in.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image: A Red Cross poster from the First World War (From the Public Domain)

The 20th Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) concluded its Third Plenary Session in Beijing from July 15 to 18, 2024. One of its principal objectives was studying the issue of further deepening reform comprehensively to advance Chinese Modernization.

The CPC unanimously decided to call upon the Chinese People to unite behind President Xi Jinping, striving with collective wisdom and strength towards building China into a modern socialist country on all fronts, through a process of Chinese Modernization.

This comes at a time when much of the western world is falling apart by mostly self-ignited and auto-propelled conflicts and proxy-wars, “sanctioning” countries left and right, those which do not conform to the hegemon’s wishes.

While the West is self-destructing, China is “modernizing” and opening-up its outlook and activities to the rest of the world; one could say as a helping hand to seek global harmony and peace, while at home unifying behind a stable and economically sound China.

The Central Committee (CC) also stressed that the reform mechanism must remain committed to the Fathers of Revolution, i.e., to Marxism-Leninism, Mao Zedong, Deng Xiaoping, and the implementation of President Xi Jinping’s thoughts on socialism with Chinese characteristics for a new era.

The Belt and Road Initiative – This philosophy is already in the process of being implemented. In fact, the outlook, opening-up and peaceful inclusion of the rest of the world, had already started in 2013 with President Xi’s Initiative of the Belt and Road (BRI).

The BRI, so far, has signed over 200 cooperation agreements with more than 150 countries and 30 international organizations. It spans the globe with at least six nation-connecting transportation infrastructure schemes, via land, sea, and air, through Eurasia, the Middle East, Africa, and Latin America.

*

In concrete, President Xi, on behalf of the Central Committee, confirmed the work of the Political Bureau since the second plenary session of the 20th CC.

Essentially the act of Modernizing and Opening-up includes,

at home:

  • Implementation of the “Five-Sphere Integrated Plan and the Four-Pronged Comprehensive Strategy”, meaning promoting and deepening economic, political, cultural, social, and ecological advancement, under law-based self-governance.
  • Supporting broad and country-wide security and high-quality development.
  • Ensuring people’s wellbeing, social stability, protecting the environment; as well as further development of national defense and the armed forces.
  • Advancing work related to Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan; and

internationally:

  • Pursuing international diplomacy with Chinese characteristics.

Direct Diplomacy – Under the latter, what comes to mind is Chinese mediating conflict resolution between Iran and Saudi Arabia, that led to the establishment of diplomatic relations of the two countries in March 2023.

BRICS and Global South – Another Chinese initiative in cooperation with Russia is the expansion of the BRICS to the currently BRICS+5, which is expected to be further enlarged by perhaps five to ten nations, during the upcoming BRICS summit, hosted by Russia during their next summit in Kazan in October 2024.

BRICS under the leadership of China and Russia will soon engulf most of the Global South which comprises some 70% of the world population.

This is part of China’s Modernization with a national, as well as international, and peaceful platform. Modernization is also aiming at de-dollarized currencies, for example, a common BRICS trading currency, strengthening the Global South, gradually moving it away from the fangs of the western dollarized economy.

The western dollarized monetary system has become a worldwide Ponzi-scheme, that over the past few decades has grown to become a power-grabbing system, able to strangle and penalize countries seeking their sovereign self-rule, rather than submission to the western hegemonic powers.

These moves of modernization and opening-up – with Chinese characteristics – are peaceful, non-aggressive and non-expansive, with each partner within the Global South and within the BRICS, maintaining her own sovereign autonomy, and their own sovereign monetary system. 

Market economy – the steady advance of modernization will lead China into a high-standard market economy, while maintaining democracy in a strong socialist culture.

The expansion of the market economy will concentrate on the BRICS / Global South, as well as the ASEAN nations, in particular the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), a free trade agreement, comprising fifteen countries (Australia, Brunei, Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Japan, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, Thailand and Vietnam), accounting for nearly 30% (2.3 billion) of the world’s population (8.1 billion), and almost 30% (US$ 29.7 trillion) of the World’s GDP (2024 world GDP projected at US$ 105 trillion).

The RCEP is expected to be the world’s largest free trade agreement by 2030.

Public versus Private Sector Development – the CC also concluded, as part of China’s modernization, to consolidate and develop the public sector, but equally and unswervingly encourage, support, and guide the development of the non-public sector, i.e., the private sector. 

Economic entities under all forms of ownership must have equal access to factors of production in accordance with the law, compete in the market on equal footing, to be protected by law as equals, thus enabling entities under different forms of ownership to complement each other and to develop side by side. The concept is to unify national markets and refine the systems underpinning the market economy.

The reform process includes assessing implementation of the 14th Five-Year Plan (2021–2025), leading smoothly to the 15th Five-Year Plan (2026–2030).

The Reform Process is expected to be completed when the People’s Republic of China celebrates its 80th anniversary in 2029.

The new era has already begun. It will continue building China into a modern socialist country by the middle of the century; a China advancing peacefully into higher level of long-term governance at home, and providing diplomatic assistance internationally for those nations or societies that want to benefit from China’s aura and experience of peaceful development and coexistence.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

An abridged version of this article was published by Global Times.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing. He is also Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from The Cradle

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary

August 28th, 2024 by The Global Research Team

Dear Readers and Authors,

Global Research is a month away from our 23rd founding anniversary.

To say we are truly grateful is an understatement. We appreciate every one of you for your unbending support over the last 22 years. 

As we embark on another year in fearless truth-telling, we hope you will still stick around and continue to promote peace and justice through courageous reporting and rapid dissemination of GR news and analyses. 

  1. Forward the daily Global Research Newsletter and/or your favorite Global Research articles to your family, friends, and respective communities;
  2. Use the various instruments of online posting and social media to “spread the word.” Click the “like” and “share” buttons on our articles’ pages for starters. Help keep our articles circulating;
  3. Encourage family and friends to sign up for our newsletter (click here for sign-up form); and
  4. Follow us on our social media (X and Instagram) and subscribing to our Telegram channel.

Moreover, if you have the capacity to help us meet our operational costs, you may click on the links below to become a member or make a donation. We sincerely appreciate your generosity.

 

Click to view our membership plans

Click to make a one-time or a recurring donation

 


Thank you for supporting independent media. 

-The Global Research Team

What was a rumored for days has happened over the weekend. On 24 August 2024, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has endorsed Donald Trump for President without giving up his own aspiration for the White House. Those are his words.

He will support the candidacy of former President Trump, withdrawing his own candidacy from swing-states. Trump and Kennedy have a common agenda in many ways; among them, stopping endless immigration through southern borders from where in the Biden years some 20 million illegal immigrants as outlined in RFK Jr. Speech, from all over the world have entered the US, mostly male in military age. 

RFK Jr. says Trump endorsement not out of revenge - POLITICOTrump and Kennedy agree on all “major issues”, like on the Ukraine-Russia war, on censorship, on the laws that Democrats have taken out to kick both Trump and Kennedy off the ballot in major states, and many more topics.

Kennedy also talked about children’s health, their chronic diseases – and that he and Trump would protect American Children; after all, they are the future of the Great Homeland, the US of A.

RFK Jr. pledged that together with Donald Trump, they would bring back the wellbeing of children, reduce child obesity, the risk of diabetes apparent already at young ages, as well as providing children with a healthy education.

RFK’s speech was “brilliant” according to many analysts. Some say it was politically the best speech they have heard in a long time.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. got an unbelievable reaction from Republicans at the Trump rally in Glendale, Arizona. Had he given the same speech in support of Kamala Harris, most analysts said he would have been politely received, told what to do – or even booed, because he officially left the party in October 2023.

See this great reception from Trump supporters in Glendale, Arizona.

And here, listen to the full speech including transcript:

Video: RFK, Jr. Suspends His Presidential Bid. A Brilliant Speech by a True Patriot

By Robert F. Kennedy Jr, August 26, 2024

 

True, the speech was great. Politically. RFK Jr. is the founder of Children’s Health Defense (CHD) – and therefore the wellbeing of children is a high priority for Kennedy.

But how great was the speech from an ethical point of view?

Is the wellbeing of children not a universal objective? Not just in the United States, but all over the world, including in Gaza?

Children in Gaza 

Robert Kennedy did not mention with one word, the slaughtered children in Gaza, the ongoing genocide – the Zionist-Israeli forces killing foremost children and women, blowing them up, into pieces of unrecognizable flesh, decapitating them…

RFK Jr. did not explain why he to this day supports the Zionist-Israeli war against Palestine, maybe under the absurd pretext of “Israeli self-defense”? 

Of course, the unquestioned support of Zionist-Israel is also something Kennedy and Trump have in common.

Their indiscriminate support of a continuous Zionist-Israeli genocide in Gaza, and on Palestine in general, on the nonstop killing and torturing often to death of Palestinians, prisoners or not prisoners – there are no limits.

Both Kennedy and Trump support Netanyahu and his murderous clan, leading Israel into unspeakable atrocities.

No matter how great this RFK Jr. speech may have been politically, and how clever the timing and the support of Trump, while not giving up his own hopes for a move into the White House…  How can one ignore this other reality? 

Both Kennedy and Trump know of course, why they do not rescind from supporting the Zionist-Israeli slaughter.

Most likely because they believe, or know, they would lose the Zionist votes – and those votes that have in one way or another been bought by Zionists… in other words, by doing so, they admit, both of them, that they know who is calling the shots in Washington.

Remember Netanyahu’s recent speech in the US Congress – filled to the brim, to the last seat – with 56 standing ovations for a murderer? How could anyone forget? 

Trump and Kennedy know without Zionist support, no candidate would make it to the White House. Really?

For this political ambition, making it to the White House, and all the goodies they attach to it, they are literally selling their soul, burning ethics to ashes. This is heavy, but true.

The great act would be if these tow heavy weights, Kennedy and Trump, they are political heavy weights – would stand up – together – against this Zionist massacre – and all those that may follow, if this Zionist onslaught is not stopped.

No matter whether they lose political clout – their voice, their combined voice, a testimony to ethics, could make a difference. It could awaken a lot of people to a reality they do not want to see.

And who knows? As common people are waking up, rather than killing their chances at the White House – Trump and Kennedy may enhance their chances for their bold and ethical stance for the People and for justice of Palestine.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and  co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

Although the United Kingdom formally left the European Union in January 2020 and agreed to make payments—the so-called “divorce bill”—to the tune of about £39 billion, London has reportedly failed to meet its commitments, raising greater doubt that the debt can be paid by the originally agreed 2057 deadline, which has now been extended to 2065. Yet, despite failing to meet payments and debt continuing to mount, Britain prioritises Ukraine instead of alleviating the suffering citizens who are struggling to overcome a cost-of-living crisis.

Payment disagreements first emerged in July 2021, when London rejected the European bloc’s estimate of a total bill of £40.8 billion, with the British insisting that the figure was between £35 billion and £39 billion. The disagreement on differing amounts could be a reason why Downing Street has failed to meet its payment commitments, in addition to the priority given to Ukraine aid.

It is recalled that John O’Connell, chief executive of the TaxPayers’ Alliance, said in March:

“Taxpayers will be shocked by the billions going to the global quangocracy. The exchequer is pumping huge amounts of cash into major organisations worldwide, which often don’t have British interests at heart. Yet, the public and even many politicians are kept in the dark. Ministers should be honest and transparent about our funding for these organisations.”

All these months later, it appears that Britons are still kept in the dark about the truth behind the true details of the “divorce bill.”

Last month, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) found that Britain’s national debt had reached its highest level since 1962, with the June figures exceeding the peak reached during the coronavirus pandemic. The debt situation is expected to worsen as the newly elected Labour government is pressured to spend more on some public services and to meet the election promises not to raise income tax, corporation tax or VAT rates. Due to this, many economists expect borrowing, and therefore debt, to increase, thus making it even more difficult for London to meet its financial commitments to the “divorce bill.”

The Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Darren Jones, said the latest figures were a “clear reminder” of the “worst economic inheritance” since the Second World War.

For his part, Dennis Tatarkov, senior economist at KPMG UK, said:

“The new chancellor faces the daunting task of funding the new government’s agenda while maintaining public finances on a sustainable footing.”

“A combination of high levels of spending and weak growth prospects will present uncomfortable choices – deciding between even more borrowing or substantially raising taxes if spending levels are to be maintained,” he added.

The situation is set to worsen for Britain because the larger the national debt, the more interest needs to be paid, meaning that the country is stuck in a cycle that it cannot break out of. If Britain must use more money to pay its debts, it means it has less to spend on the public services it borrowed to fund in the first place.

As Britain struggles to finance its public services at a time when poverty continues to rise sharply, it becomes more difficult to meet its payments to the EU, which is a much lower priority for Downing Street. However, this has a knock-on effect, too, as EU economies are also in a financial downward spiral and struggling with their own debt and cost-of-living crisis. The Europeans expect Britain to meet its commitments so they can alleviate their own issues.

Yet, despite spiraling into deeper debt and citizens suffering economically, British and European leaders continue to prioritise support for Ukraine. Britain alone has spent £12.5 billion on Ukraine in just two and a half years, about a third of what was owed to the “divorce bill.” At the same time, the EU has spent $155 billion in aid on Ukraine as of February 2024, meaning that it would be much higher today. This alone epitomises how the UK and EU are placing greater priority on the vain attempt to defeat Russia in Ukraine.

However, it is due to the very fact that the UK and EU are desperate to deliver Russia a defeat that London’s failure to meet its financial commitments to the “divorce bill” has not become amajor issue in their relations, at least in the public sphere. So long as they continue attempting to defeat Russia through their Ukrainian proxy, the EU will not create a public spat with London, while Britons and Europeans alike will remain in the dark, as John O’Connell termed it, about the true terms of the “divorce bill” and Britain’s actual financial commitments to it.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Following the visit of India’s Prime Minister to Ukraine, there is ongoing discussion about whether India will be involved more actively in peace efforts, perhaps even in a peace summit.

In a report titled ‘After Zelensky proposes peace summit in India, New Delhi examines possibility’ The Indian Express reported on August 26,

“Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelenskyy has told Prime Minister Narendra Modi that India can be a possible venue for a peace summit, and New Delhi is examining the offer to bring together the warring parties of Russia and Ukraine, The Indian Express has learnt. At a media briefing for visiting Indian journalists in Kyiv on August 23, Zelenskyy said he told Prime Minister Modi that the peace summit could be hosted in India…Modi on August 23 conveyed to Zalenskyy that that both Ukraine and Russia should sit together without wasting time to end the ongoing war and that India was ready to play an ‘active role’ to restore peace in the region.”

Thus there appear to be two quite different proposals on the table. One is for a peace summit, as mentioned by the Ukrainian President. As one peace summit was recently held in mid-June in Switzerland, one would imagine that what is being proposed is something on a similar pattern, even if not exactly a follow-up of this. The second proposal, as mentioned by the Indian Prime Minister is for the leaders of the two sides to sit together for meaningful talks, a meeting which can be facilitated and hosted by India. 

The second proposal of meaningful talks between two sides being hosted by India in a rather quiet way is eminently reasonable. Surely only something good is most likely to emerge if senior leaders of both sides can engage in discussing various aspects of clinching peace over a period of three days or so, perhaps a week, to start with, and if India can provide conducive conditions for this.

As this writer has been arguing persistently, the best way forward for the two sides is to agree to immediate ceasefire on the basis of the existing lines of control while all the other contentious issues including territorial ones can be resolved later in the course of prolonged peace negotiations. This way further loss of human lives can stop immediately and big reconstruction and rehabilitation work can start.

Anyway, all this is for the leaders of the two sides to decide. However as the mediating and hosting party, the Indian government should try to ensure that at least some meeting ground is agreed upon by both sides before their representatives come over to India for talks.

If there is at least some progress, India can also agree to host the next round of talks, if a request for this is received from the two sides.

In this rather quiet way, India can help to take forward the peace process.

On the other hand, the other proposal of a peace summit on the lines of the June peace summit in Switzerland should be firmly rejected by India, particularly if this is seen as a follow-up of the summit in Switzerland. This was a very expensive summit which failed to achieve anything significant. With Russia not invited, it was a very strange peace summit to start with and its limited possibilities were narrowed down further as it unfolded.

This is not to say that issues like food trade and safety of nuclear plants taken up by it were not important, these are certainly important but everything at the summit was one-sided. Proposals and decisions to be meaningful have to be discussed and advanced from the perspective of both sides.

Russia was not present. China also was not present. Other important countries like India, Brazil, Mexico and Saudi Arabia did not sign the joint communique that emerged at the end of the summit.

Switzerland did not exactly live up to its reputation of neutrality by hosting this summit. Indonesian President-elect Prabowo Subianto voiced the feelings of a lot of people when he said — many countries feel that in a peace summit all sides should be present, particularly Russia in this context. India’s diplomat Pavan Kapoor said that India could not sign the joint communique because “only those options acceptable to both parties can lead to abiding peace.”

Saudi foreign minister Faisal bin Farhan Al Saud said,

“it is essential to emphasize that any credible process will need Russia’s participation.”

Colombian President Gustavo Petro wrote on X that the summit’s “conclusions are already predetermined”.

Hence the Swiss Peace summit can by no means be considered as a model to be followed, and it will certainly not be advisable for India or any other country to organize a follow-up of this.

Clearly the basic task ahead is for Russia and Ukraine to have a number of meetings to repair their relations on the basis of the understanding that it is inherently more beneficial for the two neighbors to have a relationship based on friendship and cooperation. The war should end as soon as possible, and end on a note of friendship, and not frozen conflict. This understanding has to on both sides, and any third party like India can only facilitate the further peace process in various ways.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for Children, A Day in 2071, Planet in Peril and Earth without Borders. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

I’m old enough to remember that, until approximately four years ago, the mandate to obtain informed consent from the patient by the medical system was sacrosanct.

Via StatPearls (emphasis added):

Informed consent is the process in which a health care provider educates a patient about the risks, benefits, and alternatives of a given procedure or intervention. The patient must be competent to make a voluntary decision about whether to undergo the procedure or intervention. Informed consent is both an ethical and legal obligation of medical practitioners in the US and originates from the patient’s right to direct what happens to their body.

Implicit in providing informed consent is an assessment of the patient’s understanding, rendering an actual recommendation, and documentation of the process. The Joint Commission requires documentation of all the elements of informed consent “in a form, progress notes or elsewhere in the record.” The following are the required elements for documentation of the informed consent discussion: (1) the nature of the procedure, (2) the risks and benefits and the procedure, (3) reasonable alternatives, (4) risks and benefits of alternatives, and (5) assessment of the patient’s understanding of elements 1 through 4.”

So, you tell me: does genetically modifying mosquitoes and then releasing them by the millions into the environment to fly around “vaccinating” people unbeknownst to them qualify as “informed consent”?

Via MIT Technology Review (emphasis added):

Researchers in Japan have transformed mosquitoes into vaccine-carrying syringes by genetically engineering the insects to express the vaccine for leishmaniasis–a parasitic disease transmitted by the sandfly–in their saliva. According to a study in Insect Molecular Biology, mice bitten by these mosquitoes produced antibodies against the parasite. It’s not yet clear whether the immune response was strong enough to protect against infection.

Following bites, protective immune responses are induced, just like a conventional vaccination but with no pain and no cost,” said lead researcher Shigeto Yoshida, from the Jichi Medical University in JapanYoshida, in a press release from the journal. “What’s more continuous exposure to bites will maintain high levels of protective immunity, through natural boosting, for a life time. So the insect shifts from being a pest to being beneficial.””

You see, Bill Gates loves you and wants you to be happy; that’s why he’s manipulating the blueprint of life to turn insects into needles.

According to the CDC, moving from the theoretical to practical, “over 1 billion mosquitoes have been released” in various parts of the world, which it has deemed safe and effective despite a lack of any long-term evidence about what it might do to human health, much less the environment.

Via CDC (emphasis added):

GM mosquitoes have been successfully used in parts of Brazil, the Cayman Islands, Panama, and India to control Ae. aegypti mosquitoes. Since 2019, over 1 billion mosquitoes have been released… [initiative of Bill Gates] 

The EPA evaluated the potential risk of releasing GM mosquitoes into communities and determined that there is no risk to people, animals, or the environment.”

Megalomaniacs playing God seemingly have no appreciation — or at least don’t care — about the deeply interwoven web that is nature. You fuck with the genetic makeup of mosquitoes, and you open a pandora’s box that might never be closed.

Via NWF.org (emphasis added):

“Believe it or not, mosquitoes are pollinators. In fact, mosquitoes’ primary food source is flower nectar, not blood. Just like bees or butterflies, mosquitoes transfer pollen from flower to flower as they feed on nectar, fertilizing plants and allowing them to form seeds and reproduce. It’s only when a female mosquito lays eggs does she seek a blood meal for the protein. Males feed only on flower nectar and never bite.

Beyond pollination, mosquitoes are part of the food web, serving as important prey in both winged adult and aquatic larval form for a lot of other wildlife from dragonflies and turtles to bats and birds—including hummingbirds, which rely on small flying insects and spiders as a primary food source.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Follow his stuff via Substack. Also, keep tabs via Twitter.

Featured image source

AFRICOM Sponsors Terrorism in Africa?

August 27th, 2024 by Black Alliance for Peace

Since Niger and Mali exposed that Ukraine, a nation heavily reliant on the United States for military and economic support, is supporting terrorism in the Sahel, this has starkly exposed the contradictions inherent in AFRICOM’s mission on the African continent. AFRICOM was established under the premise of combating terrorism and ensuring stability in Africa. However, if a U.S.-backed government is actively aiding terrorist groups in the Sahel, it suggests that AFRICOM’s role may not be as straightforward as it claims. Instead, it could be seen as part of a broader strategy that perpetuates instability and conflict in Africa, thereby justifying its continued presence and expanding influence under the guise of fighting terrorism.

This scenario would lend credence to the belief that AFRICOM’s true purpose is not to eliminate terrorism but rather to maintain a perpetual state of conflict and dependency on the continent. By fostering instability, AFRICOM ensures that African states remain reliant on U.S. military support, which aligns with the strategic interests of the U.S. and its European and other allies in securing access to Africa’s vast natural resources.

The purpose of AFRICOM is to make African militaries so integrated and dependent on US technologies and support as to make them easy to control and direct towards imperial interests whether that be by standing up, standing down, committing assassinations, committing coups, protecting coups, among other atrocities. Africans become the face of U.S. imperialism on the continent to protect against unwanted scrutiny while still maintaining U.S. access to African resources.

Click here to read more on Black Alliance for Peace.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image: U.S. Army Africa 1st Lt. Salvatore Buzzurro, Africa Contingency Operations Training & Assistance program military mentor, gives a Sierra Leone Armed Forces Soldiers advice on movement techniques. The SL Army has been training with the ACOTA program for two years, and this is the fifth company prepping for their peacekeeping mission in another country. Photo by U.S. Army Africa.

This is seriously creepy.

Over a million doses of polio vaccine have been shipped to Israel in preparation for a mass vaccination campaign in Gaza. The vaccines are an emergency response to the first confirmed case of polio reported in Gaza last month. According to an article in the New York Times:

UNICEF, the U.N. children’s fund, said it was delivering the vaccines in cooperation with the World Health Organization… UNRWA; and other groups. UNRWA officials said they hoped to deliver the first vaccines to Gazan children starting on Saturday….

The Gaza Health Ministry confirmed that the vaccines had reached Gaza and that preparations to begin the campaign to inoculate children under 10 were underway…. the U.N. said on Monday that its already hamstrung humanitarian operations had been brought to a temporary halt after the Israeli military ordered the evacuation of Deir al-Balah, where the agency has its central operations.

But a senior U.N. official… said… that there was no change to plans to begin polio vaccinations, despite the fact that the temporary pause in the U.N.’s humanitarian mission. Polio Vaccines Arrive in Gaza, but Distributing Them Is the Next Challenge, New York Times

So, the UN is unable to distribute humanitarian aid to the Palestinians, but they are charging ahead with a mass vaccination campaign?

Doesn’t that sound a bit strange? Keep in mind, the Israelis have been preventing food, water and medicine from entering Gaza for months which has led to mass starvation and a sharp uptick in preventable diseases. But now we are expected to believe that they care about the physical well-being of the people they have been bombing to smithereens for the last 10 months?

I’m not buying it. Here’s more from the Times:

Speaking from Zawaida, in central Gaza, Mr. Rose, of UNRWA, said that more than 3,000 people would be involved in the vaccination campaign, about a third of them from UNRWA. Mobile health teams would help deliver the vaccines to shelters, clinics and schools, but he said a humanitarian pause was needed for parents and children to safely meet aid workers at those sites.

Aid workers “will do our absolute utmost to deliver the campaign because, without it, we know that the conditions will just be worse someday,” Mr. Rose said. “It is not guaranteed that it will be a success.”

For children who contract polio, he added, the prospects of receiving proper treatment remain “incredibly bad” while many of Gaza’s hospitals and health clinics are closed or only partly functioning as a result of the conflict. New York Times

Promotional Video for Polio Vaccine Campaign in Gaza

It just gets weirder and weirder.

So—according to the Times—aid workers will require a “humanitarian pause” (aka—A ceasefire) the likes of which Netanyahu has stubbornly refused for 10 months straight. But now—after just one confirmed case of polio—he’s expected to reverse the policy in order to save the same the people he’s been pulverizing for the last year? Isn’t that what the Times is saying?

And how do we explain Mr. Rose’s sudden concern for young Palestinians when he was nowhere to be found when these same children were having their arms and legs amputated without anesthesia, medication or even proper sanitation. It’s a real mystery. Here’s more:

The W.H.O. chief, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, said in a statement on Thursday that a 10-month-old child in Gaza had contracted polio and had become paralyzed in one leg.(NYTimes)

One child? Is he kidding?

Hasn’t Tedros noticed the mountain of carnage piled up across the entire 25-mile Gaza hellscape or has he been in a vaccine-induced coma for the last year?

Everything about this mass vaccination campaign stinks to high heaven. The last thing Israel wants is more healthy Palestinians. We know that for a fact. Here’s more:

UNICEF and the W.H.O. have called on “all parties” in the conflict to put in place a weeklong humanitarian pause in Gaza to allow both rounds of vaccines to be delivered, saying that “without the humanitarian pauses, the delivery of the campaign will not be possible.”

COGAT, the Israeli defense ministry’s agency that oversees policy for the Palestinian territories, said in a statement on Monday that the vaccines had been delivered to Gaza through the Kerem Shalom border crossing with Israel. The agency added that the campaign would be conducted in coordination with the Israeli military “as part of the routine humanitarian pauses” that it observes, which, it said, would allow Palestinians to reach vaccination centers. (NYTimes)

Did you catch that last part? The campaign is going to be “conducted in coordination” with that great humanitarian organization, the Israeli Defense Forces. How does that square with the fact that Israel regards Palestinian children as Amalek? Are they planning to save them from polio so they can gun them down on the streets of Gaza sometime in the future? How does that work exactly?

And why in heaven’s name would Netanyahu agree to “a weeklong humanitarian pause in Gaza” when he brazenly rejected the Biden-backed ceasefire, the UN Security Council-supported ceasefire, and the relentless appeal for a ceasefire from the vast majority of countries around the world? How did the WHO persuade him to change his mind when all the others failed?

But rest assured, Netanyahu would never agree to a humanitarian pause unless it helped to advance his own political agenda, which is the total expulsion of the native population. That’s the only reason Bibi would change his policy. Which is why we suspect that there is more here than meets the eye.

Would it surprise you to know that vaccines have been used in Africa, Nicaragua, Mexico and the Philippines as anti-fertility drugs? Would it shock you to know that western elites have used vaccine campaigns to target people who didn’t realize that they were being used as lab rats in a nefarious eugenics experiment? This is from an article at Global Research:

“According to LifeSiteNews,… the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association is charging UNICEF and WHO with sterilizing millions of girls and women under cover of an anti-tetanus vaccination program sponsored by the Kenyan government…

all six samples tested positive for the HCG antigen. The HCG antigen is used in anti-fertility vaccines, but was found present in tetanus vaccines targeted to young girls and women of childbearing age. Dr. Ngare, spokesman for the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, stated in a bulletin released November 4:

“This proved right our worst fears; that t his WHO campaign is not about eradicating neonatal tetanus but a well-coordinated forceful population control mass sterilization exercise using a proven fertility regulating vaccine. This evidence was presented to the Ministry of Health before the third round of immunization but was ignored. Mass Sterilization”: Kenyan Doctors Find Anti-fertility Agent in UN Tetanus Vaccine?“, Global Research

RFK Jr on Polio Vaccine

And here’s another article from Global Research titled UN Forced to Admit Gates-funded Vaccine Is Causing Polio Outbreak in Africa:

The United Nations has been forced to admit that a major international vaccine initiative is actually causing a deadly outbreak of the very disease it was supposed to wipe-out.

While international organisations like the World Health Organization (WHO) will regularly boast about ‘eradicating polio’ with vaccines—the opposite seems to be the case, with vaccines causing the deaths of scores of young people living in Africa. Health officials have now admitted that their plan to stop ‘wild’ polio is backfiring, as scores children are being paralyzed by a deadly strain of the pathogen derived from a live vaccine – causing a virulent wave of polio to spread.

This latest pharma-induced pandemic started out in the African countries of Chad and Sudan, with the culprit identified as vaccine-derived polio virus type 2. Officials now fear this new dangerous strain could soon ‘jump continents,’ causing further deadly outbreaks around the world.

Shocking as it sounds, this Big Pharma debacle is not new. After spending some $16 billion over 30 years to eradicate polio, international health bodies have ‘accidentally’ reintroduced the disease to in Pakistan, Afghanistan, and also Iran, as the central Asia region was hit by a virulent strain of polio spawned by the pharmaceutical vaccine. Also, in 2019, the government of Ethiopia ordered the destruction of 57,000 vials of type 2 oral polio vaccine (mOPV2) following a similar outbreak of vaccine-induced polio. The same incident has happened in India as well. UN Forced to Admit Gates-funded Vaccine Is Causing Polio Outbreak in Africa,Global Research

Joe Rogan on the African Polio Vaccine Scandal

It’s worth noting that the World Health Organization is not a benign public health agency selflessly seeking to eradicate disease and sickness wherever they may be found.

Quite the contrary. It is a flock of power-mad internationalists who seek to push through a “global pandemic treaty…. that would grant it absolute power over global biosecurity, such as the power to implement digital identities/vaccine passports, mandatory vaccinations, travel restrictions, standardized medical care and more. (Children’s Health Defense ) In short, the WHO is a tyrannical global government accountable to no one. Sound familiar?

And if the WHO is teaming up with Netanyahu to vaccinate hundreds of thousands of Palestinian children in Gaza, we can be reasonably certain that they’re up to no-good. In fact, we can be sure of it.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR

 

Introduction

The video below produced in 2006 by the Union of Concerned Scientists in collaboration with the Pentagon reveals the consequence of the use of a  Nuclear Earth Penetration Bomb in an attack on Iran.

This is an important video production, carefully documented by the UCS. 

I should mention that the option to use bunker buster bombs against Iran is currently on the drawing board of the Pentagon, despite the fact that there is no evidence that Iran has stockpiled Weapons of Mass destruction in so-called bunkers, as conveyed in the video.

Implied in the video-montage is that Iran constitutes a WMD threat,  when in fact there is no evidence to that effect.

The Nuclear Earth Penetrating Bomb (NEPB) should be distinguished from the so-called tactical nuclear weapons (mini-nukes) which are low yield.

“The simulation in the Flash Animation pertains to a one megaton bunker buster thermonuclear bomb with an explosive capacity of 60 times a Hiroshima bomb. Its use would result in millions of deaths and radioactive fallout extending eastwards into Pakistan and India.  

The earth penetrating technology is similar. The explosive capacity of the B61-11 and 12 series  which are deployed in Western Europe have an explosive capacity from one third to 12 times a Hiroshima bomb.

“the B61-11 has several “available yields”, ranging from  “low yields” of  less than one kiloton, to mid-range and up to the 1000 kiloton bomb. In all cases, the radioactive fallout is devastating.  Moreover, the B61 series of thermonuclear weapons includes several models with distinct specifications: the B61-11, the B61-3, B61- 4, B61-7 and B61-10. Each of these bombs has several “available yields”.

What is contemplated for theater use [against Iran] is the “low yield” 10 kt bomb, two thirds of a Hiroshima bomb”. 

In the simulation based on a model of the Pentagon pertaining to the RNEP (image below) “more than three million would be killed and more than thirty five million people would  be exposed by cancer causing radiation.”

 

B61-11 and 12 low yield bunker buster bombs

The UCS  (based on the Pentagon Model) also examined the likely impacts of the use of the low yield B61-11 and 12 bombs (which is deployed in the UK, Germany, Italy, Turkey, Belgium, Netherlands) 

The B61-11 and 12 series are contemplated for use in the conventional war theater.  According to the Simulation of a B61-11 attack on Iran: 

“this would result in radioactive contamination over a large part of the Middle East – Central Asian region, resulting in tens of thousands of deaths, including US troops stationed in Iraq” (UCS)

See map below

 

It should be noted that Joe Biden’s 1.3 trillion dollars nuclear weapons program is slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense.

Does a Two Trillion dollars ($2000 billion) budget allocated to the development of nuclear weapons not suggest that America is intent upon using nuclear weapons? 

B61-12 (right)

How many schools and hospitals could you finance with 2 trillion dollars?

A nuclear attack against Iran is currently on the drawing board of the Pentagon.

We are at a dangerous crossroads in our history.

The use of the low Yield B61-11 and 12 so-called mini-nukes (tactical nuclear weapons) which are CATEGORIZED AS CONVENTIONAL WEAPONS WOULD ALSO precipitate WWIII

This is an important video and it’s real.

AND WE MUST CONFRONT OUR GOVERNMENTS AND PREVENT IT FROM OCCURRING

 

Michel Chossudovsky, August 27, 2024

 

Video: The Robust Nuclear Earth Penetrator to be Used against Iran 


http://www.ucsusa.org/global_security/nuclear_weapons/nuclear-bunker-buster-rnep-animation.html

Text and Analysis by the Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS)

The simulation in the Flash Animation pertains to a one megaton bunker buster thermonuclear bomb with an explosive capacity of 60 times a Hiroshima bomb.

Military documents distinguish between the NEP as in the case of the simulation, and the “mini-nuke” which are nuclear weapons with a yield of less than 10 kilotons (two thirds of a Hiroshima bomb). The NEP can have a yield of up to a 1000 kilotons, or 60 times a Hiroshima bomb.

In the showdown with Tehran over its alleged nuclear weapons program, the Pentagon is contemplating the launching of punitive bombings using “mini-nukes” or tactical thermonuclear weapons. While the “guidelines” do not exclude other (more deadly) categories of nukes in the US and/or Israeli nuclear arsenal, as envisaged in the simulation, Pentagon “scenarios” in the Middle East tend to favor the use of tactical nuclear weapons including the B61-11 bunker buster bomb with a yield of 10 kt.

This distinction between mini-nukes and larger NEPs is in many regard misleading. In practice there is no dividing line.

We are broadly dealing with the same type of weaponry:  the B61-11 has several “available yields”, ranging from  “low yields” of  less than one kiloton, to mid-range and up to the 1000 kiloton bomb. In all cases, the radioactive fallout is devastating.  Moreover, the B61 series of thermonuclear weapons includes several models with distinct specifications: the B61-11, the B61-3, B61- 4, B61-7 and B61-10. Each of these bombs has several “available yields”.

What is contemplated for theater use is the “low yield” 10 kt bomb, two thirds of a Hiroshima bomb. The impacts in terms of deaths and radioactive fallout would be less dramatic than that contemplated in the simulation. It would nonetheless result in the deaths of tens of thousands of men, women and children

“The earth-penetrating capability of the B61-11 is fairly limited. …  Tests show it penetrates only 20 feet or so into dry earth when dropped from an altitude of 40,000 feet. … Any attempt to use it in an urban environment would result in massive civilian casualties. Even at the low end of its 0.3-300 kiloton yield range, the nuclear blast will simply blow out a huge crater of radioactive material, creating a lethal gamma-radiation field over a large area “ (Low-Yield Earth-Penetrating Nuclear Weapons by Robert W. Nelson,Federation of American Scientists, 2001 ).

According to GlobalSecurity.org , the use of the B61-11 against North Korea would result in extensive radioactive fallout over nearby countries, thereby triggering a nuclear holocaust.

“… In tests the bomb penetrates only 20 feet into dry earth,… But even this shallow penetration before detonation allows a much higher proportion of the explosion to be transferred into ground shock relative to a surface burst. It is not able to counter targets deeply buried under granite rock. Moreover, it has a high yield, in the hundreds of kilotons. If used in North Korea, the radioactive fallout could drift over nearby countries such as Japan” (http://www.globalsecurity.org/wmd/systems/b61.htm )

If it were to be launched against Iran, it would result in radioactive contamination over a large part of the Middle East – Central Asian region, resulting in tens of thousands of deaths, including US troops stationed in Iraq:

The use of any nuclear weapon capable of destroying a buried target that is otherwise immune to conventional attack will necessarily produce enormous numbers of civilian casualties. No earth-burrowing missile can penetrate deep enough into the earth to contain an explosion with a nuclear yield [of a low yield B61-11] even as small as 1 percent of the 15 kiloton Hiroshima weapon. The explosion simply blows out a massive crater of radioactive dirt, which rains down on the local region with an especially intense and deadly fallout.”(Low-Yield Earth-Penetrating Nuclear Weapons, by Robert W. Nelson, op cit )

At present, the B61-11 is slated for use in war theaters together with conventional weapons. (Congressional ReportBunker Busters”: Robust Nuclear Earth Penetrator Issues , Congressional Research Service March 2005). (Other versions of the B61, namely mod 3, 4,  7 and 10, which are part of the US arsenal, involve nuclear bunker buster bombs with a lower yield to that of B61-11).

For further details, see
The Dangers of a Middle East Nuclear War

New Pentagon Doctrine: Mini-Nukes are “Safe for the Surrounding Civilian Population”
by Michel Chossudovsky

 


 

Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

Declining U.S Hegemon and Rising Geopolitical Tension

August 27th, 2024 by Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz

Former US Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, one of the leading neocon architects of the Greater Middle East and North Africa Project launched by the US after September 11, 2001, wrote a propaganda article titled “The Perils of Isolationism” in the Foreign Affairs magazine dated August 20, 2024. 

.

.

.

Screenshot from Foreign Affairs

In the article that marketed the dangers of the US withdrawing from the world stage against Russia and China to the American public, the US is described as a state that brings peace, tranquility and security to the world. 

Interestingly, there is not a single line in the article about Israel’s genocide in Gaza. 

Image is from the Public Domain

undefined

Rice, who served as National Security Advisor to President George W. Bush during the US’s most aggressive period in 2003, said in one of her articles, “We will change the borders of 22 countries in the Middle East and North Africa.” 

I consider the only correct paragraph in Rice’s unnecessarily long (15-page) article in Foreign Affairs to be the following:

“The United States is now a different country; exhausted by eighty years of international leadership, some of it successful and celebrated, some dismissed as failures. The American people are different, too; they have less faith in their institutions and the viability of the American dream. Years of divisive rhetoric, Internet echo chambers, and ignorance of the complexities of history even among the best-educated young have left Americans with a fragmented sense of common values. Our elite cultural institutions are responsible in these areas. They have rewarded those who destroyed the United States and ridiculed those who praised its virtues. To address Americans’ lack of faith in their institutions and in each other, schools and colleges must change their curricula to offer a more balanced view of U.S. history. These and other institutions must foster healthy debate, encouraging competing ideas rather than creating a climate that reinforces existing views.’’

A Regressive U.S. and the Never-ending Wars

With 248 years of recorded history, the United States is in rapid decline. The pains of moving away from the dollar-based global economic system and establishing a new multipolar world order are increasing geopolitical tensions everywhere at global, continental and regional levels. The US and its integral part, the EU, continue to seek and provoke adventures far beyond their capabilities and power for the continuation of the global hegemony led by the US, sending the message that they will not allow a new order. 

Canadian economist and author Professor Michel Chossudovsky said in the spring of 2011:

“The world is at a dangerous crossroads. The US and its allies have launched a military adventure that threatens the future of humanity. The ultimate goal is the conquest of the world under the guise of “human rights” and “Western democracy”… The hegemonic project of the US in the post-9/11 period is the globalization of the war that the US-NATO military machine has spread to all regions of the world with its emphasis on covert intelligence operations, economic sanctions and “regime change.”

Many of the methods Chossudovsky wrote about have been implemented by the US to date, but despite all the wars, conspiracies, government changes, military coups and color revolutions, economic blockades and sanctions, the US cannot achieve the ultimate goal. 

For example, the number of countries that have imposed sanctions on Russia in the Ukraine-Russia war that started on February 24, 2022 is around 40 out of 193 UN member states. The majority are EU members, and the rest are American vassal states such as Australia, New Zealand, South Korea, Singapore and Japan. This means that the overwhelming majority of the world does not comply with the US. The US cannot be a game changer, especially with the endless wars it has started after 2001 and the death, chaos and deprivation it has brought to the continents. It is stirring up and provoking countries with colorful coups through institutions and individuals purchased with irresponsible printed dollars, but it is not getting results. If the US had been successful, there would be no Ukraine-Russia war today, nor would there be an Israel-Gaza war. The fact that the US unconditionally stands by Israel, which commits genocide, in the Gaza War that is taking place today, and that Netanyahu received a 3-minute standing ovation in the US Congress show that Washington can never be a honest broker and cannot set up games anymore. In short, US initiatives make headlines on the first day, but the initiative in question is forgotten a week later.

A Disappearing State Ukraine

2.5 years have passed since the start of the Russia-Ukraine war, which was provoked through Ukraine’s NATO membership for US geopolitics and rimland consolidation, on February 24, 2022. Ukraine, which has the entire media and propaganda power of the West, the open support of the EU and NATO, against Russia, whose depth, especially its manpower and defense industry resources are incomparably vast, is now an exhausted state. Its economic power has regressed to a level incomparable to that of before the war. Its demographic power has been severely damaged. Although Ukraine’s suicide attack on a historically significant settlement like Kursk was aimed at preventing losses in the Donbas region and diverting Russia’s attention from there, Russia did not shift forces from strategic Donbas for Kursk. Russia is gaining on the Donbas front every passing day. If the war is not stopped, the possibility of Ukraine losing the Odessa port and being completely cut off from the sea may even come to the fore.

Ukrainian troops prepare to fight Russian forces in Donbass (Source: Indian Punchline)

The USA’s Success in EU and NATO

On the other hand, the most successful front in this war is the weakening of the EU through Ukraine and Russia War, making it completely dependent on the US for defense, and transforming NATO into a 32-member structure with the exaggerated Russian threat. NATO has not only expanded, but also its defense budgets have been increased excessively due to the war. Thus, military sea/air/land transportation corridors and new bases that will surround Russia from the North Sea, Adriatic, Aegean, Baltic, and Black Sea with American military equipment have been implemented. Furthermore, the US has decided to place medium-range nuclear missiles in German territory, which is a semi-colony, in 2026, which is an extremely dangerous and provocative picture. The US side, which was able to establish a balance in nuclear and conventional deterrence in the Cold War, no longer knows any limits in nuclear provocation. 

The US Nuclear Strategy document leaked to the press last week revealed the nuclear armament targeting China. Let’s add the hostility towards Russia created in the public opinion of the US and the EU to these provocative successes of the US. For example, rumors that Russia will turn towards Poland and the Baltic states after Ukraine are frequently spread by the Western media these days. However, Russia’s capacity is limited. This perception of threat can be created despite the fact that the Baltic Sea has turned into a NATO lake and there is no direct land connection to Russia’s Kaliningrad Oblast. The main reason for this is of course to be able to sell weapons of the US military industry through the war created in Europe and to keep the the hostility against Russia alive, to be able to maintain political and military pressures, and to keep NATO’s raison d’être alive. There is no other country in NATO and the EU that questions the Russian threat created by the US, other than Hungary and Slovakia. UK is unable to act outside the US. The situation of France, which produced great military leaders and strategic thinkers such as Charles De Gaulle and Andre Beaufre, is deplorable. 

The situation of Germany, the economic locomotive of the EU, is worse than a colony. Its industry and economy are in decline. Even the oldest and most prestigious shipyard in Germany, such as Meyer, which was founded in 1795, is on the verge of bankruptcy and the government is launching a rescue operation. 

The situation of Türkiye is complicated. Thanks to Article 19 of the Montreux Convention, we are able to maintain our active neutrality, but due to the economic pressures of the US and the West, we continue to make concessions in every field. On August 14, the American USS Wasp amphibious assault ship, whose primary duty is to protect Israel in the Gaza War, and our TCG Anadolu amphibious assault ship and TCG Gökova frigate were able to conduct transition training in the Mediterranean. 

We learn about this activity from American sources. While the government is doing this, the opposition remains silent. In other words, in defiance of Atatürk, we have been dragged into a situation close to the cooperation of Damat Ferit of the Istanbul Government and the American Mandates of the Sivas Congress during the armistice period (1919-20). 

However, in the period between the two world wars, which is very similar to today’s conjuncture, that is, during Atatürk’s time, Türkiye was very careful in its balance policy while its military, economic and demographic power was very weak. In August 1935, our Minister of Foreign Affairs Tevfik Rüştü Aras summarized the situation due to the increasing Italian fascism and threat as follows:

“In our opinion, the French-English friendship on one side of Europe, the Turkish-Soviet friendship on the other side and the good relations between them constitute the main basis of European peace. All other combinations are being worked around this.”

The Biggest Danger Is the US Vassals

In the current conjuncture, the best scenario for the US is that a new war will break out in Europe when the last Ukrainian soldier dies and the war is over. Undoubtedly, this war will be caused by the irresponsible vassals of the US, which never wants a direct conflict with Russia and pats them on the back. 

Source

Countries such as Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Germany and the U.K. are open to all kinds of scenarios. Moldova can also be added to this list. The sworn mandate holders and imperialist vassals in Türkiye are also ready for the tasks given. 

However, we also need to mention a great risk. As long as these weak and vassal states are not controlled by the US and are not told to stop, they can act irrationally and illogically and directly start a Russia-US conflict. 

It should not be forgotten that world military history is full of surprises. In a conjuncture where Russia’s interior is being hit with American and British weapons, a provocative attack is being carried out in Kursk under the hidden command of NATO forces, and F16 fighter jets are being given to Ukraine, how Russia will respond to the US and its friends is at least as uncertain and risky as the reaction Iran will show to Israel after the killing of the Hamas leader. What if this response eliminates the conventional escalation ladder to the point of a nuclear escalation?

While the US continues to arm Ukraine with a $60 billion sale last month and Israel with a $20 billion sale last week, Russia is arming and most likely training its ally Iran. Does the US making a rational judgment before unleashing its vassals on Russia? We don’t know. 

However, one week before the Hamas attack in Israel on October 7, 2023, Biden’s National Security Advisor Sullivan wrote, “We are living the best peaceful period in history in the Middle East.” How much can we trust the US? How many USs are there in the US? Is the US a state that can control itself?

The Situation in the Indo-Pacific Is Complicated

The West’s intrigues are ahead of its political, military and economic power on the Indo-Pacific front. The direct participation of the American ambassador in protests in Bangladesh, as in Ukraine in 2014, summarizes everything. (If Americans say democracy is coming, we should be very careful.) It is not sustainable for this poor country, which is adjacent to the Myanmar-China Econonmic Corridor in China’s Belt and Road Initiative, to surrender to a pro-American government with freely printed American dollars. Because this country is squeezed between India and Myanmar and has no chance of implementing American geopolitics in this geography. On the other hand, the signal flare of a colorful coup in Indonesia has started with street protests. 

In fact, the scenario experienced in all underdeveloped or developing countries is repeating itself. In states where governments drowning in corruption act uncontrollably and ignore the people in order to maintain their positions, the US sees this weakness very well and evaluates it and presses the button when necessary in a way that will benefit itself. However, these colorful moves do not bring permanent results. These states are faced with the choice of either chaos and civil war under the guidance of the US or living in peace alongside Asian powers. 

As long as the unity of China, Russia and India within the BRICS and SCO continues, it is no longer possible for the Anglo-Saxons to be the game changers in the Asian geography, especially in Central Asia. As long as the big three stand firm and solidarity is achieved, such attempts at a color revolution will not gain a character other than being temporary.

New Order Has Been Established

The war between Russia and Ukraine is actually a war between the US and those who say no to the Western hegemony led by the Anglo-Saxons. This conflict is not regional but global. Global balance centers have now been established. While those on the side of the US are states that were occupied by the US after 1945 and vassalized in the US sphere of influence, there is China and Russia at another pole. The third pole is India and the majority of the non-aligned states of the Cold War period, called the Global South. In this process, we see that the other two poles are trying to establish a balance against the US and its vassals through organizations such as BRICS and the SCO against the US pole.

The War of Transportation Corridors

The transport corridors connecting Europe, the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Basin in Asia, especially China’s Belt and Road Initiative, are shaping the geopolitical future. The US wants to render the transportation corridors that will challenge its hegemony dysfunctional through color revolutions, civil wars and regional conflicts.

Today, the China-Europe northern corridor via Ukraine has become dysfunctional. Every kind of provocation continues to damage the CPEC (China Pakistan Economic Corridor) via Pakistan, the Myanmar-China Corridor via Bangladesh, and also the Iran-China oil pipelines and transportation lines. In the meantime, serious mistakes and unexpected events also come its way. For example, the Red Sea-Mediterranean passage leg, which is indirectly outside of their control, has become dysfunctional with the Gaza war.

American Military Alliances Are Spreading

The US believes that if it prevents economic integration and political unity in the Asian continent, it will also prevent military structures. It is currently unlikely that the SCO and BRICS will turn into a military alliance system. However, the US is progressing very quickly in the Indo-Pacific region in terms of military structure and cooperation with its own vassals and allies. The transition of Japan and South Korea to a joint command structure, the establishment of the AUKUS alliance with Australia and England, and the provision of nuclear attack submarines to Australia after 2026; the total American military presence in Japan and the USA reaching 100 thousand, the agreement reached with the Philippines for new military bases, and the moves to increase military cooperation between the Philippines, Australia, Japan, and Canada are recent examples. (The recent collision of the Philippines with Chinese Coast Guard ships in Sabina Shoal was a provocative move. Because the television and news teams of important Western news agencies were also on the Philippine ships.)

Gaza War and the Mediterranean

Image source

Israel’s initiation of the Gaza War by drawing the USA to its side with a great fait accompli is a link in the process of the fragmentation of Asia. In this case, the USA, by postponing its Indo-Pacific priorities, will help Israel. Because it is known that a leadership that does not come to Israel’s side during the election period will not have a chance to win in the election. The 3-minute standing ovation given to Netanyahu in Congress is an expression of this situation. However, the process backfired. While Israel was looking for an easy victory, the war was prolonged. The Yemeni Houthis cut off the Red Sea maritime trade route. The US and its allies could not fully control this route.

The US’s Mediterranean Vision

It goes without saying that even if the US does not have the power, it will try every way to establish a puppet Kurdistan state in northern Iraq and Syria, to influence the government and opposition in Türkiye and to disintegrate the secular and nation-state structure.

The real reason for the tragedy in Gaza is that the US killed Arab nationalism in the region, especially after the 1973 Arab-Israeli War, and succeeded in disintegrating the Arab States. The Arabs who moved away from nationalism were divided and weakened again by the U.S-NATO and Israel through Islamization and religion.

The US tried the successful model it applied to the Arabs for the Turks. However, despite all the Islamist parties that came to power with the support of the West after 1980, plots, provocations and moves such as the FETÖ (CIA backed Fetullah Gulen Islamist Organization) coup attempt, the Turkish people have persistently not given up their nationalist and secular identity. Although the attempts to transform Turkish nationalism into American Turanism (Pan Turkism) were partially successful after the 1970s, they could not create a permanent effect. 

However, as long as Türkiye remains in NATO, it will continue to remain in the sphere of influence of US geopolitics. It will not be possible for it to have the final say. We saw this in the acceptance of Finland and Sweden into NATO. While burying our soldiers martyred by the terrorist PKK, the Turkish Grand National Assembly approved the US request without a single dissenting opinion. Sweden was made a NATO member. The US wants a divided Mediterranean. The US wants absolute control of the Suez Canal, the Turkish Straits and the Aegean Sea Passages. The US wants a puppet Kurdistan (Second Israel) covering the lands of Iran, Iraq, Syria and Turkiye. However, it is not powerful enough to do it.

The Iran Factor

Iran’s resistance to the US with its anti-imperialist identity in the region is very valuable for global and continental balances. Iran is a very critical country that controls both Basra, the Caspian and the Central Asian basin. 

Just like Türkiye, it is at the center of the continents and basins. It is indispensable in both maritime and continental approaches of global dominance theses. If its natural resource wealth is added to this, its geopolitical importance emerges. Iran’s surrender to Anglo-Saxon hegemony provides the greatest support in the siege of Turkiye and Russia. Therefore, both Turkiye and Russia should always maintain good relations with Iran. Within this framework, Iran’s presence in Russia’s North-South Transit corridor is important for the continuation of stable relations between the two states. In recent months, Armenia’s exit from Russia’s sphere of influence and approaching the West to the extent of conducting joint military exercises with the US; Turkiye’s casting a shadow on relations by making comments at the highest level that belittle Azerbaijan, its efforts to normalize relations with Armenia upon the request of the US, while Azerbaijan could not obtain concessions from Yerevan for a peace agreement, and most importantly, the removal of the Zangezur Corridor from the agenda do not serve Turkish geopolitics. They serve the US’s Balkanization of the Caucasus. In this context, Putin’s visit to Azerbaijan is extremely important. It is a great message to Turkiye, which says two states and one nation. I hope Turkiye, which is approaching Armenia under US pressure, has received this message.

Lessons for Turkiye

Ankara should act in line with the difficulties and losses it has experienced in the last 22 years. A puppet Kurdish state cannot be allowed in the south. Türkiye cannot be allowed to be divided through discussions on a new constitution and the concept of being Turkish. The Caucasus Wall (set by Western powers), which Atatürk said “its formation will be our destruction” 104 years ago, cannot be allowed in the South Caucasus. 

We cannot  allow to be cut off from the Aegean and the Mediterranean through the EU’s Seville map. It is unacceptable to allow the Turkish Republic of Northern Cyprus to be dragged into a new Annan Plan scandal through attempts at refederation talks. 

It is unacceptable for NATO to use our sovereign rights, primarily the implementation of Article 19 of the Montreux Convention in the Black Sea, as a tool for American geopolitics. Again, as exemplified by the joint training of our navy in the Mediterranean and the American warships that came to the aid of Israel, which committed genocide in Gaza, through our NATO membership, an impersonal and unprincipled security policy cannot be allowed. 

It seems that Ankara is paying the price of being drawn into the financial traps of the US and the EU in the last 22 years, and of shifting from a production economy and statism to a neoliberal consumer economy that has been rampant with full privatization, corruption, and hostility towards nature and the public, with geopolitical concessions. 

Future generations can restore economic losses but geopolitical losses can only be recovered through war. The primary duty of governments is to protect geopolitical interests without fighting.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz, Writer, Geopolitical Expert, Theorist and creator of the Turkish Bluehomeland (Mavi Vatan) doctrine. He served as the Chief of Strategy Department and then the head of Plans and Policy Division in Turkish Naval Forces Headquarters. As his combat duties, he has served as the commander of Amphibious Ships Group and Mine Fleet between 2007 and 2009. He retired in 2012. He established Hamit Naci Blue Homeland Foundation in 2021. He has published numerous books on geopolitics, maritime strategy, maritime history and maritime culture. He is also a honorary member of ATASAM.  

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

The war against Russia has entered a new and more dangerous phase with the incursion of Ukrainian forces into the Russian region of Kursk. The New York Times calls it “the largest foreign incursion into Russia since World War II,” that is, since Russia was invaded by Nazi Germany and its allies, with Italy at the forefront.

The political media mainstream presents it as a brilliant strategic move by Kyiv to ease the growing Russian pressure on the Donbas front. It therefore hides the heavy losses that Ukrainian forces are suffering from Russian forces in Kursk, in terms of armoured vehicles and men.

The incursion of Ukrainian forces into this Russian region was planned and organized by the US-NATO commands with a much broader strategic purpose. They concentrated the attack in a border area manned only by young conscripts and border guards, who could not withstand the sudden onslaught of tanks and artillery. The rapid conquest of about 1,000 square kilometres of Russian territory, the capture of over 300 conscripts, the destruction of three important bridges with US missiles, and the increasing drone attacks deep into the Moscow region, aim at a goal that is not simply territorial: spreading in Russia mistrust in the ability of the Government and President Putin himself to ensure the security of the country, thus weakening the internal resistance front.

This is happening at a time when the US and NATO are stepping up the deployment of intermediate-range nuclear weapons close to Russian territory and a “secret nuclear strategy” is coming to light: in a classified document – reported by the New York Times – “President Biden has ordered US forces to prepare for possible coordinated nuclear clashes with Russia, China and North Korea.”

Italy’s participation in this catastrophic war strategy is far greater than expected. The incursion into the Russian territory of Kursk involved Italian armoured vehicles, which the government donated to Kyiv and crew training. This is confirmed by the video of the destruction of one of these armoured vehicles by Russian forces in Kursk. Italy is also participating in the preparation for nuclear war. In violation of the Non-Proliferation Treaty, it not only deploys US nuclear bombs on its territory and prepares to use them, but through Leonardo, it builds nuclear missiles for the French arsenal.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image source

Fabricated mass delusions are fueling the current state of permanent, Western-perpetrated global warfare. 

In fact, Western intelligence agencies are tasked with making sure we do not know the truth. Former CIA Director William J. Casey even admitted, ”We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false.” (1)

How can there be freedom and democracy in the West when people have no clue what is really happening and who are the real perpetrators? It is fake freedom and fake democracy.

Our hearts and souls are being impoverished through fabricated ignorance as Western governments and their agencies impoverish, mass-slaughter, and kill globally, thanks to our tax dollars.

The reality is that Western governments are complicit in committing genocide in Palestine because it could not happen without our billions and our bombs and our political/economic support. The ICJ has made it clear that Israel is an apartheid state, the walls are illegal, the segregation is illegal, the occupations are illegal.

Furthermore, the court has reaffirmed that, “freedom from foreign military occupation, racial segregation and apartheid is absolutely non-negotiable.” (2)

Last week alone, the U.S sent billions of dollars worth of weaponry to Israel to fortify the on-going genocide to which the US and its allies are accomplices. (3)

Apartheid and genocide define not only Israel, but also the West, and yet political rhetoric from the West would have us believe otherwise.

The Western-perpetrated mass-slaughter, impoverishment, and degradation of humanity in its long war against peace continues globally. In Ukraine, Western governments  are supporting not only nazism, but also what is basically a NATO invasion of Russia at this very moment. (4)

Meanwhile, Empire’s “New Middle East” (5) continues to be a disaster for real freedom and democracy in Syria and beyond.

Chemical weapons accusations against Syria were as fake as the WMD accusations against Iraq, and as President Assad and the Syrian government continue to represent civilisation and international law and justice in Syria, Washington’s illegal occupation, its theft of Syrian resources, its illegal support for internationally proscribed terrorist groups continues to impose the opposite. In fact, Washington is now using the Western-orchestrated resurgence of ISIS (which Washington supports covertly and overtly) as a fake pretext to continue its illegal, impoverishing, terrorist-supporting occupation. (6)

Who benefits from permanent warfare based on mass-deception?  Certain segments of Western economies benefit but Western populations overall are being “thirdworldized”, a word coined by Prof. Chossudovsky to describe the dictatorship of predatory “neoliberal” economic models.

All of this recalls the allegory of Plato’s cave where shackled prisoners believe the shadows on the wall as representative of reality and reject the truth as told by the released prisoner who has seen the outside world as it is.

If fabricated ignorance prevails, the NWO promises to be far more totalitarian, far less interested in even the pretense of democracy and freedom – at home or abroad.

COVID lockdowns and mandated experimental gene therapy drugs, neither safe nor effective, were a preview of what is to come.

Will we embrace the truth or continue to be dazzled and enslaved by political spectacles and empty rhetoric about freedom and democracy?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Research Assistance by Basma Qaddour

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017. He writes on his website where this article was originally published.

Notes

(1) Source of CIA Director William J. Casey’s Disinformation Program Quote, Publication date: 1981. (Source of CIA Director William J. Casey’s Disinformation Program Quote : Free Download, Borrow, and Streaming : Internet Archive) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

(2) “Experts hail ICJ declaration on illegality of Israel’s presence in the occupied Palestinian territory as ‘historic’ for Palestinians and international law.” 30 July, 2024. (Experts hail ICJ declaration on illegality of Israel’s presence in the occupied Palestinian territory as “historic” for Palestinians and international law | OHCHR) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

(3) “US pushes fake ‘peace deal’ as it sends Israel billions in arms.” Socialist Worker, 20 August, 2024. (US pushes fake ‘peace deal’ as it sends Israel billions in arms (socialistworker.co.uk) ) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

(4) Peter Koenig, ” ‘A NATO invasion of nuclear Russia is currently underway, and the world is unaware that it is in World War III’. Has President Putin’s Patience Reached Its Limits?” Global Research. 18 August, 2024. (“A NATO invasion of nuclear Russia is currently underway, and the world is unaware that it is in World War III”. Has President Putin’s Patience Reached Its Limits?
 – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

(5) Prof. Tim Anderson, “Syria and Washington’s ‘New Middle East’ ” Global Research. 28 November, 2015. (Syria and Washington’s ‘New Middle East’ – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

see also: PNAC ” Policy Coup”

(6) Vanessa Beeley, “The battle for Syrian oil and territory in north-east Syria.” Substack, 11 August, 2024. (The battle for Syrian oil and territory in north-east Syria (substack.com)) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

See also:

Mark Taliano, “Video: Crimes Against Syria.” Global Research. 18 August, 2024. (Video: Crimes Against Syria – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 26 August, 2024.

Prof. Michel Chossudovsky: Terrorism is Made in the USA. The Global War on Terrorism is a Big Lie (youtube.com)

Featured image is from Abayomi Azikiwe


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

**Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published by Global Research on October 23, 2023, with foresight 2 weeks after the October 7, 2023 Operation

***

False flag operations:

“The powers-that-be understand that to create the appropriate atmosphere for war, it is necessary to create within the general populace a hatred, fear or mistrust of others regardless of whether those others belong to a certain group of people or to a religion or a nation.” James Morcan (1978- ), New Zealander-born actor, writer, producer and a resident of Australia, 2014.

“I know what America is. America is a thing you can move very easily, move it in the right direction. They won’t get in our way.” Benjamin Netanyahu (1949- ), Israeli Prime Minister (1996-1999), (2009-2021) and (2022- ), addressing Israeli settlers in the West Bank, (as quoted in ‘Netanyahu: ‘America is a thing you can move very easily'”, The Washington Post, July 16, 2010.)

“We must remember that in time of war what is said on the enemy’s side of the front is always propaganda, and what is said on our side of the front is truth and righteousness, the cause of humanity and a crusade for peace.” Walter Lippmann (1889-1974), American journalist, (in ‘Public Opinion’, 1922).

Those who want thwart the creation of a Palestinian state should support the strengthening of Hamas and the transfert of funds to Hamas.“ Benjamin Netanyahu (1949- ), Israeli Prime Minister, (during a meeting of the Likud party, in 2019).

Introduction

Nowadays, almost all wars, involving governments with access to enormous propaganda resources, are either deliberately provoked or simply the result of false flag operations, camouflaged under a veil of lies and fake news. In time of war, all parties lie. With the help of passive or complacent medias, not one distracted person in a hundred can see clearly what is really going on.

Rocket and missile clashes between Islamist Hamas and Israel, and atrocities and war crimes committed against civilians, are not new in that part of the world. The most recent outbreak of violence is, in reality, the continuation of a deep conflict, which is ongoing and which is entering into a new cycle of escalating violence.

Indeed, two years ago, in May 2021, serious riots took place inside the compound of al-Aqsa mosque in Jerusalem’s Old City, which left hundreds of Palestinians and many police officers injured. What followed was an escalation of attacks between Israel and Hamas. The latter launched more than 1,000 rockets from the Gaza Strip towards Israel, while the Israeli army, in return, dropped a deluge of fire on the blockaded Gaza Strip, causing more than 150 Palestinian deaths and 10 deaths on the Israeli side.

Only six months ago, on April 5th and 6th, 2023, there were new violent clashes in Jerusalem when Israeli police raided again the al-Aqsa mosque, in the pursuit of  “agitators” who had barricaded themselves inside.

It is therefore somewhat puzzling why so many observers were taken by surprise when Hamas launched its rain of rockets on Israel, on Saturday, October 7, 2023, in an operation specifically called al-Aqsa Deluge.

Likewise, we can only remain perplexed when the Israeli government itself says it was taken by surprise, since its relations with the Palestinian populations have been extremely tense, particularly since 2021.

Nevertheless, the British Guardian and other medias published the official version according to which there was a “catastrophic failure of intelligence by Israel”, regarding the offensive launched from Gaza against Israeli towns. Such an attack, it said, must have been in preparation for many months and “it is a mystery why Israeli intelligence appears to have had no idea it was coming.”

Significantly, other media also reported that Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant (1958- ) stated that, “We will change the reality on the ground in Gaza.” “What existed before will no longer be.”

The same minister also declared on Monday, October 9, that he was imposing “a complete siege” on the Gaza Strip: “There will be no electricity, no food, no fuel supplies, everything is closed.” Adding, “We are fighting human animals and we act accordingly”—forgetting that the Nazis described German Jews as ‘subhumans’ (Untermenschen), to justify genocide.

The Israeli prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu (1949- ), an ultra-Orthodox politician who favors “Eretz Israel”, the “Greater Israel” of the Bible, proclaimed that Israel was at war and that the Palestinians would pay a heavy price. 

How to make sense of all this?

How to explain that the Netanyahu Israeli government had no clue that the Hamas was planning an attack?

The central question is why and how the Israeli army and navy, which have imposed a tight land and sea blockade on everything entering the Gaza Strip since 2007, as well as the Mossad secret services, could not have been aware of what was coming?

Is this likely? Did someone deliberately close his eyes? It would seem crucial for the future to elucidate such a mystery.

The alternative explanation would be that we are possibly in the presence of a more or less voluntary laissez-faire attitude on the part of certain authorities, starting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu himself, by not taking the necessary precautions to prevent an outbreak of military attacks by Hamas.

Why were warnings about an imminent attack ignored?

More fundamentally, perhaps, is how to interpret the report that Egypt’s intelligence minister, General Abbas Kamel, called Netanyahu days before the Hamas attacks, advising him that islamist militants in Gaza were planning “something unusual, a terrible operation”?

The Egyptians were reportedly aghast at Netanyahu’s passivity upon hearing the warning. “We repeatedly warned the Israelis that the situation had reached the point of explosion and would be very serious. But they took it lightly”, said an Egyptian services official, as reported by the Times of Israel.

Such warnings were ignored and dismissed by Netanyahu’s office as fake news! Even so, why did they not investigate them and prepare to deal with them, as a simple precaution?

What is more, the report that the Netanyahu government had been warned days before the Hamas attacks has been confirmed by the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman, Representative Michael McCaul (R-Tex), who is privy to classified information.

The question thus arises: Has the Netanyahu government really been facing an unforeseen attack from Hamas, or are we rather in the presence of a war that has been somewhat facilitated, by omission or otherwise? In the latter case, it could be politically explosive for the Netanyahu government. It would, in fact, be much more than simple negligence.

Indeed, this would seem to be the case. According to a poll taken on Thursday, October 12, an overwhelming majority of 86% of Israelis believe their government and Netanyahu are to blame for the attacks and for the massacre that followed inside Israel. Besides, more than half of Israelis believe Netanyahu should resign.

This also seems to be the opinion of famous American investigative journalist, Seymour Hersh, who believes that Mr. Netanyahu will have to answer for his governance before the Israeli population and that his days in power could be numbered. The Israeli government has a plan to eradicate Hamas, raze Gaza and expel its population.

As in any other conflict, it is important to ask the question Cui bono? or, who ultimately benefits?

This ‘new’ deadly Israeli-Palestinian war, presented as a ‘surprise’, could well come at the right time for two politicians, Benjamin Netanyahu and Joe Biden (1946- ).

  • On the one hand, the new hard-line coalition government of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, elected at the end of 2022, is the most right-wing administration in Israeli history. Indeed, Netanyahu has allied himself with far-right and anti-Palestinian Zionist groups, which propose the annexation of part of the West Bank, occupied by Israel since 1967.

And, to make its intentions clear, the new coalition government’s first guiding principle, published on Wednesday, December 28, 2022, declared that “the Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the land of Israel”.

On the other hand, Netanyahu provoked huge anti-government demonstrations in his country when he pushed through a judicial overhaul to favor the religious extremists who are members of his coalition government.

  • For his part, President Joe Biden has often said, here and here, that he considers himself to be a ‘Zionist’. He has declared that Netanyahu has been a “friend for decades”, and he has pledged that U.S. support for Israel was “set in stone and unwavering”.

However, Biden is currently low in the polls, both because of his poor record and for his advanced age.

Indeed, one year before the American presidential elections, the presumptive Democratic candidate has little chance of being re-elected, despite the legal troubles of his presumed Republican opponent, Donald Trump, or anyone else that the Republicans may choose as their candidate.

Only a large-scale war involving the United States could possibly change the situation and bail out Biden politically, allowing him to run as Commander-in-Chief.

Indeed, Joe Biden did not waste any time, at the start of the new Israeli-Palestinian conflict, to promise an additional military aid of $14.3 billion to Israel, beyond the $3.8 billion annually paid to the country.

Moreover, during his trip to Israel, on Wednesday, October 18, he is reported to have privately given Netanyahu the green light for an Israeli armed invasion of the Gaza Strip.

However, such a neocon-inspired and extremely biased one-sided foreign policy is not without creating increased frictions within the U.S. State Department.

The Added Complications of Natural Gas Under the Sea Next to the Gaza Strip

To show how complex the situation is in that part of the world, there exists a large natural gas deposit off the coast of the Gaza Strip, which could greatly profit the Palestinians. The exploitation of this gas field, called Gaza marine, has been the subject of negotiations between the Israeli government, the Palestinian Authority and Egypt. All this necessarily also involves the Hamas group, a competitor to the Palestinian Authority, the latter being under the control of the Fatah party.

Future events should make things clearer concerning the behind the scenes objectives of both sides, in this umpteenth Israeli-Palestinian war, which seems to resurface each time the situation reaches an explosive level.

Conclusions

A first important geopolitical and moral lesson emerges here, and it is the enormous human disaster resulting from those repeated wars between Israelis and Palestinians. When misguided, visionless, incompetent or dishonest leaders allow a political problem to fester, many innocent people pay for their carelessness and irresponsibility.

A second major observation is that some leaders, in a position to do so, are currently doing next to nothing to strengthen international peace institutions, but seem rather to enjoy stirring up conflicts around the world.

Third, it must be said that it is not only where there are journalists and photographers that atrocities and war crimes are committed. Agressions, whether consisting in launching missiles or dropping bombs on populations, kill and massacre people (men, women and children), indifferently, on one side as much as the other. They are both immoral.

Fourth, barbarous and indiscriminate atrocities, which are carried out with modern weapons against civilian populations, are not only illegal under international law, they are unacceptable under basic humanitarian principles.

Fifth, the worst and everlasting human conflicts seem to be those that are fought within the context of a religious war.

Finally, states and terrorist organizations that do not respect international law create problems for themselves and represent an existential threat to civilization and to world peace.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay.

International economist Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay is the author of the book about morals “The code for Global Ethics, Ten Humanist Principles” of the book about geopolitics “The New American Empire“, and the recent book, in French, “La régression tranquille du Québec, 1980-2018“. He was Minister of Trade and Industry (1976-79) in the Lévesque government. He holds a Ph.D. in international finance from Stanford University. Please visit Dr Tremblay’s site or email to a friend here.

Prof. Rodrigue Tremblay is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).


The Code for Global Ethics: Ten Humanist Principles

by Rodrigue Tremblay, Preface by Paul Kurtz

Publisher: ‎ Prometheus (April 27, 2010)

Hardcover: ‎ 300 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1616141727

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1616141721

Humanists have long contended that morality is a strictly human concern and should be independent of religious creeds and dogma. This principle was clearly articulated in the two Humanist Manifestos issued in the mid-twentieth century and in Humanist Manifesto 2000, which appeared at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Now this code for global ethics further elaborates ten humanist principles designed for a world community that is growing ever closer together. In the face of the obvious challenges to international stability-from nuclear proliferation, environmental degradation, economic turmoil, and reactionary and sometimes violent religious movements-a code based on the “natural dignity and inherent worth of all human beings” is needed more than ever. In separate chapters the author delves into the issues surrounding these ten humanist principles: preserving individual dignity and equality, respecting life and property, tolerance, sharing, preventing domination of others, eliminating superstition, conserving the natural environment, resolving differences cooperatively without resort to violence or war, political and economic democracy, and providing for universal education. This forward-looking, optimistic, and eminently reasonable discussion of humanist ideals makes an important contribution to laying the foundations for a just and peaceable global community.

Click here to purchase.

Russia today is taking another pivotal moment in its history, (with a series of many landmark issues) under its presidency of BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa), referred to as informal association, consistently forging collaborative relations with developing countries. With geopolitical situation heightening, spotifying challenges predominately remain on the association’s track. But the evolving developments are positive and promising, particularly increasing number of countries expressing the desire to join BRICS. It shows an interesting and indelible sign which reflects the necessity for the world’s re-configuration. This factor indicates the urgent yawning action for a multifaceted change, a new global architecture embracing geopolitics, the economy and security as well as socio-cultural and humanitarian spheres. 

Noticeably, Latin American countries and also in Asian and African regions are carving to join BRICS. There are many reasons including the sovereign desire by like-minded countries to deepen their cooperation with BRICS with a proper sense of respect. In addition, BRICS follows an open-door vision, and stronly committed to the fact that the principles governing this format – mutual respect, balance of interests and a consensus-based approach – are very appealing. In the former Soviet space, Belarus and Azerbaijan have recently expressed their sanonymized interest to leverage unto BRICS platform. 

“Azerbaijan has filed an official application for joining BRICS,” Azerbaijan’s news agency quoted Foreign Ministry’s spokesman, Aykhan Hajizada. Baku’s intention to join BRICS was reflected in a joint declaration on strategic partnership between Azerbaijan and China, which was signed on the sidelines of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) summit in Astana in early July.

Apart from that, Azerbaijani parliament speaker, Sakhiba Gafarova, said at a plenary session of the 10th BRICS Parliamentary Forum in St. Petersburg on July 11 that her country wanted to be a full-fledged BRICS member. 

Image: Alexander Lukashenko, president of Belarus. (photo: Courtesy photo / www.kremlin.ru.)

Russia and Belarus have formed a Union State.

Late July, and even long before that, Belarusian President Alexander Lukashenko has publicly reiterated that Minsk had been invited to the BRICS summit, due in Kazan in October. Lukashenko, who has announced his resignation in 2025, irreversibly promised Belarus ascension into BRICS.

In this regard, Lukashenko instructed the Foreign Ministry to draw up a plan of Belarusian participation and bilateral meetings on that platform. That however, Belarus sees BRICS as a basis for economic development and is ready to join integration processes within the framework of the informal association. “We are interested in getting involved in integration processes in that space. BRICS is another footing to help us maintain balance and economic stability,” BelTA agency quoted Lukashenko as emphatically asserted. 

Belarus and Azerbaijan are former Soviet republics, with common historical background despite the stark indications of disparity in approach to current politics and economic development, much still remains uniquely common in cultural practice and in the society. Undoubtedly, both the older and current generations have comprehensive understanding of Soviet history and culture. Therefore, Belarus and Azerbaijan governments and their state institutions such as the cabinet, legislative and judiciary, would endorse aligning to BRICS, and contribute towards shaping a new post-Soviet space within the framework of emerging new geopolitical reality. 

As the majority of countries around the world face new, modern-day challenges, so it has become necessary to create conditions to combat Western and European threats to political and economic stability. The need to amplify their collective voices or positions in strengthening partnerships as illustrated by BRICS agenda which is very broad. The agenda is in line with the general motto adopted by Russia’s BRICS chairmanship, relating to the widest range of issues, including politics, security, economy, finance and on education, sports and humanitarian ties.

China and India Factors

While China and India have historically warm multiple ties with Russia, and even from Soviet times, both as BRICS members maintain closer economic partnerships with the Western world. China has comparatively more presence than India in Belarus and Azerbaijan, but future prospects exist for extensive collaborating through BRICS.

Within its calculated strategy, China has a large footprint in the region, thanks to its Belt and Road Initiative. But that aside, Belarus and Azerbaijan can still secure economic partnerships and harness their modern technology and scientific innovations. Furthermore, public-private partnerships are crucial mechanism for mobilizing the necessary resources and expertise for development. 

In terms of influence and economic presence, China is indiscriminately deepening its trading and investment relations across the entire former Soviet region, and the Eurasian Economic Union, using its own version of  – not confrontation – but it deemed acceptable as ‘mutual cooperation’ and polycentricity. The 29th meeting between prime ministers of Russia and China (BRICS stalwart supporters of multi-polarity) reviewed economic cooperation, took cognizance of the huge untapped economic potentials generally in the Eurasian region, and specifically in the Russian Federation. 

On August 21-22, Chinese Premier Li Qiang visited Minsk and held talks with Belarusian President Alexander Lukashenko which resulted sign agreements on investment and on a free trade area in the services sector. In addition Belarus would host an industrial zone for China’s new quality productive forces concept based on technologies, innovations and high-quality human potential. This reflects the absolute possibility for Chinese technologies to enter the Belarusian market in large numbers as the core mid-term task for the two countries’ governments, until 2030. The new agreement will enable Belarus to increase exports of its services to China by at least 12%-15% within the next five years, while investment in Belarus will grow by at least 30%, according to reports. 

India has good relations in Belarus and Azerbaijan. India’s interest included science & technology cooperation. It continues, at present time, seeking investment and resources through Belarusian route for developing smart cities,  improving the manufacturing sector and increasing skill development especially in the pharmaceutical industry. China and India are both active in Russia. Mutual trade between Russia and China is developing successfully, and the two governments are working well towards this, Russian President Vladimir Putin has noted in Kremlin reports. According to the government office, bilateral trade blossomed up to $240.1 billion in June 2024. 

Russia’s BRICS Diplomacy

For now, though, after years of declining Russia’s influence in many parts of the world, Moscow is steadily rising up. And at least, being a member of BRICS plays much supportive role. Russia’s presidency of the association has witnessed stern position against increasingly Western ‘domineering powers’ in recent years, and more recently pressurizing countries to back sanctions against Russia for its ‘special military operations’ in neighbouring Ukraine. Several BRICS documents and communiques contained anti-Western positions, mostly against United States’ hegemony and neo-colonial character. As an association of states, BRICS is guided in its efforts by the principles of mutual respect and consensus, which rules out any attempts to dictate one’s will or impose any totalitarian administrative and oversight practices. Reiterating here that BRICS offers a good opportunity for discussing international matters, including the emergence of a new world order with better justice for all, and making efforts to strengthen cooperation between BRICS and the countries of the Global South and East, while enhancing their international role. 

BRICS under Russia’s 2024 directorship has advanced steps to introduce its currency and a financial settlement and payment system platforms primarily targeting de-dollarization process. Coordinated by the BRICS New Development Bank (NDB) which was established in 2015, these existing measures would, most probably, lead to drastic reduction in the use and over-dependence of the dollar as world-wide currency. In the economic sphere, the BRICS countries have been discussing ways to promote sustainable development, to support the multilateral trading system, and to improve the global financial architecture. 

In spite of the above, Vice Chairman of BRICS Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Sameep Shastri, and several state officials have indicated that BRICS member states are no longer attaching much importance to the dollar, one single currency, and are now successfully using national currencies. This, in the first step, underscored the assertions that Western countries are the strongest economies in the world. Therefore in the ultimate analysis, the economic power is steadily, or rather rapidly, shifting from the West to the Global South. 

Challenges and Future Prospects

According to authentic estimates, more than 30 countries have applied to join BRICS, which now includes Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran and the UAE — and in a collective pursuit of an uncomfortable non-aligned policy. Experts have, however, pointed to strong relations beyond ‘non-alignment’ and beyond the confines of BRICS. As many countries express desire to join BRICS, to incorporate their unique non-aligned political and economic values, so also in parallel dimension are challenges and, worse the competitiveness by key Western players and multinational organizations such as International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World bank. BRICS is simply anti-Western association and has it own principles. The question over Belarus and Azerbaijan here also brings into focus Eurasian regional security. We know that Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) in 2001, following the collapse of the Soviet era. Now the SCO, being the successor to the Shanghai Five including China and Russia. In June 2017, it expanded to eight states, with India and Pakistan. Iran joined the group in July 2023, and Belarus in July 2024. Several countries are engaged as observers or dialogue partners. 

Image: Ilham Aliyev (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

undefined

With China, Iran, India and Russia in BRICS, they share the same security interest. Moreso, Azarbaijan and Belarus becoming BRICS members will fortify the SCO operations in the region. Our analytical studies further show unfolding remarkable opportunities with BRICS member countries for the next new members such as Azerbaijan and Belarus. Azerbaijan has an observer status according to Azerbaijani Foreign Ministry spokesperson Aykhan Hajizada. Azerbaijan will probably become a full member of the SCO in a little while, President of the Republic of Kazakhstan Kassym-Jomart Tokayev said during his meeting with President of the Republic of Azerbaijan Ilham Aliyev on July 3 in Astana. 

The floodgates for new members have since been opened: The association now includes the United Arab Emirates and Saudi Arabia, two of the world’s biggest oil producers, and accounts for well over a quarter of the world’s GDP. Azerbaijan is also an oil producer in the region, and it could also serve as a smooth conduit for Russia to access global markets. 

Judging from the above discussion, and subsequent findings from several reports also offer logical implications if Azerbaijan and Belarus are accepted into BRICS. It provides solid conditions for building up common capabilities and approaches in the fight for economic power. This may likely entice Armenia and Kazakhstan also to take similar steps to become members of BRICS, whose economic benefits are enormous. For some reasons, BRICS could be a counterweight against U.S. economic hegemony in the global economic system. 

BRICS, which traces its name to a Goldman Sachs report in 2001, has long struggled to find an economic or geopolitical purpose, as its member countries have little in common besides being large and non-Western. The BRICS association was created in 2006 by Brazil, Russia, India and China, with South Africa joining in 2011. On January 1, 2024, Egypt, Iran, the UAE, Saudi Arabia and Ethiopia became full members of the group. Russia is chairing the association this year. The main event, presentation of outstanding practical results, 2024 for BRICS during the summit on October 22-24, with a planned venue in Kazan, the capital of the Republic of Tatarstan.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Kester Kenn Klomegah, who worked previously with Inter Press Service (IPS), Weekly Blitz and InDepthNews, is now a regular contributor to Global Research. He researches Eurasia, Russia, Africa and BRICS. His focused interest areas include geopolitical changes, foreign relations and economic development questions relating to Africa. As a versatile researcher, he believes that everyone deserves equal access to quality and trustworthy media reports.

Featured image is from an Al Jazeera video

Seventy-seven years after India broke free from British rule and became truly independent by following a non-aligned policy, Britain has humiliatingly achieved vassalage status by becoming completely dependent on US policy despite being a former Great Power. Instead, the former colony is now experiencing great global influence, and even within Britain itself, when we consider former Prime Minister Rishi Sunak is of Indian stock.

Following the dismantling of the British Empire in the 20th century, London had hoped to maintain indirect control and influence over its former colonies, including India, just as France did over large swathes of Western Africa. However, the UK was not successful in this endeavour. Instead, the former “Jewel in the Crown” of the British Empire expelled all British influence over the country’s governance, with newly independent India becoming an important member of the Non-Aligned Movement.

In line with New Delhi’s longheld Non-Aligned policy, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi proposed on August 17 at the third virtual Voice of the Global South Summit to create a human-centred “Global Development Compact” for the Global South to facilitate trade, technology sharing, and financing on favourable terms. India occupies a crucial position within the Global South, and its active participation in cooperation is significant in promoting cooperation among developing countries, such as through the BRICS formation, among others.

Due to frustration over India forging its independent path with Global South countries and losing global hegemony, particularly over its former colony, the United Kingdom supports separatist forces within the South Asian country. Britain’s support for separatist forces is only set to increase after the Labour Party won a landslide victory in a parliamentary election earlier this year, bringing to power Keir Starmer, whose centre-left party openly backs separatism in Jammu and Kashmir and promotes Khalistan, a movement seeking to create an independent homeland for Sikhs by establishing an ethnoreligious sovereign state in northwest India.

The 2024 Labour election manifesto promised to seek a “new strategic partnership with India, including a free trade agreement, as well as deepening cooperation in areas like security, education, technology and climate change,” and Starmer stressed at the India Global Forum: “What my Labour government will seek with India is a relationship based on our shared values of democracy and aspiration,” but in action, London has only continued its hostile and condescending policies towards New Delhi.

A vital issue for the UK is that India demonstrated its commitment to its independent path by refusing to join the anti-Russia camp and instead deepened its ties with the Eastern European country. Russian crude accounted for a record 44% of India’s total imports in July, reaching 2.07 million barrels per day, 4.2% higher than in June and 12% higher than a year ago. Based on Chinese customs data, this figure surpassed China’s July oil imports from Russia of 1.76 million bpd via pipelines and shipping.

India’s access to cheap Russian energy has significantly contributed to the reason why India, as a former colony that had $45 billion looted by Britain and thus impoverished and crippled the country when it achieved independence in 1947, has overtaken the UK as the world’s fifth largest economy. India is expected to also overtake Japan and Germany in 2027 to become the third largest economy, while the UK is expected to slip down to 10th place by 2050.

In effect, what this data shows is that India is thriving while Britain, which had the advantage of building its economy off the back of looted tens of billions of dollars, is in terminal decline. Of course, India has a long path to bring the per capita GDP to current Western standards, but extreme poverty is rapidly declining, standing at under 3% of the population, whilst the opposite is true in the UK, where absolute poverty has seen the biggest rise in 30 years, standing at 18%.

India’s rising economy follows its growing global influence. In comparison, Britain’s global influence has declined as Global South countries are no longer willing to deal with British chauvinism, exceptionalism, and hypocrisy. The so-called Global Britain initiative has failed, whilst European, Asian, African, and Latin American countries are desperate to build trade relations with India, identifying the huge potential of the country’s rapidly growing Middle Class and booming industry.

More importantly, due to Britain’s terminal decline and inability to exert its influence abroad, the country has capitulated to Washington’s policies, which often run contrary to the interests of Britons. London frames its servitude to Washington as one of cooperating on pan-Anglo interests, and although this may appear true in the case of AUKUS, it does raise the question of what interests the UK has in the Asia-Pacific region beyond economic.

It is obviously the imposition of US hegemony over the region, but this does not boost the credibility and image of Britain’s global image, and rather just damages it as it is now exposed to be nothing more than a vassal of Washington rather than an independent and mature state, just as India has become after overcoming significant British-created challenges at its independence.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Due to a single case of eastern equine encephalitis (EEE), four towns in New England are now subject to “voluntary” lockdowns for the foreseeable future, at least until the onset of winter.

Via New York Post (emphasis added):

Four Massachusetts towns — Douglas, Oxford, Sutton and Webster — have enacted a voluntary evening lockdown in an attempt to curb the spread of a potentially deadly mosquito-borne disease.

The decision comes after the Massachusetts Department of Public Health (DPH) confirmed the first human case of Eastern equine encephalitis (EEE) since 2020in Worcester County.

On Wednesday, the Oxford Board of Health voted to support the recommendation for people to remain indoors after 6:00 p.m., effective immediately, through Sept. 30, according to a public health advisory shared with Fox News Digital.

Starting on Oct. 1, the recommendation is to remain indoors after 5:00 p.m. until the first hard frost.”

The lockdowns are being marketed as “voluntary” — until, of course, you get into the fine print.

Continuing:

The lockdowns are considered recommendations, and there will be no enforcement if residents do not comply, the town spokesperson said.

“We want to educate our residents about EEE and the seriousness of the illness and make them aware of the risk,” the statement continued.

“However, if they want to use town fields outside these recommendations, they will have to show proof of insurance and sign an indemnification form.””

So, “voluntary” apparently means that if you want to use public lands, you need to sign a waiver and provide proof of insurance to the Public Health™ overseers — which really stretches the term to its limit.

All of this over a lone case of an infection that the CDC admits causes a “few cases” annually.

Via CDC (emphasis added):

“Eastern equine encephalitis virus is spread to people by the bite of an infected mosquito.

Only a few cases are reported in the United States each year. Most cases occur in eastern or Gulf Coast states.

Although rare, eastern equine encephalitis is very serious. Approximately 30% of people with eastern equine encephalitis die, and many survivors have ongoing neurologic problems. Symptoms of eastern equine encephalitis can include fever, headache, vomiting, diarrhea, seizures, behavioral changes, and drowsiness.

There are no vaccines to prevent or medicines to treat eastern equine encephalitis.

You can reduce your risk of infection with eastern equine encephalitis virus by preventing mosquito bites.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Follow his stuff via Substack. Also, keep tabs via Twitter.

Featured image source

A Tale of Two Offensives. Endgames in the Ukraine War?

August 26th, 2024 by Dr. Jack Rasmus

The Ukraine War is at a crossroads. It is entering a new phase. Military and political strategies on both sides are in flux. Both Ukraine and Russia have opened new fronts and offensives—Ukraine in the northern Kursk border region and Russia in the Kharkov and central Donbass area of Donetsk. Further new fronts are likely.

It is estimated that Russia’s total forces in Ukraine ranges today, late summer 2024, are between 600,000 (per Ukraine) and 700,000 (per Russia Ministry of Defense). Ukraine’s total available forces are around 350,000. Behind these numbers, however, both sides are mobilizing further additional forces not yet committed to the line of combat. Ukraine is hurriedly recruiting and training another 150,000 while Russia reportedly has another 400,000 in its total armed forces located elsewhere in Russia. Russia additionally plans to have an army of 1.4 million by year end which suggests additional combat reserves of perhaps 300,000 in addition to its 700,000 combat brigades now in Ukraine.

So Russia today has a roughly 2 to 1 numerical superiority in both combat troops in Ukraine as well as potential reserves. What a Russian force of 700,000 in Ukraine today—and even 1 million by year end—means is that Russia’s Special Military Operation (SMO) is simply not a sufficient force to conquer all of Ukraine. Nor was it ever intended to be when Russia in February 2022 entered Ukraine with an SMO combat force of less than 100,000.

With combat forces even at 1m by year end, short of an unlikely total collapse of Ukraine’s army, the SMO is not sufficient to take Kiev or Odessa; and it’s certainly not sufficient to invade NATO as some war hawks in the west like to argue in order to justify more direct NATO involvement in the war.

By way of historical comparison, it took the Soviet Union a 13 million man army to push the Nazis out of its territory; at least a third or 4 million of which were engaged in its southern Ukrainian front alone.

While Russia has a clear, albeit not overwhelming edge, in combat forces in Ukraine today, military success is not just a function of absolute numbers but of how well forces can be concentrated at a given front to enable a numerical advantage for a time over one’s adversary. Other factors play a tactical role as well—like the element of surprise, the quantity and quality of reserves that can be marshalled at critical points and times in the conflict, the mobility of one’s forces to be quickly deployed, and the ability to deceive one’s opponent as to where, when and how much force will be concentrated.

While important, and even at times decisive, these latter factors (reserves, surprise, mobility, etc.) are nonetheless secondary; concentration of force is always the primary military tactic.  And so far we have seen both Ukraine and Russia concentrate their respective forces, albeit in different fronts separated by hundreds of kilometers. The question is which front is strategically the more important.

The Key Strategic Event of 2024 

The key event of the war this summer 2024 is Russia’s concentration of numerically and qualitatively superior forces in the central Donbass area. Russia has enjoyed a numerical advantage in combat forces in the Donbass as well as in air superiority and missile-artillery forces for at least the past year since the collapse of Ukraine’s summer 2023 offensive. This Russian advantage and superiority in Donbass has been further increased this summer 2024 as result of Ukraine’s withdrawal from Donbass this summer of some of its own best brigades. Ukraine sent these best brigades from the Donbass to the north Kursk border region to participate on August 6 in Ukraine’s invasion of Russia’s Kursk territory. That shift of Ukraine forces left its Donbass front weakly defended.  In contrast, Russia has not shifted any of its forces from Donbass to the Kursk front but has increased its forces in Donbass. This event is perhaps the single most important strategic shift in the war this summer 2024.

Which front and offensive—Ukraine’s Kursk or Russia’s Donbass—is more important for the eventual outcome of the war will likely be decided in the coming months, and definitely before year end 2024.

In the battles now underway in these two fronts—Kursk and Donbass— we may in effect be witnessing the beginning of the endgame of the war in Ukraine.

As result of Ukraine’s withdrawals of some of its best brigades from the Donbass, Russian forces are now having increasing success on that front taking village after village and driving west toward the key Ukraine strongholds of Pokrovsk in central Donbass, as well as toward Slavyansk in northern Donbass. Should Russia take Pokrovsk and Slavyansk, the war in eastern Ukraine will be effectively over—at least in those former provinces Lughansk, Donetsk, Zaporozhie and Kherson in eastern Ukraine. The line of combat will almost certainly then move quickly far to the west to the Dnipr river.

In contrast, it’s difficult to see what strategically Ukraine hopes to achieve by its penetration into Russia’s Kursk province. Will it turn the tide of the war in favor of Ukraine? That is highly unlikely given Russia’s continuing advantage in combat forces, weapons and air superiority. Which raises the question: what were Ukraine’s motives and objectives for its Kursk offensive and can it attain them?

Ukraine’s Kursk Summer Offensive 

Image: © Sputnik . Kursk Region Acting Governor Press Office 

Launched on August 6, 2024 Ukraine’s Kursk offensive has had some initial success. Ukraine initially concentrated numerically superior forces at the Kursk border (as it had earlier in the summer at the Kharkov border southeast of Kursk).

In the run up to its August Kursk offensive, Ukraine publicly announced its troop concentrations opposite Kursk and north of Kharkov city were strictly defensive moves to prepare for expected Russia invasions from the north which were being rumored to be imminent throughout the spring 2024.  In hindsight, however, Ukraine’s announcement that its forces at the Kharkov and Kursk borders were strictly defensive appears to have been a military deception. Ukraine’s military recently revealed that Ukraine had been preparing back in June for an offensive into Russia at Kursk.

The question then arises: what were Ukraine’s motives and objectives moving troops from the Donbass and other areas of Ukraine (also from the Belarus-Ukraine border) and concentrating them on its northern Kharkov and Kursk border. If it was not for defense against a new Russian offensive in the north but to launch an offensive of its own, what were (and are) Ukraine’s objectives?

In preparation for it Kursk offensive this August, Ukraine transferred combat brigades from all over Ukraine and concentrated them at the Kursk border in July—including many of its best brigades in Donbass as well as some of its 95,000 in defensive positions at the Kharkov border.  Ukraine reportedly even moved troops from its Belarus border to Kursk, enabled apparently by an agreement with Belarus to reduce their respective forces from the Belarus-Ukraine border (an agreement that reportedly has been recently rescinded). Finally, Ukraine also rushed some of its new drafted recruits with minimal training to its Kursk region in preparation for the Kursk offensive as well.

In short, Ukraine moved up to a third of its total brigades to the Kursk region. That is probably around 150,000, perhaps half of which are actual combat brigades. A reduced force was left at Vovchansk and a seriously depleted force in the Donbass. In addition, some Ukraine brigades reportedly have returned to the Belarus border since the August offensive.

With an amassed combat force of around 70,000 Ukraine easily overwhelmed Russia’s thinly guarded Kursk border which was manned with border guards and other untested units—even though Ukraine invaded Kursk initially with 12,000 or so. Since August 6 it has brought up and concentrated at least another 60,000 or so.

This perhaps suggests Ukraine is not finished with crossing the border into Russia elsewhere along the northern border. Some analysts suggest Ukraine plans to open another offensive further northwest of Kursk in what’s called the Bryansk border region. Or alternatively just southwest of Kursk in the Belgorod border.  There is even some rumor of another offensive in the far southwest of Zaporozhie province by Ukraine, targeting the taking of the Zaporozhie nuclear power plant currently under Russian control. Where Ukraine might marshall such additional combat forces is debatable, however.

In response, Russia initially brought in special forces and marines to check Ukraine’s advance which has slowed significantly. And reportedly mechanized forces are en route to the Kursk front from other locations in Russia. The Kursk pocket has now become perhaps the most intense killing field of the war to date.

What the Kursk and other possible Ukraine offensives and fronts suggests is that Ukraine is desperate to get Russia to shift its superior and increasingly effective forces from the Donbass in order to slow Russia’s accelerating advances there. But so far it appears Russia has not done so.

Russia’s Kharkov-Vovchansk Offensive

There’s another parallel story here: Before Ukraine’s August offensive into Kursk, Russian forces in early May had entered Ukraine’s Kharkov province near the Ukrainian border city of Vovchansk located just 25miles north of Ukraine’s second largest city of Kharkov. That Russian offensive was launched with a small force of only 15-20,000 even though Russia knew Ukraine had concentrated 95,000 troops in a defensive line just south of the border. The result was predictable: the Russian offensive into Kharkov became quickly bogged down and a stalemate resulted there around the city of Vovchansk, at least until very recently.

A second parallel question therefore arises: why did Russia cross the border near Kharkov-Vovchansk with such an insufficient concentration of forces, facing off against what it knew were reportedly 95,000 Ukrainian troops dug in defensive positions?  Clearly the objective could not have been to take Kharkov city. So then what was it?

Russia’s Donbass Offensive

The most important strategic military development this summer 2024 in the war is not Ukraine’s invasion at Kursk. It is that to enable its Kursk offensive Ukraine has left its Donbass front seriously weakened. So weak in fact that Russia’s offensive in the Donbass is intensifying almost daily with growing success.

Image: A Ukrainian soldier adds wood to a fire to stave off the bitter cold, Bakhmut, Donbass (File photo)

There are three directions in which Russia is driving west in the Donbass. The most important is the central Donbass where Russia is virtually at the gates of the strategic hub Ukrainian city of Pokrovsk. Pokrovsk is a railway and road intersection that feeds Ukraine forces most of its weapons and supplies to central and southern Donbass. If it falls to Russia supplies to most of its forces in central Donbass are at great risk. Equally important, west of Pokrovsk there are few lines and fortifications for Ukraine defense operations. The road is open to the Dnipr river to the far west, the next natural line of defense by Ukraine. But the Dnipr represents the loss of all of Donetsk province and its complete liberation by Russia.

Just further north of Pokrovsk lies a similarly strategic city of Slavyansk and its neighboring largest city of Kramatorsk. Slavyansk is the analog in terms of Ukraine logistical support for the northern Donbass. If it too falls so to does all of the remainder of northern Donetsk and Lughansk province. Russian advances have also begun in this region, through Siversk and Izyum.

In short, if Pokrovsk and Slavyansk fall to Russia it’s game over in the Donbass front to Ukraine. Russia advances suggest this is likely before the US November elections or soon after. The point is Ukraine’s withdrawal of some of its best forces from Donbass, to its Kursk front, as no doubt accelerated Russia’s gains now underway in the Donbass. And if Donbass falls, Ukraine has no choice but to exit its positions further south at the Zaporozhie border as well, or else be encircled there.

The events in recent months in Donbass thus raises yet a third strategic question: Has Ukraine effectively decided to sacrifice the Donbass in order to launch its Kursk offensive?

Military analysts on both sides seem uncertain as to why Ukraine and Russia have made the decisions they have at this critical juncture of the war in summer 2024—Russia last May in Kharkov, Ukraine this summer in Donbass and Kursk, and Russia’s decision to hold firm to its offensive in Donbass.

So what are some of the possible explanations being bandied about by analysts trying to explain these objectives of these two offensives—Ukraine in Kursk and Russia in Kharkov-Donbass?

Some Unanswered Strategic Questions:

Let’s summarize these strategic questions and offer some possible answers.

Question 1. Why Did Ukraine Invade Kursk, what are its possible objectives, and can it attain those objectives: 

Military analysts are all over the map with speculation as to why Ukraine invaded Kursk. Some say the objective was seize the Russian nuclear power plant located just south of the city of Kursk and less than 100 miles from the border.  By seizing the plant Ukraine would then use it as a blackmail piece in negotiations with Russia.

Another objective raised is that Ukraine intends to use the territory captured as a bargaining chip in negotiations with Russia, which it appears several third party countries have been trying to arrange—albeit thus far without success.

In terms of military tactics, still another speculation goes, the Ukrainian invasion was intended to force Russia to transfer brigades from its Donbass front to Kursk, and thereby slow down Russia’s advances in the Donbass that appear to be accelerating.

Yet another speculation is Ukraine intended to create a ‘buffer’ zone along the border before Russia launched its own offensive into Ukraine in the region. That suggests the Ukrainian invasion was to pre-empt Russia opening an offensive front of its own along the northern border.

Another view is that the true objective of Ukraine’s offensive has been to make Putin appear weak to Russian elites and public who are now demanding a more aggressive Russian response to the invasion. The Kursk offensive, according to this view, is to provoke Russia to a more extreme aggressive response that would enable Zelensky to receive more lethal military aid from NATO—like US Storm Shadow and US ATACMS missiles and missile carrying F-16s—and NATO permission to use them to attack deep inside Russia.

It is possible that a little of all the above are motivations for Ukraine’s offensive:  So far as seizing the Kursk nuclear plant is concerned, if that were the objective it has been neutralized and Ukraine has virtually no chance of reaching the Kursk plant any longer now that massive Russian defenses now block its path.

The explanation that the Kursk offensive’s objective is to force Russia to move military units from Donbass to Kursk has also apparently failed to date. Russia has sufficient reserves elsewhere in Russia proper and is moving those to the Kursk front.

The speculation that Zelensky authorized the Kursk offensive as a ‘land for land’ bargaining chip in future negotiations is also negated by recent events since August 6: Putin has publicly stated there will be no negotiations with Ukraine so long as its forces remain on Russian territory, whether in Kursk or Donbass.

The idea of Ukraine obtaining a buffer has never been convincing. Why would Ukraine deplete its military resources elsewhere and risk losing more territory (Donbass) in order to protect territory (North Border) it hadn’t even lost yet?

It seems therefore that the most likely objective of the Ukraine Kursk offensive was, and remains, political: to provoke Russia into an extreme response in order for Ukraine to restore fading western support for Ukraine to continue the war. Zelensky needs Russia to escalate to remain in power in Ukraine. Throughout NATO, support is waning for providing military arms and ammunition. The west further believes that funding Ukraine’s war and economy is settled, provided by the seized $300 billion of Russian assets. However, Western Media almost daily has become increasingly critical of the war, recognizing it cannot be won. Zelensky thus needs to show Ukraine still has the ability to fight and NATO needs to provide even more weaponry because Russia is escalating the war! Zelensky realizes he needs more direct NATO troop involvement—not just weaponry.  Currently NATO is participating in ground operations with  technicians operating advanced NATO weapons, mercenaries, as well as senior NATO officers and war planners on the ground.  It will need even more.  It can’t impress NATO to provide more by losses in the Donbass. It might convince NATO war hawks by offensives into Russia like Kursk.

2. Has Ukraine effectively decided to sacrifice Donbass?

Evidence on the ground strongly suggests Ukraine may have decided to sacrifice territory in the Donbass and perhaps the entire region altogether.  Its Donbass defense was beginning to crack well before the Kursk offensive, ever since loss of the strategic Donbass city of Avdeyevka earlier this year. Now losses there are accelerating after Ukraine pulled some of its best brigades from Donbass and moved them to Kursk.

For Ukraine, the northern Kursk front is strategically more important than Donbass.  Its bargaining position in eventual future negotiations with Russia and western support in general was weakening so long as it was losing Donbass. Seizing Russian territory in the north might shore up that loss of support and strengthen its position. In short, protecting Kharkov city and Ukraine territory outside Russia’s four provinces in the east is strategically more important to Ukraine than holding on to the Donbass.  Ukraine can’t hold onto the Donbass in the end and NATO and Ukraine both knows it. Opinion in the west increasingly suggests Ukraine should agree to give it Donbass and the four provinces.  But Ukraine cannot simply retreat in the Donbass and give it up without appearing weak and even about to lose the war. That would accelerate NATO withdrawal of support. Zelensky therefore needed another success elsewhere if Ukraine was inevitably about to lose Donbass. Thus the Kursk offensive.

3. Why did Russia invade Kharkov region with an insufficient force?

Russia crossed over the border early last May in the Kharkov region but not to capture the large Ukraine city of Kharkov. That would take perhaps a Russian offensive force of at least half a million.  Russia obviously knew, moreover, that a large Ukrainian force of up to 95,000 per reports was concentrated between the border and Kharkov city itself barely 50 miles away to the south. So why then did Russian open that front with only 15-20,000 troops? The only possible explanation is Russia entered Kharkov with an insufficient force to get Ukraine to withdraw forces from the Donbass to protect Kharkov, which it did.  Otherwise the explanation for throwing a force of 15,000 at 90,000 was military folly. And there’s no evidence throughout the war Russia has been militarily foolish in its offensive force deployments.

4. Did Russia get caught by surprise by the Kursk invasion?

It has to be admitted Russia was clearly caught off guard by Ukraine’s Kursk offensive. It might have been misled by Ukraine’s deception that its amassing of forces on the Ukraine side of the Kursk border in the summer was strictly defensive, designed to confront Russia should it have itself invaded at that location.  It is also possible Russia may have viewed US/NATO limitations to date on Ukraine’s use of ATACMS and cruise missiles to attack deep inside Russia as evidence Ukraine was not allowed by NATO/US to escalate attacks directly into Russia. Before August 6 Ukraine’s attacking inside Russia was limited to Ukrainian drones. Russia may have interpreted these NATO limits meant Ukraine would not be given the ‘green light’ to cross the Russian border with large ground forces. This—combined with Russia misreading Ukraine’s concentration of forces on its side of the border as only defensive—may have led Russia to erroneously assume Ukraine would not mount an offensive into Kursk.

5. Are we witnessing the growing importance of reserves in the war?

As the war now has passed its two and a half year mark, it is clearly beginning to wear on both sides in terms of men and materiel. The availability of sufficient reserves is therefore beginning to play a relatively more important role as the war has continued.  Not just reserves in the sense of the number of available combat troops but their combat experience, training, and availability of weapons and ammunition are becoming an increasingly critical factor in the conduct of the war.  This is often the case in war as the conflict becomes protracted, except when one side has an overwhelming force advantage of the other. That may have been the case in US wars in Iraq, Libya, Yugoslavia, Panama, and elsewhere. But it wasn’t in Viet Nam and it isn’t in Ukraine. Here Russia’s longer term advantage in reserves has begun to show.

It is true Russia in refusing to move reserves from Donbass has had to commit reserves from elsewhere in Russia but it has such reserves. Ukraine does not. The Kursk offensive shows Ukraine has probably committed most of its remaining reserves to that front.  And it had to move brigades from Belarus, Kharkov and Donbass for the Kursk offensive—and to cut short training of new drafted recruits. Ukraine is approaching the end of its human reserves and cannot get an increase in weapons and ammunition from NATO that it requires if the war intensifies, as it is now, in both Kursk and Donbass.  NATO has arrange continued funding for Ukraine throughout 2025 by seizing Russia’s $300B assets in G7 banks that were frozen at the outset of the war. NATO’s provision of weapons is slowing, moreover, as NATO inventories are drying up; it can no longer accelerate the delivery of weapons to Ukraine as it did in 2022-23. Nor politically does NATO have the will to provide soldiers on the ground directly into Ukraine, although it is building the largest military and air base in NATO now in eastern Romania within tens of miles from Odessa where it already has stationed thousands of French and US airborne troops. If NATO does intervene ever on the ground it will mostly like be to prevent Russia seizure of the critical Ukraine seaport of Odessa, without which even a rump state of Ukraine in the west cannot be sustained.

5. What are Russia’s strategic options with regard to the Kursk invasion? Its Donbass Offensive?

Russian strategy will not change much in the Donbass. It will continue to advance, likely even more rapidly. Ukraine’s forces in Donbass may even collapse there before year end, with Ukraine retreating west to the Dnipr river and thus abandoning any hold on territory that comprises Russia’s four provinces. As for the Kursk front, Russia will most likely seal off the currently occupying Ukrainian force, bring up new Russian armored division, artillery and air forces and continue to batter those Ukrainian forces in the pocket until they weaken and retreat of their own accord. That will likely happen soon after the US November elections. Ukraine will try to hold on to Kursk to try to ensure further US support before Biden leaves office next January. The odds are significant, however, it will not be able to succeed in that.

Political Consequences of the Kursk-Donbass Offensives 

Public opinion in Russia has strengthened Putin’s hand in the war as a consequence of the two offensives. His problem now is not ensuring Russian public opinion continues to support his government and the SMO but that growing segments of Russian opinion and Russian media are now demanding he take even more aggressive military action in response to the Kursk invasion.

Putin’s challenge now is to not fall for Ukraine’s Kursk provocation, abandon the SMO and escalate the conflict to an even more intensive and wider war invading that would require a much larger military force than the SMO and falling into the NATO war hawks trap to use a Russian escalation as an excuse to get NATO even more directly involved on the ground in the war than it already is.

Zelensky clearly wants to maneuver events into that direction—i.e. a more direct Russia-NATO conflict. That’s perhaps the major rationale behind the Kursk offensive. But Putin ultimately wants some kind of negotiated settlement, albeit on Russia’s two terms announced earlier this summer. He will therefore likely wait until the outcome of US elections to determine whether abandoning the SMO for a larger conflict is necessary.  Zelensky and Ukraine leadership is desperate and reckless; Putin is calculating and typically factors in the bigger political picture.

For the moment, however, Putin’s conditions for beginning negotiations announced a couple months ago—i.e. Ukraine leave the four provinces and agree to neutrality—is off the table. Scuttling the possibility of negotiations (that China was trying to arrange last July) may have also been part of the objective of Ukraine’s Kursk offensive. Ukraine and Zelensky have a long track record of feigning interest in negotiations as a cover for an escalation planned. Ukraine diplomatic maneuvers in Beijing in July and in Qatar in August are evidence Ukraine has no intention of seriously negotiating anything.  Quite the contrary.  Although nothing is imminent,  US and Russia may continue exploring the possibility of negotiations through back channels, as they have in recent months, but it’s clear there will be no negotiations of any kind until after the US elections at earlies and more likely not until the Biden administration ends next January 20, 2025.

Throughout the summer opinion has been growing among NATO elites and western media that Ukraine cannot hold onto the Donbass or even the four provinces annexed in 2022 by Russia. Russia’s continuing successes in the Donbass offensive further confirm that view, and solidify it should Russia take Pokrovsk next month.  Conversely, NATO elite opinion may shift further toward allowing Ukraine to attack inside Russia using ATACMS, cruise missiles, and even F-16s to enable Ukraine to hold onto the Kursk territory as Ukraine losses the Donbass. The test of this NATO elites’ shift will be evident should US allow in coming weeks further shipments of UK storm shadow cruise missiles to Ukraine. Losing the Donbass logically means rolling the military dice even further in Kursk and the northern border.

undefined

Russian tanks in the Donbas after crossing the Siverskyi Donets with pontoon bridges, April 2022 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

US neocons and war hawks will attempt to create further escalation in the Ukraine war between now and January 2025 in order to make it extremely difficult for any new US president elected in November to reduce US/NATO commitments to Ukraine, let alone withdraw.

Should Harris win in November, the Biden administration policies toward the war will almost certainly continue. Harris will be malleable to the foreign policy/neocon establishment who have been running US foreign policy and wars since at least 2001 and perhaps even earlier since the late 1990s. Should Trump win—and the Deep State allow him to actually take office in January without a major US constitutional crisis (which is more likely than not)—it is unlikely that Trump will be able to end the Ukraine war in the short run after taking office January 20. Even with Trump in office, the war will therefore continue well into 2025. The only factor that may expedite an earlier end to the war is if Russia debilitates Ukraine military resources to such an extent that those forces effectively collapse in both the Donbass and Kursk fronts.

Russia has never intended to ‘conquer’ all of Ukraine, including Kiev. Putin’s SMO has always been to drive Ukrainian forces out of the Russian speaking provinces and then ensure some kind of neutrality by what’s left of a Ukrainian state.

But before that can happen Russia will need to conclusively drive Ukraine back across the border from Kursk and take the strategic Donbass cities of Pokrovsk and Slavyansk. Only then is Endgame apparent. Only then will Ukraine forces retreat back to whatever remains of Ukraine. Only then will US/NATO decide to cut losses and abandon the ‘Ukraine Project’ altogether.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Dr. Rasmus is author of the books, ‘Central Bankers at the End of Their Ropes’, Clarity Press, 2017 and ‘Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed’, Lexington Books, 2020. Follow his commentary on the emerging banking crisis on his blog, https://jackrasmus.com; on twitter daily @drjackrasmus; and his weekly radio show, Alternative Visions on the Progressive Radio Network every Friday at 2pm eastern and at https://alternativevisions.podbean.com.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Residential building in Avdiivka city (Donetsk region of Ukraine) after Russian shelling and airstrikes on the city on 17 March 2023 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)


Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed

By Jack Rasmus

Publisher:‎ Lexington Books (February 28, 2019)

Hardcover: ‎146 pages

ISBN-10:‎ 1498582842

ISBN-13:‎ 978-1498582841

Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed describes how US federal governments, often in cooperation with the largest US private banks, introduced and expanded central banking functions from 1781 through the creation of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913. Based on an analysis of the evolution of the US banking system – from pre-1781, through the 1787 US Constitutional Convention, Congressional debates on Hamilton’s reports to Congress, the rise and fall of the 1st and 2nd Banks of the United States, and through the long period of the National Banking System form 1862-1913, the book shows how central banking in the US evolved out of the private banking system, and how following the financial crash of 1907 big New York banks pushed through Congress the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, creating a central bank which they then managed for their interests.

Click here to purchase.

In an interview uploaded onto the YouTube channel of Le Figaro in April 2024, General François Lecointre, the former Chief of Defence Staff of France, made controversial remarks which were interpreted by many as meaning that he desired the recolonisation of Africa.

.

.

Lecointre appeared to suggest that France needed to invade and militarily reconquer its old colonial territories including those from which France has recently been unceremoniously ejected. In doing so, he was in fact alluding to a long-held geopolitical concept known as “Eurafrica.”

This idea, which has found expression in Herman Sorgel’s “Atlantropa” and in Count Richard Coudenhove-Kalergi’s Pan-Europa Movement, is one in which the destinies of the continents of Europe and Africa have been inextricably interwoven.

In earlier years, Eurafrica, which was developed during the age of the colonisation of the African continent by European powers, was explicitly paternalistic and exploitative in its exposition. But even in more recent times, its theoretical enunciations through terms such as “partnership” do not hide its extractivist raison d’etre: That Europe requires untrammelled access to Africa’s mineral resources. This has been the demonstrable modus operandi of Eurafrica’s institutionalised application: Via France-Afrique, the device through which France managed its shadow empire in post-independence Francophone Africa, and also through the workings of the European Union. For unknown to many Eurafrica lay at the very heart of the creation of the European Economic project in the 1950s. Indeed, the Eurafrica-based relationship between the EU and African states persists to this day, a state of affairs which from the European perspective is threatened by resource-starved China’s expanding presence on the African continent.

During his interview General Lecointre said the following:

We must return and help these African countries. Rebuilding state structures, restoring administrations, and fostering development are all crucial steps.

Many interpreted the word “return” as a direct reference to the recent expulsions of the French military from the Sahelian states of Niger, Mali and Burkina Faso, implying that a resurrection of French power could only be achieved in the foreseeable future by military force. Further, his use of the word “help,” despite its link to fostering development did not strike critics as being predicated on philanthropic motives. Instead, his language, given a paternalistic import, was suggestive of the sort which has been used in the context of an enduring concept which fuses the destinies of Europe and Africa in a political and economic union.

The original concept of Eurafrica was a political project through which African colonies would be merged prior to the process of European integration. The resultant entity would serve as a counterweight to competing continental blocs in the Americas and Asia. Richard Coudenhove-Kalergi, the man who created and led the Pan-European Movement, believed European technical advancement and “high culture” would merge with the “primitive” vitalism of Africa to create a geopolitical power bloc. Coudenhove-Kalergi wrote that “Africa has become our closest neighbour and its destiny a part of our own destiny.” He also argued that “the future of Africa depends on what Europe makes of it.” It is therefore not difficult to see Lecointre’s choice of words as forming a continuum of Coudenhove-Kalergi’s approach of the twinning of destinies in an enterprise combining a latter day insistence on a sphere of influence with a modern Mission civilisatrice.

However, what Lecointre did not specifically address was the underlying motivation for returning to Africa, which of course is about France regaining and maintaining access to a continent which is abundant in crucial raw materials. It is important therefore to explain France’s two-tier application of Eurafrica as a national endeavour and as part of a supra-national enterprise. This refers respectively to France’s relations with its former colonies through France-Afrique, as well as the relationship between the European Union and Africa. In the post war years, Eurafrica was a central tenet of France’s foreign policy strategy aimed at reconciling French efforts in integrating with Europe while maintaining a hold on its African empire. This strategy was clear to one American analyst who stated in the early 1950s that France envisioned an economic link between Europe and Africa “with Paris in control.”

France-Afrique, an expression coined by Felix Houphouet-Boigny of Côte d’Ivoire in 1955, formed the basis through which France’s extraction model was perfected. The Communaute Francaiseensured that France maintained access to a range of natural resources produced by its former colonies including oil, bauxite, tin and uranium. France was able to maintain control of what was a shadow empire in the areas of economics, security and culture. These would be strengthened over the decades through various formal and informal agreements. A key feature of the economic stranglehold France had over most of Africa’s Francophone states was through monetary union. The creation of two sets of currencies, the Communauté Financière Africaine in West Africa and the Coopération Financière en Afrique centrale in Central Africa, each set of which France is responsible for printing, provided a formidable device for controlling a collection of satrapies.

The CFA has been referred to as a “colonial currency” not only because of the restrictive terms under which it operates, but also because of its effect of stultifying the economic development of participant nations. For instance, the pegging of the currencies to the French Franc in yesteryears and today to the Euro is for African states a debilitating arrangement given the strength of both Franc and Euro. Right from the outset of the creation of CFA in 1945, its overvaluation in French colonies meant that while African countries had the purchasing power to buy products from metropolitan France, they were restricted in their ability to export. But they were for the most part purchasing products processed from the raw materials they had sold. France at the same time was granted special access to vital raw materials from its colonies in regard to which it had a right of first offer. This arrangement was extremely helpful in reviving the French economy which had been devastated during the Second World War. French control of CFA would also enable it to access raw materials in Africa in its own currency, in the process bypassing the US dollar which had become the de facto world reserve currency.

The CFA system is also an affront to the sovereignty of African subscriber states who do not participate in the process through which monetary policies are decided. The free transferability of the regional currencies was not part of an equal bargain since each nation was for many decades obliged to deposit at least 50 per cent of their foreign exchange reserves with the French treasury, a rule which has been abrogated in West Africa but still applies to the Central African CFA zone. Free transferability also negatively impacts on African nations tied to the monetary system because French individuals and companies who invest in these countries can just as easily divest and repatriate their profits.

Although President Franklin Roosevelt was strident in his insistence that the European powers break up their empires after the end of the Second World War, his successors did not oppose the neocolonial features of France-Afrique because it served as a bulwark against the spread of communism in the Cold War era. France was careful to deploy French military forces in each of the countries and it employed economic leverage against recalcitrant political leaders.

The man who “enforced” French hegemony among its former colonies was Jacques Foccart. Known as President Charles de Gaulle’s Monsieur Afrique, Foccart was the co-founder of Service d’Action Civique (SAC), a Gaullist militia that specialised in undertaking covert operations in Francophone Africa. He was also influential in the conduct of clandestine operations undertaken by the French foreign intelligence service, once admitting that the French secret service was responsible for assassinating Felix-Roland Moumie, the Cameroonian Marxist leader in Geneva, while the French state was orchestrating a “dirty war” in that country.

Foccart oversaw  “Operation Persil” after President Sekou Toure of Guinea refused to join Communaute Francaise, famously declaring that Guineans would prefer “freedom in poverty to riches in slavery.” Toure proceeded to create a central bank and a new currency. In retaliation, France withdrew its civil servants and technical staff during which equipment was destroyed. Then Foccart ordered the SDECE (Service de documentation extérieure et de contre-espionnage) to sabotage the Guinean economy by covertly flooding the country with fake currency. Operation Persil ultimately failed.

In July 1973, President Francois Tombalbaye of Chad led a demonstration in the capital city Fort-Lamy (later N’DJamena in protest against what he alleged to be French interference in the internal affairs of his country. Foccart was reported to have told friends that he intended to “save” Chad and predicted that Tombalbaye’s government would not survive beyond December 1973. He was assassinated in 1975 during a coup d’etat. But France-Afrique, later pejoratively spelt as Franceafrique, because of its inherent neocolonial basis, weakened over the course of time because of France’s growing commitment to the European Economic project, and the deaths of key figures such as Foccart.

The key tenets of Eurafrica nonetheless survived in France’s relationship with most of its former colonies and persists in the European Union’s relationship with the African continent. For as the Swedish professors Peo Hansen and Stefan Jonsson explained in their book Eurafrica: the Untold History of European Integration and Colonialism, the foundation of the original European community of states which evolved into the European Union, was predicated on the principles theorised by Coudenhove-Kalergi. Key to this was the extractivist relations between a group of integrated European nations and the African continent. The rationale for European integration was, Coudenhove-Kalergi effectively argued, to exploit Africa as efficiently as possible. “Africa,” he said, “could provide Europe with raw materials for its industry, nutrition for its population, land for its overpopulation, labour for its unemployed, and markets for its products.” The unity of Europe as a precondition to the effective exploitation of the African continent was explicitly articulated by French Prime Minister Guy Mollet when he met with US President Dwight Eisenhower in February 1952. Mollet stated that he wanted Africa to be integrated into the European project through French and German capital, Italian labour, American and German machinery and French administrative expertise.

Both academics have thus challenged what they refer to as the Immaculate Conception narrative of the EU’s founding. This holds that tired of cyclical wars often centred on the rivalry between France and Germany, a group of Western European states grouped together to form an economic association of states which would “unite for peace, freedom and democracy.”

But there were clues that the creation first of the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) in 1951, and then of the European Economic Community (EEC) and the European Atomic Energy Commission (EURATOM) in 1957 were not simply a peace project. For instance, at the time of the EEC’s establishment in 1957, a headline in the French newspaper Le Monde proclaimed the development to be a “First step towards Eurafrica”.

There were many other similarly worded headlines. One, a short dispatch from Rome by a correspondent for the International News Service (INS) which was published in The Rockland County Journal News on March 26th, 1957, reflected Kalergi’s twin idea of a union with Africa being predicated on mineral resource exploitation and the formation of a geopolitical bloc able to hold its own against rival continental power blocs. Titled “Signing of Unity Treaties Seen Step Toward Eurafrica”, the writer reflected the former by stating “…the pacts contain the seeds of an even bigger dream, a ‘Eur-Africa’ pooling of European and African marketing and political schemes”, and the latter which noted that “one aim of the two pacts is to raise the level of manufacturing methods in all of the nations in all so that ‘Little Europe’ and its 160,000,000 population will be able to compete on equal terms with the United States and Russia.”

As Jean-Michel de Lattre wrote in Politique etrangere in 1955: “It is in Africa that Europe will be made”.

France and its vast colonial empire in Africa would be central to this. In an article written 5 years earlier in the May 16th edition of the Edmonton Journal, which was titled “French Idea Of Eurafrica”, George W. Herald expounded on the meaning of Eurafrica. It meant, he wrote, “that the French would like to link colonial Africa to the forthcoming Federation of Europe.” And given that France controlled most of these colonies, Herald continued, “If that area and a federated Europe could be welded into one supra-national community, they say, unprecedented new vistas would be opened to future generations.”

He stressed that geological experts had asserted that the “mineral wealth buried south and west of the Sahara is virtually inexhaustible.” These he informed his readers included gold, diamonds, uranium, copper, lead, zinc, mercury, iron ore, phosphate and sulphur. It was also clear that at this stage France was not at all keen to pursue a course of decolonisation and was actively opposing independence movements in Tunisia and Morocco. It also did not appear to Herald to be enthusiastic about embarking on what he termed a “share-the-wealth” programme with other European states. The reluctance to embark on decolonisation and the unwillingness to give up the primacy of French access to the mineral wealth of her African colonies of course went against the key tenets of Eurafrica established by Coudenhove-Kalergi including that which insisted that those European states such as Germany which had been dispossessed of its African colonies would be granted access to African resources in order to solidify the unity of a future European Union. France of course relented by granting its colonies independence under the stringent condition of joining the Communaute Francaise.

In an era of decolonisation, the purveyors of Eurafrica needed to portray the concept as being one which was far removed from the naked exploitation of Africa as had been the motive behind the division of the continent at the Berlin Conference of 1884-1885. The members of the Common Market, as the EEC was often referred, were quite conscious of the colonial backdrop to their formation and were at pains to explain that the relationship with Africa was not the story of a one way street of exploitation which socialist and communist ideologues were often keen to assert. Thus, in July 1962 it was announced in Brussels that associated African states would receive $1,000 million in development aid which would double the amount that they had received since its inception in 1957. The overall package which included guarantees related to price stabilisation for African raw materials and unrestricted, tariff-free access for African products to the Common Market one newspaper reported had “great political significance in counteracting communist propaganda that (the Common Market) is an instrument of neocolonialism.”

While as mentioned earlier, the burdens associated with increased integration in the European project weakened France-Afrique, the European Community, as it then was styled, nonetheless continued to plot an economic path that bound it to Africa and also to other nations which today are referred to as the “Global South” in preference to the previous designation of “Third World”.

First, was the Yaoundé Convention of 1963, which was signed between the EEC and the Associated African States and Madagascar. A second Yaoundé Convention was signed in 1969 which included Mauritius, Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania. Prior to this in 1966, the military government of Nigeria signed an agreement with the EEC which granted it the status of an Associate Member State. And building up on this the Lome Conventions of 1975 and 1979 were signed with the ACP Group consisting of African, Caribbean and Pacific states.

All these agreements reflected the extractivist model, with the Lome Convention aiming to transform the economies of the African and other states into “quasi-industrialised” ones. Although the combined agreements signed in Yaoundé and Lome were essentially dismantled following American claims that the provisions were incompatible with those of the World Trade Organisation (WTO), the EU, Hansen and Jonsson remind, continues to aggressively exploit minerals on the African continent including the oilfields of Libya, the goldmines of Ghana, and the mines of the Democratic Republic of Congo, one of Africa’s most minerally endowed countries.

The idea of Eurafrica is being brought back to public consciousness because of the rise of China as an economic power and an increasingly multipolar world. Although European trade and investment far outstrips that of China in Africa, the EU has been rattled by the challenges posed to its access to African raw materials by raw material-hungry China’s increasing presence on the continent. This has been magnified by the increased animus between resource-rich Russia and the EU which has imposed an extraordinary range of sanctions on the country over its conflict with Ukraine.

The European Commission’s Raw Materials Initiative launched in 2011 was a response to what is perceived as the threat posed by China, a country on which it was heavily dependent on rare earth minerals, lithium and magnesium. The idea behind this is to create a list every three years of designated Critical Raw Materials (CRMs) which are utilised in energy transition and digital technologies. This enables an assessment to be made of those which are at risk of short supply or of disruption in the supply chain. The European Critical Raw Materials Act came into force in May 2024. The Act acknowledges that the EU “will never be self-sufficient in supplying such raw materials and will continue to rely on imports for a majority of its consumption.”

Given the drift of geopolitical currents, it has been clear for some time to many political and economic analysts that the historical criticality of the EU’s relationship with Africa needed to be re-emphasised. This was reflected in the headline of an article inThe Economist in September 2018 which was titled “The rebirth of Eurafrica” (“Why Europe should focus on its growing interdependence with Africa” in its online edition). 2018 also saw the launching of the Africa-Europe Alliance for Sustainable Development and Jobs and in the following year, the European Commission stressed that Africa was the EU’s global priority. Under the new president, Ursula von der Leyen, a policy paper titled “Comprehensive Strategy with Africa” was presented. Using words which resonated with past enunciations of Eurafrica, Josep Borrell, the High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, said “A part of Europe’s future is at stake in Africa. To face our modern challenges, we need a strong Africa, and Africa needs a strong Europe.”

Yet, despite these positively expressed sentiments, including former German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s pledged commitment to launching “a Marshall Plan for Africa,” the aura of an exploitative motive remains. For example, in 2021 when speaking of the need for the EU to become “a more active global player” in formulating a strategy to counter China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), von der Leyen remarked that “It doesn’t make sense for the EU to build that perfect road between a Chinese-financed copper mine and a Chinese-financed harbour.”

Her words, Peo Hansen, argues encapsulate the Eurafrican mentality and expose that “agency, sovereignty and autonomy are alien to the EU concept of Africa.” It is such attitudes particularly those predicated on the exploitative mechanism of Franceafrique which have caused the military regimes in Sahelian West Africa to boot out the French. It is also the reason many African states have been turning to China and Russia, both presently building BRICS as an alternative to the EU and other Western institutions which they assert are not respectful to the specific needs and interests of Africans.

Eurafrica in both its theory and application is the antithesis of the spirit of multipolarity in which, in contrast to the hegemonic and neocolonial models of the EU and Bretton Woods institutions, is predicated on an equal partnership and respect for national sovereignty.

It is also worth noting that the EU has often not lived up to its concept as a peace project. For while the EU has succeeded in keeping the peace as far as wars among its member states are concerned, it chose to be silent and inert while the Algerian war raged. Oil and gas rich Algeria was at the time of the uprising of the Front de libération nationale (FLN) considered to be part of Metropolitan France, but no voices were raised in Brussels over the widespread atrocities including massacres and torture committed by the French armed forces. What is more, French state-sponsored terrorism was brought to European soil by “La Main Rouge” (The Red Hand), a terror group which was actually a covert arm of the French state. Under the auspices of the Foreign Intelligence Service, the Red Hand assassinated several key Algerian figures in the FLN, as well as West German arms dealers suspected of supplying weapons and munitions to the FLN.

The EU has also served to give cover to the illegal military adventures embarked upon by NATO, a military organisation to which most of its member states belong. This has included the destruction of the Libyan state which was led by Colonel Muammar Gaddafi. The voices of independent spirited political leaders such as the Austrian Bruno Kreisky and the German Willy Brandt, both of whom Peo Hansen noted “spoke in the name of Europe,” are virtually non-existent.

This clarification of the colonial origins of the EU and its fundamentally extractivist relationship with the African continent needs to be correctly understood by Africa’s political leaders and the policymakers who have uniformly pursued the resource rental model as the default basis of running their economies. Contentment with an arrangement in which African states possess no ambition further than selling their minerals and raw materials to developed countries and supra-national entities such as the EU only serve to relegate them to the permanent state of unequal partners. It not only places limits on their ability to exercise economic statecraft, but it also sets a perpetual barrier on maximising national prosperity. There cannot be a future in leasing mining rights to their resources when they would be infinitely better off by extracting their resources and developing such resources into products that can then be sold on the world market under a single currency regime.

Eurafrica would be a much sounder concept if it were shorn of its neocolonial trappings. But for Africa and Europe to operate in genuine equal partnership, much of the onus in achieving this state of affairs will be on Africans who must embark on a quest to transform their consumer orientated, resource-based economies into productive ones by developing for themselves industrial base economies.

A note:

The origins of the EU are both fascinating and multifaceted. But the official narrative of it being guided to birth by the efforts of Robert Shuman whose plan was inspired by the ideas of Jean Monnet is incomplete. The bringing to fruition of the dream of a federated Europe owed a great deal to the covert efforts of the United States through the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and its precursor the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) both of which funded the post war European Movement. This has been backed up by scholarly research. The United States believed that a united Europe would serve as a bulwark to the spread of communism and provide a means for rehabilitating the successor state to Nazi Germany. It was envisaged as a means through which the United States could control Europe in an age of US global domination.

However, despite its foundational association with the idea of Eurafrica, the claim that it was purposefully set up to engineer the genocide of white Europe is one without any basis in fact. While Coudenhove-Kalergi, himself of mixed European and Japanese descent, predicted the development of a Eurasian-Negroid race with an appearance similar to that of the Ancient Egyptians, this was not an integral component of his specific project to unite Europe in a mission to exploit Africa. That Eurafrica was not a concept inexorably attached to racial interbreeding is clear from the fact that the British fascist leader Oswald Mosley incorporated his own vision of Eurafrica as part of his “Third Position.” At its inception, the Common Market acted with stealth and decisiveness in ensuring that Muslim Arab Algerians, as mentioned earlier then citizens of a country considered as Metropolitan France, did not have the same rights as other citizens in the European Economic Community.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on the author’s blogsite.

Adeyinka Makinde is a writer based in London, England. He has an interest in both history and geopolitics. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

It’s painful, punishing and horrific. You might be tempted not to bear witness and shut off all means of communication and, if you are a believer, to simply focus on prayer, and if you are not a believer, to become hardened and cynical, and live in the safe zone where your good fortune has planted you for no apparent reason.

Or you might torture yourself by dwelling on and sharing every detail of every massacre, every image of a dismembered child or of scenes so inhumane, so catastrophic, so depraved, they cause your brain to want to freeze. Or you might become hopelessly outraged, take yourself off on a suicidal mission of revenge, or protest in the streets where you know you will be met with repression.

At any given time these past months since Toufan al Aqsa on Oct 7, 2023, a multitude of these tendencies have been raging in our hearts simultaneously, buffeting us helplessly this way or that the minute we open our eyes each morning wondering if it is over. No matter the siren call of cowardice, failing to bear witness one way or another to both the horror and the truth is not an option.

So, here are a few tips on how to be present in this nightmare, awake and conscionable:

1. Disabuse yourself of any lingering illusions related to the United States’ government policy in the Middle East, its so-called “values,” and its key corporate media discussion forums like the Sunday morning shows (ABC’s This Week, CBS’s Face the Nation, NBC’s Meet the Press, CNN’s State of the Union and Fox News Sunday), which speak primarily in the voice of government officials. You can safely tune them all out and filter US pronouncements through Al Mayadeen’s or other trusted media discussion forums that consistently thread their way through the maze of US doublespeak. If you are American, join the Uncommitted National Movement to put pressure on Kamala Harris in key swing states, including Michigan.

2. Understand that the international regime as represented by UNSC has no credibility. It is dominated by the US-centralized empire — i.e., the extensive political, economic, military, and cultural influence that the United States exerts globally. Historically, the US has vetoed numerous resolutions that called for Israel to adhere to international laws, recognize Palestinian statehood, or halt settlement activities in occupied territories. The US continues to veto a framework for peace in Palestine by blocking resolutions that criticize Israel’s actions in Gaza or call for measures to protect Palestinian civilians, most recently blocking a resolution for an immediate humanitarian ceasefire in Gaza, blocking another that called for “humanitarian pauses,” and another that condemned violence against civilians and called for adherence to humanitarian law.

3. Whereas there are no indications that the international regime will be transformed soon, there are indications that the dynamic between Arab Gulf countries and Iran is evolving. Iran is expanding its influence in the Middle East and has become a direct challenge to the power and influence of the United States in Gulf countries that now realize the strategy of the US to maintain Israel’s chokehold on Palestinians has failed. It is the US and Israel that now pose a threat to the security of the Gulf states and the whole region.

4. Be aware that, in the same way that the accusation of antisemitism has lost its potency for being falsely used on a large scale by Zionists, the accusation of terrorism has also lost its integrity for the same reason. Journalist Jonathan Cook writes on Facebook: “Israel just keeps widening the circle of ‘terrorists’: from Hamas to the entire Palestinian people, to the United Nations, to the International Court of Justice, to the International Criminal Court. The question you should be asking yourself is: How long before I’m declared a terrorist?”

5. Have faith in the axis of resistance. Their cause is just and they are proving themselves on the battle field beyond measure. As Caitlin Johnstone writes in Caitlin’s Newsletter,

“October 7 was entirely a response to generations of abuse against the Palestinian people by the state of Israel, so the correct response to it would have been to heal those abuses in a way that is agreeable to the Palestinians. This would likely include ceding large amounts of land, the payment of very extensive reparations from Israel (and ideally from its wealthy western allies as well), eliminating all unjust laws and apartheid systems, a comprehensive push to purge society of the toxins of anti-Palestinian racism and Islamophobia, the right of Palestinians in exile to return to their homeland, and the negotiation of a peace agreement which yields so much that even the most hardline factions in Palestinian society would be compelled to agree with it.”

6. Pray for Israel to implode from within as well as without before it destroys the world.

In short, as you bear witness to the horror, keep firmly in mind the end of all the illusions and misconceptions that you might have accumulated over decades of US and Zionist PR, and put all your faith in the resistance.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on the author’s blogsite.

Rima Najjar is a Palestinian whose father’s side of the family comes from the forcibly depopulated village of Lifta on the western outskirts of Jerusalem and whose mother’s side of the family is from Ijzim, south of Haifa. She is an activist, researcher, and retired professor of English literature, Al-Quds University, occupied West Bank. She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is by Fuad Alymani via Rima Najjar

The late US President John F. Kennedy is not alive today to voice his opinion on the Israeli war on Gaza, but we know he would stand with the Palestinians, not the Israeli government.

While yet a young senator, Kennedy in July 1957 delivered a famous speech where he voiced his opposition to then President Eisenhower’s military and political support for French colonialism, and called on the US administration to support the fight for freedom and independence in Algeria.

The situation in Gaza, the Occupied West Bank, and Occupied East Jerusalem today is very similar to the events that marked the end of French rule in Algeria.

“The most powerful single force in the world today is neither communism nor capitalism, neither the H-bomb nor the guided missile – it is man’s eternal desire to be free and independent,” Kennedy said. “Thus the single most important test of American foreign policy today is how we meet the challenge of imperialism, what we do to further man’s desire to be free.”

“The time has come for the United States to face the harsh realities of the situation and to fulfill its responsibilities as the leader of the free world – in the UN, in NATO, in the administration of our aid programs and in the exercise of our diplomacy – in shaping a course toward political independence for Algeria”.

On May 7, 1945, Nazi Germany signed the act of military surrender to the Allies. The next day, 5,000 Algerians marched in celebration of the end of WW2. About 134,000 Algerians had fought alongside the US and allied forces to defeat Germany, with 18,000 deaths among the Algerian veterans. They were also carrying banners as they marched calling for an end to French occupation. The French occupation forces opened fire on the marchers, and in retaliation to the deaths, 102 French settlers were killed.

During the next two weeks, the French forces along with French settlers massacred about 45,000 Algerians. The French air force bombed towns and villages thought to be sympathetic to the cause of freedom and an end of French occupation, with French settlers hunting down Algerians and hanging them.

The French authorities and the French settlers had dehumanized the Algerians and referred to them as animals, which morally justified their killing of thousands of human beings. The massacre of 45,000 Algerians in May 1945 secured another nine years of occupation, but it served to strengthen the Algerian’s resolve to fight for an end of French occupation.

On November 1, 1954, the war of liberation began in earnest. It took eight years for Algeria to win its independence over France; in what British historian Alistair Horne dubbed “a savage war of peace”.

The Algerian people paid for their freedom with 1.5 million lives, which was 20% of the population.

As France was seeking to maintain its brutal military occupation of Algeria, then US President John F. Kennedy clearly voiced his belief that French rule over Algeria was not sustainable in the long term, condemned colonialism, and openly rooted for Algeria’s independence. Kennedy was voicing a core American value held dearly today, and one fought for by countless Americans since 1776. The US stance in the 60’s played an important role in the success of Algeria’s liberation struggle.

Israeli military leaders have said it would be impossible to crush the Palestinian desire for freedom and the will to resist occupation in every possible way just by killing Hamas fighters in Gaza. The Israeli right-wing government of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is deluded in thinking the colony of Israel will be secure if the resistance group is degraded.

The Israeli colonial government seeks to strengthen its grip over the occupied Palestinians by showing them there are no legal consequences to the Israeli genocide, apartheid and atrocities carried out against the Palestinians. Because Israel has complete impunity, and the international community is impotent to stop them.

Israel ordered the Gazans to move south to Rafah, which was designated as a safe zone. Then the military said that Hamas is in Rafah and started an aerial and ground assault on the safe zone killing thousands of civilians, mainly women and children.

Experts have said the Israeli plan is to de-populate Gaza, so that the armed resistance can never return. Some feel the ultimate plan is to force any surviving in Gaza into the desert of Egypt, and then turn the Israeli military on the Occupied West Bank and repeat the Gaza operation there. Many analysts feel the Israeli end game is to annex all of the Palestinians lands which would forever close the hopes of the two-State solution.

Israel will make sure to complete this plan unless the US will intervene to make the genocide stop. But, US President Joe Biden has seemingly abdicated the Oval Office, and US Secretary of State Antony Blinken is operating on auto-pilot. The days of JFK and the moral high ground of America’s commitment to freedom and independence are dead and buried in Arlington National Cemetery.

According to United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres, on January 23, 2024, a lasting end to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict can only come through a two-State solution. His statement came in response to Israel’s leaders’ clear and repeated rejection of a two-State solution. The UN meeting was attended by 60 representatives.

Stéphane Séjourné, Minister for Europe and Foreign Affairs of France, said France would support a new effort on a peace process to result in the two-State solution. He added that Israel is not to decide the future government of Palestine.

Ahmed Attaf, Minister for Foreign Affairs and National Community Abroad of Algeria, called for a new international peace conference based on the two-State solution. He warned that Israel is seeking to expand their colonial presence, referring to Israeli plans to annex Gaza and the West Bank, and lamented that Israel’s occupation of Palestine has held the Middle East hostage.

Riyad Al-Maliki, Minister for Foreign Affairs and Expatriates of the State of Palestine, said that Israeli leaders “do not see our people as an empirical and political reality to coexist with, but as a demographic threat to get rid of through death, displacement or subjugation”.

He warned that either the Palestinians achieve their freedom, which results in peace and security in the region, or that freedom is denied and the region remains in constant armed conflict.

“Israel should no longer entertain the illusion that there is somehow a third path whereby it can choose continued occupation and colonialism and apartheid and somehow still achieve regional peace and security,” said Al-Maliki.

Through the US presidential terms of Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, Barak Obama, Donald Trump and Joe Biden there were no attempts to pursue two-State solution negotiations. Last month, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu received repeated standing ovations when he addressed the US Congress. The US lacks credibility as a peace broker, and there is no leader similar to JFK waiting in the wings.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image: Palestinian families walk through destroyed neighbourhoods in Gaza City on 24 November 2023 as the temporary truce between Hamas and the Israeli army takes effect (MEE/Mohammed al-Hajjar)

“The problem of the twentieth century is the problem of the color-line, – the relation of the darker to the lighter races of men in Asia and Africa, in America and the islands of the sea” — (W. E. Burghard Du Bois)[1]

Links to Parts I to IX are provided at the bottom of this article.

Zionism’s Suicidal Quest for a Substitute Jewish Identity

One of the most qualified specialists in the study of Zionism – its antecedents, motivation, power-base, claim to the land of Palestine, and the far-reaching repercussions of the creation of the state of Israel on both Jews and Arabs – is undoubtedly late Egyptian scholar Dr Abdelwahab Elmessiri. His scholarly interest in, and extensive research on, Zionism as a political movement led to the publication in 1975 of “The Encyclopedia of Zionist Concepts and Terminology”, acknowledged to be, to this day, the only work of its kind in the Arabic language. 

Among many other works he published is a book[2], which, upon its release in 1977, appealed not only to scholarly readers but also to large elements of the public, for it discusses aspects that, at that time, were not apparent to the public and policymakers alike in the Western countries, the United States in particular, who had then – and still do today – failed to recognize the true nature of political Zionism and had accepted the ambiguities and mythicism that blur the differences between Zionism and Judaism. Such an accommodation continues to facilitate the rationalization of, and support for, a Zionist-dominated Israel, while also helping to conceal the mistreatment of the native Palestinian population and the denial of their legitimate and inalienable rights.

In this outstanding book, Elmessiri also expressed his conviction that the situation was not without hope, and suggested which aspects of Zionist policy and practice could be changed or eliminated so that peace and justice could be realized in the “Promised Land”. The suggestions he put forward were all the more worthy of interest as none of them would do violence either to the basic tenets of Judaism or to the individual human rights of both the Palestinians and the Jews.

With regard to the subject of Zionism and religious belief, Elmessiri observes that it is difficult to think of a political phenomenon that generates more controversy and elicits more violent reaction than Zionism. Many political movements and institutions, he says, have been described over the years as progressive or counterrevolutionary, nationalist, or settler-colonialist. But unlike Zionism, “very few movements in the twentieth century have been described as being ‘much more than a political entity’[3] [and] it is doubtful whether any political outlook has ever been classified as a ‘sacred word and concept’[4] and as a ‘legitimate religious belief’,[5] not to mention the fact that some Zionists and their sympathizers even view the establishment of a state in the land of Palestine as being the fulfillment of biblical prophecy and an event of apocalyptic significance.

It is precisely this aspect of the controversy surrounding Zionism that made it necessary for the Egyptian scholar to begin his study of this ideology by asserting what he believed is self-evident, namely that Zionism is a political movement, and is not a religious doctrine. He added that the hue and cry in the West, following the adoption of the 1975 United Nations resolution equating Zionism with racism, was a timely reminder of the need to emphasize once more the difference between the religious belief and the political program.

Far from being sacred, Elmessiri affirms, Zionism is a political ideology of complex European origins, rooted primarily in the socioeconomic realities of the Eastern European Jewish ghettoes and in European society of the late nineteenth century; the common denominator among their wide variety of schools of thought being the conviction that the Jews, without waiting for divine intervention, should achieve “autoemancipation” by taking matters into their own hands and terminating their state of perpetual alienation and deep longing, and create a Jewish state of their own or, to use the more precise phrase of Theodor Herzl, “the Jews’ state” (der Judenstaat)[6]. It also was being understood that the Jewishness of this state lay neither in its religious orientation nor in its commitment to Judaism and its values, but instead in its presumed national (ethnic) Jewish character.

That is why like scores of other authors do, Elmessiri highlights the well-established historical fact that many of the founders of Zionism had little concern with Judaism, and even evinced a marked hostility toward its precepts and practices. Indeed, Herzl himself, during a visit to Jerusalem, consciously violated a great number of Jewish religious practices in order to emphasize his new non-religious outlook as distinct from a traditional religious stance[7]. Likewise, his close friend, the Hungarian-born and Germanophile writer and Zionist leader, Max Nordau[8] was a self-avowed atheist who believed that the Torah was “inferior as literature” compared “to Homer and the European classics”, and that it was “childish as philosophy and revolting as morality”[9]. He even suggested that the day would come when Herzl’s Der Judenstaat would be given equal status with the Bible, even by its  author’s religious opponents[10]. In an autobiographical sketch, he wrote: “When I reached the age of fifteen, I left the Jewish way of life and the study of the Torah (…) Judaism remained a mere memory and since then, I have always felt as a German and as a German only”[11]. Similarly, Chaim Weizmann took pleasure at times in “baiting the Rabbis about kosher food”[12], and a typical group of Zionist halutzim (pioneers), deliberately irreligious, and militantly atheistic, marched in defiance of Jewish dietary laws in the early 1920s to “the Wailing Wall on the Day of Atonement munching ham sandwiches”.[13]

Elmessiri also informs that the Zionist settlers in Palestine, the first to implement this new philosophy of political Zionism, were unusually careful to stress the non-religious and untraditional nature of their endeavor so that there would be no misunderstanding of their philosophy. That’s most probably the reason why they dropped the name “Jews”, calling themselves “Hebrews” instead. They used this more modern term in their campaigns in the 1930s and early 1940s, calling for a “Hebrew” rather than “Jewish” state. The current term, “Jewish state”, Elmessiri said, originally coined as a non-religious concept, was revived in the 1940s, again with no intended religious connotation.

So, most of the early Zionists have seen themselves in non-religious terms, and their ideology, patterned after nineteenth-century European nationalism, was intended to replace traditional religious beliefs. Such an amoral outlook, replacing deep religious commitment while making full use of it, has always proved to be a more or less sure way for recruiting the masses, and the “fusion of nationalistic outlook with religious fervor was achieved by turning authentic religious doctrine into a national myth”.[14]

In light of the foregoing, it comes as no surprise that the Jewish orthodox sect Neturei Karta (Guardians of the City), for example, characterizes the Zionist rabbis as “the clericals of the false Israel” who “teach a false doctrine”[15]. Rabbi Chaim Soloveitchik (1853-1918), who was Rabbi of Brisk, Poland, and the founder of the “Yeshiva approach to Talmudic study”, had this to say about Zionism: “The Jewish people have suffered many (spiritual) plagues – the Sadducees, Karaites, Hellenisers, Shabbatai Zvi, Enlightenment, Reform and many others. But the strongest of them all is Zionism”.[16]

In effect, in a 1381-page landmark book[17] considered by many as a definitive treatise on the differences between Judaism and Zionism, Rabbi Yaakov Shapiro explains how and why Zionism represents a hijacking of Jewish identity, or as he puts it, a theft of that identity that is not in line with his religion. Zionism, he says, was conceived to erase classic Jewish identity as a people with a divinely ordained mission and replace it with an identity based on national polity. This attempt to reengineer Jewish identity resulted in the creation of a “self-deprecating, logically inconsistent, traumatic ideology called Zionism”. 

It also engendered a belief that no other country in the world adheres to, that is, Israel is the homeland (heimat) and nationality of the Jewish people scattered all over the Earth, including people who never visited Israel, never were citizens of this country, nor were their family members, nor do they ever plan to be. No Muslim country makes such an absurd claim vis-à-vis the world’s Muslims, nor has the Vatican ever professed that it is the country of all Catholics.

Rabbi Shapiro, who begs to differ, is of the opinion that if someone wants to extricate themselves from Zionism’s influence, they must maneuver through a mess of false ideology, false Judaism, false history, false politics, and a false worldview.

In his comprehensive account and critical examination of the various Zionist schools of thought and their ideologies, the orthodox Jewish scholar points out that the original Zionists were Jews who were influenced by, impressed with, and envied the lifestyle of the Gentiles over that of the Jews. More than anything else, they wanted to be secular, or in the words of Vladimir Ze’ev Jabotinsky, the “diametrical opposite of a Jew”; because they attributed anti-Semitism to the priestly lifestyle of the religious Jews, looking at them as “ugly, immoral, and debased”. They, therefore, were convinced that if the Jews could become normal, that is to say to change their lifestyle, and indistinguishable from non-Jews, anti-Semitism would end.

As a matter of fact, pioneer Zionists did secularize themselves, but anti-Semitism didn’t end. They were rudely awakened to their Jewishness by anti-Semitic violence, especially the string of pogroms that began in Russia in 1881, and thus were stuck between a rock and a hard place: they refused to be Jews, and the Gentiles refused to let them be Gentiles. This is how they resolved that Zionism must be their “Plan B”. They basically figured if they can’t join the Gentile nations, they’ll make a nation of their own by turning all the Jews into a nationality.

In doing so, they created an entirely new society, pretending they were scions of the “ancient people of the Book” – partly to garner support from the Evangelicals and to recruit Jews to populate their future state.

Also, because Zionism has nothing to do with Judaism but is rather a political movement, many early Zionists were atheists or agnostics, but still claimed God gave the Jews the “Holy Land”.      

Making “Good Jews” White and European

On that same subject of the perversion of the Jewish identity, Professor Steven Friedman, one of South Africa’s foremost political theorists of mainstream understandings of Jewishness, wrote a thoroughly-researched book.[18] In it, he offers a searing analysis of the weaponization of anti-Semitism in service of political objectives that support the Israeli state and global white supremacy.  Friedman argues that the changes wrought to Jewish identity form an important element in the ideology which underpins the Israeli state and that they deserve more attention than they have received.

He appropriately reminds us that until the French revolution and the Enlightenment, all Jews were effectively forced to adhere to their religion by the reigning authorities. And when Jews were allowed to choose whether to practice their religion, those who chose not to were still regarded as ethnically Jewish. This made Jewish identity more complicated than that of most other religious or ethnic groups.

The concept of religious tolerance promoted by thinkers of the Enlightenment era led to an unprecedented transformation in the legal and economic status of the Jews. Having enjoyed civil rights and been allowed a freedom of movement denied to them for centuries, Western European Jews in the nineteenth century rose to high levels in the professions, the arts, business and even government.

Yet, as explained by Stanford University Professor Maxine Schur in a presentation at Oregon-based Reed College,[19] “beneath the new external acceptance of the Jews, there existed in European society a virulent undercurrent of anti-Semitism which was different than the one that had plagued the Jews in the Middle-Ages or during the Inquisition for it was based not on theological, but secular grounds. It was racial, rooted in bogus biology. Paradoxically, the racial anti-Semitism was given authority and first popularized by a self-confessed proponent of religious tolerance, the celebrated philosopher of the Enlightenment, Voltaire”.

Indeed, François-Marie Arouet (1694-1778), known by his nom de plume Voltaire, was famous for his wit and his criticism of Christianity, especially of the Roman Catholic Church, and a staunch advocate of freedom of speech, freedom of religion, and separation of church and state. Furthermore, what matters for our purpose is that he was outspoken in his hostility towards the Jews, and recent scholars such as Arthur Hertzberg[20] have seen him as one of the founders of modern secular anti-Semitism.

In effect, in his 1756 “Essai sur les mœurs et l’esprit des nations” (translated to English as “Essay on the customs and spirit of nations and key facts of history from Charlemagne to Louis XIII”), Voltaire writes:

‘“The Jews are an ignorant and barbarous people, who have long united the most sordid avarice with the most detestable superstition and the most invincible hatred for every people by whom they are tolerated and enriched (…) In all the annals of the Hebrew people, one does not see any generous action. They know neither hospitality, nor liberality, nor clemency. Their sovereign happiness is to practice usury with foreigners (…) Their glory is to set fire to and bloody the small villages that they can seize. They slaughter the old and the children (…) They never know how to forgive when they are victorious; they are the enemies of the human race. No politeness, no science, no art perfected at any time among this atrocious nation”.

In a section devoted to Voltaire, the Jewish Virtual Library considers that historically speaking, Voltaire’s outlook was a powerful contribution to the creation of the mental climate which made possible the emancipation of the Jews, but at the same time it prepared the ground for the future racial antisemitism. Just after Voltaire’s death, Zalkind Hourwitz, librarian to the king of France, wrote: “The Jews forgive him all the evil he did to them because of all the good he brought them, perhaps unwittingly; for they have enjoyed a little respite for a few years now and this they owe to the progress of the Enlightenment, to which Voltaire surely contributed more than any other writer through his numerous works against fanaticism”.

For Nabila Ramdani, an Algerian French journalist and columnist, however,

“the celebrated philosopher was an unapologetic racist and anti-Semite who inspired Hitler, and the removal of his statue in Paris was long overdue (…) The  problem is not simply that Voltaire failed to incorporate persecuted groups such as Black people and Jews into his so-called progressive thinking; it is that his advocacy of biological racism and white supremacy still offer justification to all kinds of extremists. These include Nazi sympathizers traditionally linked to France’s far-right National Rally (formerly the National Front) as well as terrorists who target synagogues and mosques”.[21]

When restrictions on Jews in Europe began to ease, religious hostility to them as a group became less tenable. In theory at least, Jews could choose not to be Jewish by converting to Christianity, as more than a few did. But bigotry is not that easily ended. Those who were prejudiced against Jews, presumably alarmed that they could now integrate into society, focused not on the religion of the targets of their bigotry but on accidents of birth; they began to insist that Jews constituted a separate and dangerous race. The ideologues of this new racism called it “anti-Semitism”. 

The term appeared in Germany in the 19th century and is commonly associated with the German activist Wilhelm Marr, who, in 1879, founded the “Antisemiten Liga” (League of Anti-Semites) following the publication of a pamphlet whose German title translates as “The Victory of Jewishness over Germanness”.[22] It has remained in usage even though it is inaccurate since Arabs are Semites too.[23] While anti-Jewish racists often despise Arabs as well, the term was used to describe a prejudice against Jews only.

After 1948, and more conspicuously in the years following the June 1967 Israeli-Arab War, the Israeli state and its Western supporters have endeavored to convert “anti-Semitism” from a description of anti-Jewish racism to a weapon against their critics, many of whom happen to be Jews who believe that the state’s attitudes and practices are racist. As it was, an allegation of racism has been turned into a weapon against anti-racists. This is accompanied by another turnaround: the Israeli state and its supporters seek to turn the campaign against anti-Semitism from a rebellion against white supremacy into an endorsement of white Europeanness.

In effect, the use and misuse of anti-Semitism to browbeat Israeli state opponents is part of a larger reality in which those who do this seek to change the nature of Jewish identity by distinguishing between “real” Jews and the rest. They also seek to “flatten out” Jewish identity. Jews are no longer, like every other group, a complicated mix of differing opinions and perspectives. Instead, there are only “good” Jews who attach their identity to the Israeli state and “bad” ones who do not. The historian Avi Shlaim, responding to claims that all “real” Jews support the Israeli state, observes: “Ironically, to treat Jews as a homogeneous group is in fact an antisemitic trope. It is antisemites who fail to differentiate between different kinds of Jews, and want to see them all clustered in one place. It is on this basis that Theodor Herzl, the visionary of a Jewish state, predicted that the antisemites will become our most dependable friends”.[24]

To be sure, as we have noted earlier, an important source of anti-Jewish hostility is the Christian right, which has held Jews in contempt for centuries.[25] But its religious beliefs also ensure uncritical support for the Israeli state.[26] The fact that these allies of the Israeli state see it as an essential means to achieve the death of the Jewish religion, and that hostility to Jews is deeply embedded in their view of the world, does not deter the state and its supporters. Thus, during a state visit to Brazil in 2019, then Prime minister of Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu, declared: “We have no better friends in the world than the Evangelical community”.[27]

To make sense of this confusing thinking, Friedman explains, it is crucial to understand that for those in positions of Jewish authority who peddle this attempt to manufacture a reality that seems entirely unreal, anti-Semitism no longer means prejudice against Jewish people. In the English-speaking world, this development can be dated to the 1970s when Arnold Foster and Benjamin Epstein, who held leadership roles in the American Anti-Defamation League, published a book[28] which started something of a cottage industry. It is noteworthy that the Anti-Defamation League was founded to combat anti-Semitism in the United States, but it has become chiefly a propaganda vehicle for the Israeli state.

For the South African Professor, the term “anti-Semitism” has become detached from its moorings. It no longer means racism directed at Jews; it means holding left-wing or egalitarian opinions, which often seems to include being opposed to the white supremacy of which anti-Semitism was once a part. The new Jew – or victim of anti-Semitism – is no longer a member of a particular ethnic group; it is a right-wing person, Jewish or non-Jewish, who supports the economic status quo and the racial hierarchies that have reigned in the West for centuries. The new anti-Semite is not a person who hates Jews; it is a person, Jewish or non-Jewish, who embraces egalitarian values. Jewish people are no longer victims of prejudice as a group; they are now divided into two groups – one “good”, the other ‘bad’ – and ‘bad Jews’ are one of the groups most likely to be accused of anti-Semitism. This is so because of, and not despite, the fact that the “bad Jews” who are stigmatized as “anti-Semites” tend to be anti-racists.

The American “new anti-Semitism” was a product of the Israeli state and has now become not only a core position among the state’s defenders but “one that characterizes the mainstream of most of Western politics.”[29]

The claim that hostility to the Israeli state was born of anti-Jewish hatred has emerged in that state years before the Americans claimed to have found a new and dangerous anti-Semitism: “A significant intellectual milestone was in the late 1960s when Israeli researchers began to develop the concept of ‘new antisemitism’. Their view was that the old anti-Jewish sentiment that had taken shape and changed form over the centuries was now directed first and foremost against the Jewish political enterprise of Zionism and Israel”.[30] A recently published study shows that it was the Israeli state itself which had started the ball running; the term had been used at a series of seminars organized by the office of the Israeli president in the late 1980s.[31] This view soon became deeply embedded in the Israeli state’s ideological battle with its critics.

Opposition to the Israeli state and its actions did not target the Jews; it was aimed at the Israeli state. But central to Zionism’s understanding of itself was the claim that it was the vehicle of all Jews, not merely those Jews who supported the idea of a Jewish state. As a result, to reject the Israeli state – or even to criticize what it did – was to show hostility to the Jews, even if you happened to be Jewish. Friedman views this logic as false, “just as to oppose apartheid in South Africa was not an expression of prejudice against white people. But it served the purpose of Zionism and its allies”.

And so, for the ideologues of Zionism, the “Jewish state” quickly turned from a cure for anti-Semitism to its cause when it was faced by the reality of Palestinian resistance. The Palestinians who wanted their land back were labelled the “new Nazis”, hence Netanyahu’s false claim that it was the Mufti al-Husseini, not Hitler, who devised the mass murder of European Jews. In truth, Netanyahu was following the lead of Malcolm Hoenlein, an American Jewish leadership figure and vocal supporter of the Israeli state, who told a meeting in Toronto, Canada, that Hitler had reluctantly “followed the wishes of the Mufti when he had decided to kill all Jews”.[32]

This invention served an important purpose: it conveniently portrayed Palestinians not as victims of the power of the Israeli state but as powerful Jew-haters whose enmity was even greater than that of the Nazis. It follows, of course, that if Palestinians are Nazis, those who support their cause are too, the primary effect of which being to “delegitimize the Palestinian cause and to practically remove once and for all the Palestine issue from the international agenda”.[33]

Furthermore, Friedman rightly calls attention to the fact that “comparing anti-Jewish racism to any other form of racial bigotry is now branded anti-Semitic because it is said to reduce the significance of Jewish suffering – which is the justification for the state”.

Indeed, President Biden’s “special envoy to combat anti-Semitism”, Deborah Lipstadt, for instance, has insisted that hatred of Jews is both eternal and unlike any other historical fact, “beginning with her earliest work, which argues that the Holocaust was a unique, incomparable event, Lipstadt has tended to exceptionalize antisemitism as the most ancient, enduring form of prejudice –  a constant transhistorical force, resurfacing across eras and continents”.[34] Responding to this peculiar claim, American Jewish Studies scholar Barry Trachtenberg remarks: “If one accepts antisemitism to be eternal, and not a consequence of social or historical factors, then it is a fact of life that will forever push Jewish people into defensive postures. It will make us more nationalist, more reactionary, more militaristic, and more closed off the rest of the world”.[35]

Worst still, the claim that opposition to the Israeli state and to its actions is equated with “antisemitism” has become the official position of Western governments, and in some US states, such opposition has even been criminalized.

This outstanding development in the West was spearheaded by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance (IHRA), an intergovernmental organization comprising 35 members and 9 observer countries founded in 1998 by former Swedish Prime minister Göran Persson, with the declared mission of combating “growing Holocaust denial and antisemitism”.[36] Its most potent and damaging instrument is, by far, its definition of anti-Semitism which has become an article of Zionist faith and is relentlessly portrayed by Zionists as “what the Jewish community wants”. Steven Friedman believes that “the IHRA and its participating governments do not consider this attempt to force all Jews to associate with the state’s actions as anti-Semitic. Nor do they acknowledge that, by labelling opposition to the state as hostility to Jews, their definition violates this clause. Thus, the IHRA definition itself becomes anti-Semitic and, consequently, the Western states that endorse and apply it are keeping alive a shameful history of anti-Jewish racism”.[37]

By defining hostility to Jews in a way which substitutes a state for an ethnic group, the British Jewish author Robert Cohen points out, the IHRA definition also defines what it is to be Jewish: “By that reckoning, to be Jewish is to deny the possibility that Zionism has played out in racist ways, despite the overwhelming evidence to the contrary. And to be Jewish is to believe that the state of Israel is a democratic nation like any other, despite Israel’s own constitutional laws defining it as the nation state of the Jewish people rather than the state of all its citizens (…) To be Jewish, according to the IHRA, is to deny the truth, ignore reality, and defend the indefensible”.[38]

Thereafter, the IHRA definition has been used relentlessly to stigmatize political expression and shut down free speech in the Western world, whether it be by governments or many universities. It has been “wielded against academics who campaigned for Palestine to deprive them of jobs and to suppress campaigns against the Israeli state, in particular the BDS movement”.[39]

Nowadays, the Israeli state is seen not only as ally of the West but also as its representative in the Middle East. Like South Africa before 1994, Friedman observes: “the Israeli state is in, by not of, the region it finds itself”. This further explains why the “Collective West” regards Israel as “the only democracy in the Middle East”, democracy being often used by Western governments, elites and academics as a code for “Western”, and why former Israeli Prime minister Ehud Barak dared to utter the racist claim that Israel is a “villa in the jungle”! Instead of this misnomer, the more correct definition that should be applied to the Israeli state is, in the words of Steven Friedman: “the only Western state in the Middle East”.

All of this perfectly sums up the tenacious prejudice that this Western-created state is an island of “first world” Western civilization in a barbaric neighborhood.[40]

Such a prejudice is hardly a novel phenomenon, nor does the Western racist and supremacist mindset seem to become a fading memory during our times. Indeed, back in 1914, Winston Churchill was not ashamed to declare: “We are not a young people with an innocent record and a scanty inheritance… We have engrossed to ourselves an altogether disproportionate share of the wealth and traffic of the world. We have got all we want in territory, and our claim to be left in the unmolested enjoyment of vast and splendid possessions, mainly acquired by violence, largely maintained by force, often seems less reasonable to others than to us”. Churchill was telling the plain truth to his pairs in the closed meeting of the British Cabinet. As a new academic study[41] has asserted, the impact of British colonialism on India was devastating, uncovering staggering death tolls and immense wealth extraction that was carried out by the empire during the late 19th and early 20th centuries. The report estimates that India suffered 165 million excess deaths due to British colonialism between 1880 and 1920, “a figure that is larger than the combined number of deaths from both World Wars and the Nazi holocaust”! It also estimates that during nearly 200 years of colonialism, the British Empire stole at least $45 trillion in wealth from India. Interestingly enough, this new research further highlights how British colonialism in India was not only devastating for the Indian people, but also had “a profound impact on the global capitalist system” and “inspired fascist leaders like Adolf Hitler and Benito Mussolini”, who then carried out similar genocidal crimes within and outside their own borders.

A further example of this deeply rooted feeling was given, much more recently, by none other than the High Representative of the European Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, Josep Borrell Fontelles, who, addressing young European diplomats at Bruges, Belgium, said: “Here, Bruges is a good example of the European garden. Yes, Europe is a garden. We have built a garden. Everything works. It is the best combination of political freedom, economic prosperity and social cohesion that the humankind has been able to build the three things together (…) The rest of the world – and you know this very well, Federica – is not exactly a garden. Most of the rest of the world is a jungle, and the jungle could invade the garden (…) Europeans have to be much more engaged with the rest of the world. Otherwise, the rest of the world will invade us, by different ways and means (…) Keep the garden, be good gardeners. But your duty will not be to take care of the garden itself but [of] the jungle outside”.[42]

A Naked Colonialism Fast Approaching Its Demise

According to the Cornell Law School Legal Information Institute, settler colonialism has “an additional criterion that is the complete destruction and replacement of indigenous people and their cultures by the Settler’s own in order to establish themselves as the rightful inhabitants”. 

Image: File photo of illegal Israeli settlements

Many scholars apply the term to Israel’s founding too. Late Australian historian Patrick Wolfe, for one, clearly referred to the Zionist settler project in Palestine as an example of settler colonialism in a seminal essay[43] published in 2006. As practiced by Europeans, he wrote, “both genocide and settler colonialism have typically employed the organizing grammar of race. European xenophobic traditions such as anti-Semitism, Islamophobia, or Negrophobia are considerably older than race, which, as many have shown, became discursively consolidated fairly late in the eighteenth century (…) Settler colonialism destroys to replace. As Theodor Herzl, founding father of Zionism, observed in his allegorical manifesto/novel, ‘If I wish to substitute a new building for an old one, I must demolish before I construct’.[44] Settler colonialism is an inclusive, land-centered project that coordinates a comprehensive range of agencies, from the metropolitan center to the frontier encampment, with a view to eliminating the indigenous societies… The colonizers come to stay: invasion is a structure not an event”. 

In Palestine, however, the native society has not been eliminated. Palestine is not “as Jewish as England is British”, as Chaim Weizmann once candidly expressed Zionist goals. Instead, as Rashid Khalidi said, “The population of the entire country from the river to the sea, unified by decades of occupation and colonization since 1967, is today at least half Palestinian, and that proportion is growing. The natives are still there, and they are restless. Those Palestinians who have managed to remain in historic Palestine – in spite of the ceaseless efforts to dispossess them – continue to resist erasure. Outside of Palestine, an equal number remain profoundly attached to their homeland and to the right of return. The Palestinians have not forgotten, they have not gone away, and the memory of Palestine and its dismemberment has not been effaced. Indeed, wider international audiences are increasingly aware of these realities”.[45]

When one looks at white settler colonies, Joseph Masaad insightfully observes[46], the only ones that have survived are the ones who have been successful in absolutely eliminating and annihilating the native population, either completely or basically retaining a small minority of them. We see this especially in the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

The situation is quite different in other settler-colonial places – like South Africa, Algeria, Rhodesia, Kenya, Mozambique, Angola and Namibia – where the attempts to establish settler-colonies have failed, and as a result, those countries ended up gaining their independence in the early 1960s and through the mid-1990s. And the reason why those attempts did not succeed is because the native populations have always outnumbered the white settler intruders.

The Western-Zionist settler-colonialism in Palestine clearly belongs to the latter project. As mentioned before, Theodor Herzl had foreseen the absolute need to expel the native Palestinian population and replace it with Jewish immigrants coming mostly from Eastern and Western European countries; a sine qua non condition for the successful establishment of a “Jewish state” in the “Holy Land”.    

Later on, in the 1920s and 1930s, Zionist ideologues and activists came up with concrete schemes and plans on how to bring this about, and started to implement their designs even before the 30th of November 1947, the day the United Nations General Assembly passed the Partition Plan Resolution. Indeed, by the time Israel was finished with the expulsions by December 1948, the Zionists had successfully evicted more than 90% of the Palestinian population in the territories they illegally occupied by brutal force.

According to Prof. Masaad, the major mistake the Zionists made was to conquer the remaining part of Palestine in 1967, adding to Israel a large number of Palestinians, not only the indigenous populations of the West Bank, the Gaza Strip, and East Jerusalem, but also more than half the refugees that they had expelled in 1948 among those who had taken refuge and had been living in the areas Israel conquered. As a result of that, the demographic situation changed dramatically in Israel to affect the survivability of the settler colony, at least on a demographic basis.

As referred to earlier, several Israeli officials, including Benjamin Netanyahu and Ehud Barak, have made predictions over the last few years, saying they were not sure Israel will survive to its 80th or 100th birthday. That kind of worry is based essentially on the internal fissures, the demographic contraction of Israel, and the fact that there’s no new major pool from which to draw additional Jewish immigrants. The six million or so American Jews, for instance, have never shown a willingness, or at least never has been a large percentage of American Jewry that showed an interest in moving to Israel. Even though many individual Jews may be strongly supportive of Israel, that does not mean that they are all Zionists, or they’re going to move en masse to Israel. 

Accordingly, Joseph Masaad goes on to say, the mass murder and genocidal policies of the Israeli government are not necessarily irrational. The issue is not only to eliminate the Palestinians physically and demographically, but also to forestall the possibility of resistance in the future. This kind of behavior is quite rational, followed by many of the settler-colonial countries – like the appalling atrocities and mass killings committed by the British in Kenya in the 1950s and 1960s; the American support for the Portuguese in the South African war on the guerrillas in Angola and Mozambique between 1962 and 2000; the Western support to the French in Algeria where any uprising by the Algerian natives against their cruel and sadistic French settlers would be met with massive murders of tens of thousands of Algerians as in 1945, so much so that hundreds of thousands of Algerians were killed by the French during the war of independence between 1954 and 1962; and the US troops going to support France after its defeat in Dien Bien Phu in Vietnam in 1954, continuing the war at the behest of the French and then independently until 1975.

In light of the above, there’s nothing special about the ongoing Western support for Israel. Israel’s President Isaac Herzog has been banging on about how Israel is defending Western civilization, and that were it to fall, Europe would be next. The exact same discourse has recently been repeated by Netanyahu in his latest address to the US Congress, saying: “We meet today at a crossroads of history. Our world is in upheaval. In the Middle East, Iran’s axis of terror confronts America, Israel and our Arab friends. This is not a clash of civilizations. It’s a clash between barbarism and civilization. It’s a clash between those who glorify death and those who sanctify life. For the forces of civilization to triumph, America and Israel must stand together. Because when we stand together, something very simple happens. We win. They lose (…) The ICC is trying to shackle Israel’s hands and prevent us from defending ourselves. And if Israel’s hands are tied, America is next. I’ll tell you what else is next. The ability of all democracies to fight terrorism will be imperiled. That’s what’s on the line”.[47] Netanyahu’s lies were met with dozens of standing ovations on the part of the overwhelming majority of the audience. The rare but resounding dissenting voices came from inside the Capitol with Rashida Tlaib holding a “War Criminal” sign, and from the outside with thousands of protesters chanting “free Palestine” and also calling Netanyahu a war criminal.

We have also heard from the German Head of the European Union, Ursula von der Leyen that the Jewish values of Israel are European values. Such “shared values” must then include the values of colonialism and genocide. It is worth recalling here that the tone of the EU’s support for Israel had already been set when she tweeted a photo of the European Commission building in Brussels lit up in an Israeli flag. She pointedly said: “Israel has the right to defend itself – today and in the days to come. The European Union stands with Israel”.[48]

Shrewdly explaining the justification for the European Union’s solidarity with Israel, including and notably Germany’s purported love for European Jews and its regret over the Holocaust, Prof. Masaad says that after World War II, the Europeans “made the discovery that the Jews were actually white European people”. Their regret was therefore “not that you should not kill people that are different from you, but instead that you should not kill people that are just like you, meaning white European, since Jews, subsequent to the Holocaust, began to be integrated in Europe at the level of cultural value”. As for the belief that non-white people should continue to be killed, it has never been questioned, and we’ve seen many examples of this in European colonial policies since 1945 – from the Algerian and Vietnamese genocides in the case of France, to what the United States has done in Korea, Vietnam, Central and Southern Africa, Central and South America, Afghanistan, Iraq etc.

In his book referred to above, Mahmood Mamdani provides a similar explanation, saying that by the beginning of the twentieth century, it was a European habit to distinguish between “civilized wars” and “colonial wars”. The former were governed by the “laws of war” and the latter by the “laws of nature”, meaning that wars between “people like us” were fought within rules that were meant to limit their barbarity, but wars against people who were not full members of “Western civilization” were not bound by any rules at all. Mamdani traces the beginnings of the massacres of colonized people to the first years of the 19th century, when first Australians were slaughtered by colonists in Tasmania. They were imitated by wholesale slaughters in French Algeria, German Namibia, and Belgian Congo, among others.

Also worthy of mention, in this respect, is the observation according to which Nazi extermination camps were all situated in occupied Poland, not in Germany. There were, of course, concentration camps in Germany, but used as forced labor camps, not death camps. So, by “siting the camps to the east of Germany, the Nazis were, in effect, removing them from Western Europe where such barbarism was not considered acceptable. The east of Europe became, in a sense, a colony inhabited by people who were not considered Aryan and therefore not fully European. They were thus subject only to the laws of nature”. And in the words of Frantz Fanon, “Nazism transformed the whole Europe into a veritable colony.”[49]

This Western support is then “part and parcel of their support for white supremacy in their own countries and elsewhere”, and the unstinting support that Israel is obtaining form powerful Western powers – apparently unshaken by any of its crimes and excesses – is “part of a kind of vengeance that inferior races have arrogated to themselves the right or the ability to kill or resist white supremacy”.

This is also why today, we see most of the support for the Palestinians coming precisely from people who have suffered under countries who had set up central colonies previously, like Algeria, South Africa and Namibia.

Seventy-six years ago, says Ghada Karmi,[50] “an anomalous state was imposed on the Arab Middle East. The new creation was alien in every sense to the region’s culture and anti-colonial struggle (…) The new state went on to violate international law repeatedly, attack its neighbors, persecute the native Palestinian population, and impose a system of apartheid rule over them (…) If instead, Israel had been left to fend for itself, the Palestinian struggle for freedom would have been short, and the settler community in Palestine would gradually and peaceably have been absorbed into the region”.

Ten months into its genocidal war on Gaza, Israel and its Western backers are getting more desperate than ever in defending their mass murder of tens of thousands of Palestinian civilians. And with Zionism exposed to much of the world for an unprecedented savagery in the 21st century, it’s becoming clear that this project is not only unsustainable, but may even be approaching its demise. 

The current predicament of the state of Israel and its uncertain future were discussed by John Mearsheimer, one of the most distinguished Professors of political science in the world, at the Center for Independent Studies. In it, he explained “why Israel is in deep trouble”.[51] Three months later, Mearsheimer’s co-author of the celebrated book “The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy”, Stephen Walt, wrote an opinion,[52] in which, he too, says that Israel – whose Zionist project has been getting worse at defending itself for decades – is “in serious trouble”. He concluded his analysis by saying that Israel’s vengeful and shortsighted behavior has inflicted enormous harm on innocent Palestinians for decades and continues to do so today, warning that its decline in strategic judgement must be reassessed for the sake of its own survival.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Amir Nour is an Algerian researcher in international relations, author of the books “L’Orient et l’Occident à l’heure d’un nouveau Sykes-Picot” (The Orient and the Occident in Time of a New Sykes-Picot) Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2014 and “L’Islam et l’ordre du monde” (Islam and the Order of the World),  Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2021. 

Notes

[1] W. E. Burghard Du Bois, “The Souls of Black Folk: Essays and Sketches”, A. C. McClurg & Co., Chicago, 1903.

[2] Abdelwahab Elmessiri, “The Land of Promise: A Critique of Political Zionism”, North American, New Brunswick, New Jersey, 1977.

[3] Bishop W. Ralph Ward, President of the United Methodist Church’s Council of Bishops, The New Yor Times, 9 November 1975.

[4] The first phrase is from a letter sent by the second annual Christian-Jewish Workshop, sponsored by the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops cited in op. cit. The second phrase is used in the same report with no citation of source.

[5] Notes on Zionism by Max Nordau”, selected by Chaim Bloch, Herzl year Book, Vol. VII, p. 34.

[6] To be read alongside his complete diaries:  https://archive.org/details/TheCompleteDiariesOfTheodorHerzl_201606/TheCompleteDiariesOfTheodorHerzlEngVolume1_OCR/

[7] Statement by the Lubbavitcher Rebbe, Rabbi Shulem ben Schneersohn, on Zionism” (1903), in Michael Selzer (Ed) “Zionism Reconsidered”.

[8] Max Simon Nordau co-founded the Zionist Organization and coined the term “Muskeljudentum” (muscular Judaism) at the second Zionist Congress held in Basel, Switzerland, on 28 August 1898.

[9] Desmond Stewart, “Theodor Herzl: Artist and Politician”, Garden City, New York, Doubleday, 1974.

[10] Richard Crossman, “A Nation Reborn: The Israel of Weizmann, Bevin, and Ben-Gurion”, Hamish Hamilton, 1960.

[11] New World Encyclopedia, “Max Nordau”, 9 November 2022.

[12] Amos Elon, “The Israelis: Founders and Sons”, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1971.

[13] Melford E. Spiro, “Kibbutz: Venture in Utopia”, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1956.

[14] Arthur Hertzberg (Ed.), “The Zionist Idea: A Historical Analysis and Reader”, Harper & Row, New York, 1956.

[15] Cited in Meir Ben-Horin, “Max Nordau: Philosopher of Human Solidarity”, Conference on Jewish Social Studies, 1956.

[16] See “Neturei Karta international” website on https://www.nkusa.org/

[17] Rabbi Yaakov Shapiro, “The Empty Wagon: Zionism’s Journey from Identity Crisis to Identity Theft”, ‎Primedia eLaunch LLC,2018.

[18] Steven Friedman, “Good Jew, Bad Jew: Racism, Anti-Semitism and the Assault on Meaning”, Wits University Press, Johannesburg, 2023.

[19] Maxine Schur, “Voltaire and the Jews”, Reed College, 20 June 2015.

[20] Arthur Hertzberg, “The French Enlightenment and the Jews”, Columbia University Press, New York and London, 1968.

[21] Nabila Ramdani, “Voltaire Spread Darkness, Not Enlightenment. France Should Stop Worshipping Him”, Foreign Policy Magazine, 31 August 2020.

[22] Robert Bernasconi, “Racism” in “Key Concepts in the Study of Anti-Semitism”, edited by Sol Goldberg, Scott Ury and Kalman Weiser, Pelgrave Macmillan, 2021.

[23] Avi Shlaim, “On British Colonialism, Antisemitism, and Palestinian Rights”, Middle East Eye, 1 March 2021.

[24] Avi Shlaim, idem.

[25] James Carroll, “Constantine’s Sword: The Church and the Jews”, Houghton Mifflin, Boston and New York, 2002; and Malcolm Hay, “The Roots of Christian Anti-Semitism”, Freedom Library Press, New York, 1981.

[26] Robert Leonhard, “Visions of Apocalypse: What Jews, Christians and Muslims Believe About the End Times, and How Those Beliefs Affect Our World”, The John Hopkins University, 2010.

[27] Julian Sayarer, “The Antisemitic Face of Israel’s Evangelical Allies”, Jacobin, 20 February 2022.

[28] Arnold Foster and Benjamin R. Epstein, “The New Anti-Semitism”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1974.

[29] Amos Goldberg, “Anti-Zionism and Antisemitism: How Right and Left Conflate Issues to Deny Palestinian Rights”, Middle East Eye, 28 Avril 2022.

[30] Amos Goldberg, op. cit.

[31] Anthony Lerman, “Whatever Happened to Anti-Semitism? Redefinition and the Myth of the ‘Collective Jew’”, Pluto Press, London, 2022.

[32] Norman G. Finkelstein, “Beyond Chutzpah: On the Misuse of Anti-Semitism and the Abuse of History”, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, California, 2005.

[33]  Amos Goldberg, ibidem.

[34] Nathan and Ruth Ann Perlmutter, “The Real Anti-Semitism in America”, Arbor House, New York, 1982.

[35] Mari Cohen, “Deborah Lipstadt vs. ‘The Oldest Hatred’”, Jewish Currents, 8 February 2022.

[36] See IHRA website, “About Us”: http://www.holocaustremembrance.com/about-us 

[37] Steven Friedman, “Good Jew, Bad Jew”, op cit.

[38] Robert Cohen, “We Need to Decolonize Our Understanding of Antisemitism”, Patheos, 6 March 2021.

[39] Ramona Wadi, “Defeating the IHRA Witch Hunt: An Interview with Palestinian Activist and Scholar Shahd Abusalama”, Mondoweiss, 7 February 2022.

[40] Lazar Berman, “After Walling Itself in, Israel Learns to Hazard the Jungle Beyond”, The Times of Israel, 8 March 2021.

[41] The study, conducted by economic anthropologist Jason Hickel and his colleague Dylan Sullivan, is published in the respected journal World Development, under the title “Capitalism and Extreme Poverty: A Global Analysis of Real Wages, Human Height, and Mortality since the Long 16th century”. Read its summary here, including a link to the whole paper in pdf form: https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/world-development/vol/161/suppl/C

[42] To read the full statement, see “European Diplomatic Academy: Opening remarks by High Representative Josep Borrell at the inauguration of the pilot programme”, Official EU website, 13 October 2022.

[43] Patrick Wolfe, “Settler colonialism and the elimination of the native”, Journal of Genocide Research, Volume 8, 21 December 2006.

[44] Theodor Herzl, “Old-New Land [Altneuland, 1902]”, Lotta Levensohn, trans. (New York: M. Wiener 1941), p. 38.

[45] Rashid Khalidi, “Israel: ‘A Failed Settler-Colonial Project’”, Institute for Palestine Studies, 10 May 2018.

[46] Prof. Joseph Masaad, interviewed by Rania Khalek, BreakThrough News, 5 June 2024.

[47] The Times of Israel, “We’re protecting you: Full text of Netanyahu’s address to Congress”, 25 July 2024: https://www.timesofisrael.com/were-protecting-you-full-text-of-netanyahus-address-to-congress/

[48] Niamh Ni Bhriain and Mark Akkerman, “Partners in Crime: EU complicity in Israel’s genocide in Gaza”, Transnational Institute, 4 June 2024.

[49] Johanna Jacques, “A ‘Most Astonishing’ Circumstance: The Survival of Jewish POWs in German War Captivity During the Second World War”, Social and Legal Studies 30, no. 3, 2021.

[50] Ghada Karmi, “Why is Israel so vital to the West”, Middle East Eye, 18 May 2023.

[51] John Mearsheimer, “Why Israel Is in Big Trouble”, Centre for Independent Studies, 17 May 2024. To read the transcript of the discussion: https://scrapsfromtheloft.com./opinions/why-israel-is-in-deep-trouble-john-mearsheimer-with-tom-switzer-transcript/

[52] Stephen M. Waltz, “The Dangerous Decline in Israeli Strategy”, Foreign Policy Magazine, 16 August 2024


Links to Parts I to IX:

The War on Gaza: Might vs. Right, and the Insanity of Western Power

By Amir Nour, December 01, 2023

The War on Gaza: How the West Is Losing. Accelerating the Transition to a Multipolar Global Order?

By Amir Nour, December 04, 2023

The War on Gaza: Debunking the Pro-Zionist Propaganda Machine

By Amir Nour, December 11, 2023

The War on Gaza: Why Does the “Free World” Condone Israel’s Occupation, Apartheid, and Genocide?

By Amir Nour, December 22, 2023

The War on Gaza: How We Got to the “Monstrosity of Our Century”

By Amir Nour, January 25, 2024

The War on Gaza: Towards Palestine’s Independence Despite the Doom and Gloom

By Amir Nour, February 02, 2024

The War on Gaza: Whither the “Jewish State”?

By Amir Nour, April 17, 2024

The Twilight of the Western Settler Colonialist Project in Palestine

By Amir Nour, August 17, 2024

The War on Gaza: Perpetual Falsehoods and Betrayals in the Service of Endless Deception. Amir Nour

By Amir Nour, August 25, 2024

Letter from London: On the UK Terrorism Act

August 26th, 2024 by Alexander Mercouris

At the time when Prime Minister Tony Blair brought in the Terrorism Act 2000 — note that this was before 9/11 – I was working in the Royal Courts of Justice. As I remember the lawyers were buzzing about it, worried about its vague and sloppy language, and its overt authoritarianism and capacity for abuse.

There was general incredulity that Blair, who is himself a lawyer, as of course is his wife, and his Home Secretary Jack Straw, who is also a lawyer and a former adviser of Barbara Castle, one of the most revered figures in modern Labour history, would bring in a law like that.

Looking back and thinking of those days, it’s amazing how naive we were.

Here we are and this terrible law is now being used against journalists, and is being used in a way which violates fundamental human rights.

The terrible thing is that it was at precisely this same time that the Blair government was bringing into law – with wide support from within the legal community — the Human Rights Act 1998, which embedded the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) into U.K. law (the Human Rights Act 1998 was signed into law in 1998 but only came into force on Oct. 2, 2000).

At the time everyone in the legal world assumed that it was the Human Rights Act 1998 that was by far the more important Act, and which would be far more consequential than the Terrorism Act 2000.

Indeed I distinctly remember all sorts of assurances floating around that there was no need to worry because the Terrorism Act 2000 would be restricted and its loose wording interpreted by reference to the ECHR and the Human Rights Act 1998.

In reality what has happened is the opposite. Far from the Human Rights Act 1998 mitigating the effect of the Terrorism Act 2000, it is the Terrorism Act 2000 which is prevailing over the ECHR and the Human Rights Act 1998 – as the Medhurst case shows.

None of this would be happening were it not for a radical change in the whole legal and political culture in the U.K., which has taken place since these two Acts were brought into law.

I don’t want to romanticise the past, but the shift towards authoritarianism, and the ongoing repression of free speech and journalism, which has taken place since 2000, still seems to me astonishing and at some level inexplicable.

The cases brought against Julian Assange and former British diplomat Craig Murray (imprisoned for his journalism on a contempt of court conviction) and the misuse of the Terrorism Act 2000 to harass journalists, including Murray, illustrate this.

What illustrates it even more is that all of this is happening practically without protest. The media here in the U.K. are currently maintaining a stony silence about the Medhurst arrest, whereas if anything like that had happened in 2000 or before there would have been outrage.

It is this sharp authoritarian turn in British legal and political culture — and the lack of any pushback against it — which shocks me. Its origins are obviously in the U.S., but the extent to which it is now sweeping the entire West, is astonishing.

I have heard that in Germany things are even worse, with people like former Greek Finance Minister Yanis Varoufakis prevented from entering the country.

Here in Britain we are throwing away the liberties people once fought for, for example in the 18th century Wilkes Case. Moreover we are doing it without a murmur. Liberty is dying in silence.

On the specifics of the Medhurst case, I would say two things:

1. I think the objective is to intimidate and silence Medhurst, and to get Google to de-platform his YT channel, rather than to prosecute him. Even allowing for the current climate I cannot believe that the U.K. authorities are going to bring a prosecution.

If they do something like that then things are even darker than I supposed. Having said that, assuming I am right, acting to intimidate and silence a journalist, thereby depriving him of his livelihood, is already appalling enough.

2. It’s clear from Medhurst’s account that the police were acting under instructions and under tight supervision. Based on what he says, it looks as if the police were constantly checking and getting instructions throughout the entire period of his detention and arrest.

It would be interesting to know from whom, and what the chain of command was. Perhaps in better times we will find out.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Alexander Mercouris is a legal analyst, political commentator and editor of The Duran.

Featured image: Former British Prime Minister Tony Blair. (Andrew Newton/Wikimedia Commons)

It must be stated at the outset that regardless of anything else, if one of the great powers follows world dominance as a central precept of its policy then it is only a matter of time before this would bring the world very close to World War 3 or nuclear war or a war involving other weapons of mass destruction. It does not matter if such a ruinous policy is adopted by the USA or China or Russia or any other emerging great power, the result will be the same.

In recent years the most obstinate and non-rational pursuit of such a destructive policy has been seen in the context of the USA. This highly dangerous policy, often identified with the aim that no foreign power should be allowed to emerge or remain in such a strong position that it can now or in future threaten worldwide US supremacy and dominance, used initially to be identified with the neo-conservatives, but now this has been mainstreamed as the policy of the greater part of the US establishment, or at least those sections of it who appear to call all the shots in decision-making. In pursuit of this policy, all the time efforts are being made to weaken those with the potential to emerge as rivals, by bleeding them in various ways, by planning for their disintegration and by dividing them, by isolating them, by imposing sanctions on them, and above all by making them fight proxy wars, and by assisting the proxy fighters in many ways so that they can inflict the maximum damage on rivals and potential rivals.

If USA is the leading power of world dominance now, China too can strive for this position after some years if its economic, technological and military power continues to grow at a fast pace. While it continues to show signs of undue although restrained aggression at several levels, it must first meet the challenge posed by the number one power seeking to maintain dominance and in the process trying to encircle China in various ways.

The bigger reality is that as long as any great power or emerging great power is guided by the ambition of world dominance, a huge danger of this escalating into a world war or nuclear weapons war will remain. So in these times of weapons of mass destruction, the quest of dominance by any great power is inherently a huge risk for all life on earth.

However this risk can increase or decrease at various times depending on the extent of responsibility exercised by the leadership of the great powers. What is deeply worrying today is that we are either already in the middle of the highest risk situation ever, or else appear to be fast moving towards such a situation.

The earlier highest risk situation is often considered to be of the days of the Cuban missile crisis in 1962. However the crisis was being handled at the topmost level by two world leaders, John Kennedy and Nikita Khrushchev, who were very responsible leaders and were committed to peace ( even though some of their aides were not).

Hence they sorted out the crisis before it could blow up into a nuclear war. Unfortunately such responsible leadership is increasingly missing today in the country—USA– which has been on a very aggressive quest for dominance regardless of consequences. Millions of people have already been killed in the course of this quest in entirely avoidable wars and proxy wars. In addition some of the leaders closely allied to the USA, particularly Netanyahu of Israel and Zalensky of Ukraine, have frequently behaved in no less irresponsible ways while escalating conflicts with their very narrow vision and aims.

How the Ukraine war has been escalating towards possibly a much bigger tragedy was recently captured very competently in a comment by Thomas Palley (August 23, 2024) titled ‘Ukraine’s Hiroshima moment is drawing closer’. Thomas Palley is a senior American economist who served as the Chief Economist for the US China Economic and Security Review Commission. He has written,

“Conditions in Ukraine increasingly give Russia military and geopolitical cause to use tactical nuclear weapons. Though Russia will use them, the US and NATO are implicated in the process. They are in the grip of neocon madness which casually dismisses potentially catastrophic consequences and blocks all off-ramps.”

USA/NATO have been crossing one red-line after another regarding supplying more and more advanced weapons to Ukraine, including anti- aircraft missiles, anti-tank missiles, long-range HIMARS rockets, longer-range ATACMs and F-16 jets. In addition, Palley noted

“the US has provided satellite information, while under-cover advisers have assisted long-range missile attacks deep inside Russia which include attacking the Kersch bridge, Russian naval vessels at sea, naval yards in Crimea and in Novorossiysk, Russia’s high altitude AWACS defense system, and an attack on Russia’s anti-ballistic missile defense system.”

Palley asserts,

“Many neo-con supporters have casually talked of ‘Putin’s nuclear bluff’. The reality is– it is threat of nuclear retaliation by the USA that is a bluff. No sane US politician or general would risk thermo-nuclear war for the sake of Ukraine.”     

As for the possibilities of an early settlement Palley notes,

“The problem is peace cannot get a hearing. Ukraine’s flawed democracy is suspended, the Azov extremists are in control, and any Ukrainian opposing the war faces imprisonment or worse.”

At the same time, neo-con thinking prevails over rational voices speaking for peace in the USA.

As though things were not bad enough earlier, the Kursk invasion has further increased the possibilities of what increasingly looks like a much wider and bigger confrontation between Russia on the one hand and the USA/NATO on the other hand, even though some of the NATO members are reluctant to join an offensive confrontation against Russia.

In fact the USA has consistently pursued hostile policies towards Russia since the start of the 21st century, highlighted by steady eastward expansion of NATO, promoting hostile regimes in countries close to Russia, equipping them with  weapons most likely to be used against Russia, attempts of regime change and disintegration aimed at Russia, assisting/instigating a coup in Ukraine followed by constant support for forces ( including neo-Nazis forces) hostile to Russia, sabotaging of efforts to stop Russia-Ukraine war at an early stage.

At what stage this can lead to an open confrontation between USA/NATO has been the most worrying issue for some time now.

This, however, is only one of the two theatres of war which today can escalate into a world war. The other such war is of course the one in the middle-east. While almost every day since October 7 2023 has been a day of great distress, the second big crisis of the possibility of huge escalation (after the first one in the first half of April which could be contained) started developing on July 30-31 with two assassinations, and since then the world has been on the edge regarding what sort of retaliation will come from Iran and Hezbollah. Even after the much bigger clash between Israel and Hezbollah on August 25, at the time of writing this on August 25 the threat of retaliation from Iran still remains. The bigger clash of August 25 between Hezbollah and Israel has also left behind scars that will not heal easily or soon.

A temporary containment of the escalating crisis was obtained by ongoing negotiations for Gaza ceasefire. With Mr. Netanyahu not really wanting peace and hardliners now being in the forefront of Hamas too, chances of both sides agreeing to permanent ceasefire are very slim. If talks break down, the likely Iranian retaliation can escalate the situation further, but in addition there are possibilities also of other sources of escalation which should not be ignored. If Israel-Iran and/or Israel-Hezbollah wars break out then the USA too can be drawn in more directly, while Russia can provide high-tech support to Iran and China can provide some kind of support too. Hence another theatre of possible confrontation between great powers emerges, and the two wars can get linked up too in some ways. 

Even without the USA getting drawn in, an over-pressed Israel under Netanyahu can resort to the use of one or more tactical nuclear weapons. Iran can be aggressively motivated to speed up greatly its quest for developing its own nuclear weapons.

Hence the possibilities of actual use of nuclear weapons and of World War 3 are developing like never before seen in recent decades. The United Nations has not been particularly active to prevent this, while some of the most powerful word leaders have been behaving in very irrational and reckless ways.  Hence it is extremely important to make every possible effort to raise the level of peace efforts much beyond the existing levels.

The reason why peace efforts are generally not able to rise to the level of actually being able to prevent such dangerous escalations is that these are seen mainly as fire-fighting operations, while the need is for continuing peace work which can provide a strong foundation, a strong base for peace efforts to prevail over the war-mongering. 

Hence once we get past the present dangers somehow, we should not fall back into complacency and should work very sincerely and with continuity to strengthen peace movements and all forces of peace all over the world, and most particularly in the leading conflict zones.        

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for children, Planet in Peril, A Day in 2071 and Man over Machine. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.


WWIII ScenarioTowards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

[This presentation was made in 2018.]

The U.S. wants to sabotage the inter-Korean dialogue.

The U.S. is waging a war against peace.

These are few of the highlights in the presentation shared by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky on “U.S. Aggression and Militarization in Korea and Pacific” on March 6, 2018 at the Polytechnic University of the Philippines (PUP) in Manila.

The “Forum on Militarism and War in Asia and the Pacific” was sponsored by the Philippines Chapter of the International League of Peoples’ Struggle (ILPS-Phils), the Philippines-Korea Solidarity Committee, the PUP Office of Academic Affairs, College of Political Science and Public Administration, College of Social Science and Development, and also attended by students from the University of the Philippines in Manila.

More than 400 students packed the Manila Room of the PUP Hasmin campus.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

Sorry to keep everybody waiting.

Sixteen months ago, in April of 2023, I launched my campaign for president of the United States. I began this journey as a Democrat, which is the party of my father, and my uncle.

It is the party which I pledge my own allegiance to.

Long before I was old enough to vote, I attended my first democratic convention at the age of six in 1960, and back then, the Democrats were the champions of the Constitution and of civil rights.

.

.

The Democrats stood against authoritarianism, against censorship, against colonialism, imperialism, and unjust wars. We were the party of labor, of the working class. The Democrats were the party of government transparency and the champion of the environment. Our party was the bulwark against big money interests and corporate power. True to its name, it was the party of democracy.

As you know, I left that party in October because it had departed so dramatically from the core values that I grew up with. It had become the party of war, censorship, corruption, Big Pharma, big tech, big ag and big money when it abandoned democracy by canceling the primary to conceal the cognitive decline of the sitting president, I left the party to run as an independent.

The mainstream of American politics and journalism derided my decision. Conventional wisdom said that it would be impossible even to get on the ballot as an independent, because each state poses an insurmountable tangle of arbitrary rules for collecting signatures. I would need over a million signatures, something no presidential candidate in history had ever achieved, and then I’d need a team of attorneys and millions of dollars to handle all the legal challenges from the DNC.

The naysayers told us that we were climbing a glass version of Mount impossible. So the first thing I want to tell you is that we proved them wrong. We did it because beneath the radar of mainstream media organs, we inspired a massive independent political movement, more than 100,000 volunteers sprang into action, hopeful that they could reverse our nation’s decline. Many work 10 hour days, sometimes in blizzards and blazing heat.

They sacrificed family time, personal commitments and sleep, month after month, energized by a shared vision of a nation healed of its divisions, they set up tables at churches and farmers markets. They canvassed door to door in Utah and in New Hampshire.

Volunteers collected signatures in snowstorms, convincing each supporter to stop in the frigid cold, to take off their gloves and to sign legibly during a heat wave in Nevada. I met a tall, athletic volunteer who cheerfully told me that he had lost 25 pounds collecting signatures in 117 degree heat.

To finance this effort, young Americans donated their lunch money, and senior citizens gave up their part of their social security checks. Our 50 state organization collected those millions of signatures and more. No presidential campaign and his political, American political history has ever done that, and so I want to thank all of those dedicated volunteers and congratulate the campaign staff who coordinated this enormous logistical feat.

Your accomplishments were regarded as impossible. You carried me up that glass mountain. You pulled off a miracle. You achieved what all the pundits said could never be done. You have my deepest gratitude, and I’m never going to forget that, not just for what you did for my campaign, but for the sacrifices you made because you love our country.

You showed to everyone that democracy is still possible here, it continues to survive in the press and in the idealistic human energies that still thrive beneath a canvas of neglect and of official and institutional corruption.

Today, I’m here to tell you that. I will not allow your efforts to go to waste. I’m here to tell you that I will leverage your tremendous accomplishments to serve the ideals that we share, the ideals of peace, of prosperity, of freedom, of health, all the ideals that motivated my campaign.

I’m here today to describe the path forward that you’ve opened with your commitment and with your hard labors. Now in an honest system, I believe that I would have won the election, in a system that my father and my uncles thrived in a system with open debates, with fair primaries, with regularly scheduled debate, with fair primaries, and with a truly independent media, untainted by government propaganda and censorship and a system of nonpartisan courts and election boards, everything would be different.

After all, the polls consistently showed me beating each of the other candidates, both in favorability and also in head-to-head matchups. But I’m sorry to say that while democracy may still be alive at the grassroots, it has become little more than a slogan for our political institutions, for our media and for our government, and most sadly at all for me, the Democratic Party.

In the Name of saving democracy, the Democratic Party set itself to dismantling it, lacking confidence in its candidate that his candidate could win in a fair election at the voting booth.

The DNC waged continual legal warfare against both President Trump and myself. Each time that our volunteers turned in those towering boxes of signatures needed to get on the ballot, the DNC dragged us into court, state after state, attempting to erase their work and to subvert the will of the voters who had signed those petitions. It deployed DNC-aligned judges to throw me and other candidates off the ballot and to throw President Trump in jail,

It ran a sham primary that was rigged to prevent any serious challenge to President Biden. Then when a predictably bungled debate performance precipitated the palace coup against President Biden, the same shadowy DNC operatives appointed his successor, also without an election.

They installed a candidate who was so unpopular with voters that she dropped out in 2020 without winning a single delegate.

My uncle and my father both a relish debate. They prided themselves on their capacity to go toe to toe with any opponent and the battle over ideas, they would be astonished to learn of a Democratic Party presidential nominee who, like vice president Harris, has not appeared in a single interview or an unscripted encounter with voters for 35 days.

This is profoundly undemocratic. How are people to choose when they don’t know whom they are choosing, and how can this look to the rest of the world? My father and my uncle were always conscious of America’s image abroad because of our nation’s role as the template for democracy, the role model for democratic processes, and the leader of the free world, instead of showing us her substance and character, the DNC and its media organs engineered a surge of popularity for vice president Harris based upon nothing, no policies, no interviews, no debates, only smoke and mirrors and balloons in highly produced Chicago circus.

In Chicago, the democratic speakers mentioned Donald Trump 147 times just on the first day of the convention. Who needs a policy when you have Trump to hate?

In contrast, at the RNC convention, President Biden was mentioned only twice in four days.

I do interviews every day. Many of you have interviewed me. Anybody who asks gets to interview me. Some days, I do as many as 10. President Trump, who actually was nominated and won an election, also does interviews daily. How did the Democratic Party choose a candidate that has never done an interview or debate during the entire election cycle? We know the answer.

They did it by weaponizing the government agencies. They did it by abandoning democracy. They did it by suing the opposition and by disenfranchising American voters. What most alarms me isn’t how the Democratic Party conducts its internal affairs or runs its candidates.

What alarms me is they resort to censorship and media control, and the weaponization of the federal agencies. When a US president colludes with or outright coerces media companies to censor political speech, it’s an attack on our most sacred right, a free expression, and that’s the very right upon which all of our other constitutional rights rest.

President Biden mocked Vladimir Putin’s 88% landslide in the Russian elections, observing that Putin and his party controlled the Russian press and that Putin prevented serious opponents from appearing on the ballot.

Here in America, the DNC also prevented opponents from appearing on the ballot. Our television networks exposed themselves as Democratic Party organs over the course of more than a year. In a campaign where my poll numbers reached at times in the high 20s, the DNC-allied mainstream media networks maintained a near perfect embargo on interviews with me during this 10 month presidential campaign. In 1992 ROS perot gave 34 interviews on mainstream networks.

In contrast, during the sixteen months since I declared, ABC, NBC, CBS, MSNBC and CNN combined, gave only two live interviews from me. Those networks instead, ran a continuous deluge of hit pieces with inaccurate, often vile pejoratives and defamatory smears. Some of those same networks and colluded with the DNC to keep me off the debate stage.

Representatives of those networks are in this room right now, and I’ll just take a moment to ask you to consider the many ways that your institutions have abdicated this really sacred responsibility: the duty of a free press to safeguard democracy and to always challenge the party in power.

Instead of maintaining that posture of fierce skepticism toward authority, your institutions have made themselves government mouthpieces and stenographers for the organs of power. You didn’t alone cause the devolution of American democracy, but you could have prevented it.

The Democratic Party’s censorship of social media was even more of a naked exercise of executive power. This week, a federal judge, Terry Doughty, upheld my injunction against President Biden calling the White House’s censorship project, quote, “The most egregious violation of the First Amendment in the history of the United States of America.” ‘ [The] 155 page decision details how just 37 hours after he took the oath of office, swearing to uphold the Constitution, President Biden and his White House opened up a portal and then invited the CIA, the FBI, and CISA, which is a censorship Agency.

It’s the center of the censorship industrial complex, DHS, the IRS and other agencies, they censor me and other political dissidents on social media. Even today, users who try to post my campaign videos to Facebook or YouTube get messages that this content violates community standards.

Two days after judge Doughty rendered his decision this week, Facebook was still attaching warning labels to an online petition calling on ABC to include me in the upcoming debate. They said that violates community standards, their community standards.

The mainstream media was once the guardian of the First Amendment and democratic principles, and has joined this systemic attack on democracy. The media justifies their censorship on the grounds of combating misinformation, but governments and and oppressors don’t censor lies. They don’t fear lies. They fear the truth, and that’s what they censor.

And I don’t want any of this to sound like a personal complaint, because it’s not. For me, it’s all part of a journey, and it’s a journey that I signed up with. But I need to make these observations, because I think they’re critical for us doing the thing that we need to do as citizens in a democracy, to assess where we are in this country and what our democracy still looks like and the assumptions about US leadership around the globe, and are we living up?

Are we really still a role model for democracy in this country, or have we made it a kind of a joke? And here’s the good news, while mainstream outlets denied me a critical platform, they didn’t shut down my ideas, which have especially flourished among young voters and independent voters thanks to the alternative media. Many months ago, I promised the American people that I would withdraw from the race if I became a spoiler that would alter the outcome of the election, but has no chance of winning.

In my heart, I no longer believe that I have a realistic path to electoral victory in the face of this relentless, systematic censorship and media control. So I cannot, in good conscience, ask my staff and volunteers to keep working their long hours, or ask my donors to keep giving when I cannot honestly tell them that I have a real path to the White House.

Furthermore, our polling consistently showed that by staying on the ballot and the battleground states, I would likely hand the election over to the Democrats with whom I disagree on the most existential issues, censorship, war and chronic disease.

I want everyone to know that I am not terminating my campaign. I am simply suspending it and not not ending it. My name, my name, will remain on the ballot in most states. If you live in a blue state, you can vote for me without harming or helping President Trump or vice president Harris and red states, just the same will apply. I encourage you to vote for me, and if enough of you do vote for me and neither of the major party candidates win 270 votes, which is quite possible. In fact, today, our polling shows them tying at 269 to 269 and I could conceivably still end up in the White House in a contingent election.

But in about 10 battleground states where my presence would be a spoiler, I’m going to remove my name, and I’ve already started that process and urge voters not to vote for me, it’s with a sense of victory and not defeat that I’m suspending my campaign activities.

Not only did we do the impossible by collecting a million signatures, we changed the national political conversation forever, chronic disease, free speech, government corruption, breaking our addiction to war have moved to the center of politics.

I can say to all who have worked so hard the last year and a half, thank you for a job well done.

Three great causes drove me to enter this race in the first place, primarily, and these are the principal causes that persuaded me to leave the democratic Democratic Party and run as an independent and now to throw my support to President Trump.

The causes were free speech, a war in Ukraine and the war on our children.

I’ve already described some of my personal experiences and struggles with a government censorship industrial complex. I want to say a word about the Ukraine war. The Military Industrial Complex has provided us with a familiar comic book justification, like they do on every war. At this one is a noble effort to stop a super villain, Vladimir Putin, invading the Ukraine, and then to thwart his Hitler like march across Europe.

In fact, tiny Ukraine is a proxy in a geopolitical struggle, initiated by the ambitions of the US neocons or American global hegemony. I’m not excusing Putin for invading Ukraine. He had other options. The war is Russia’s predictable response to the reckless neocon project of extending NATO to encircle Russia, a hostile act.

The credulous media rarely explained to Americans that we unilaterally walked away from two Intermediate Nuclear Weapons treaties with Russia and then put nuclear where any ages missile systems in Romania and Poland. This is a hostile, hostile act the white the and that the Biden White House repeatedly spurned Russia’s offer to settle this war peacefully.

Ukraine war began in 2014 when US agencies overthrew the democratically elected Government of Ukraine and installed a hand picked pro Western government that launched a deadly civil war against ethnic Russians in Ukraine. In 2019 America walked away from a peace treaty, the Minsk agreement, that had been negotiated between Russia and Ukraine by European nations.

And then in April of 2022 we wanted the war. In April of 2022 President Biden sent Boris Johnson to Ukraine to force President Zelensky to tear up a peace agreement that he and the Russians had already signed, and the Russians were withdrawing troops Kyiv and Donbas and Luhansk.

And that peace agreement would have brought peace to the region, and would have allowed Donbas and Luhansk to remain part of Ukraine. President Biden stated that month that this object, that his objective in the war was regime change in Russia, his defense secretary, Lloyd Austin simultaneously explained that America’s purpose in the war was to exhaust the Russian army, to degrade its capacity to fight anywhere else in the world.

These objectives, of course, have nothing to do with what they were telling Americans about protecting Ukraine’s sovereignty. Ukraine is a victim in this war, and it’s a victim of the West. Since then, we end of Russia, and both Russia and the West.

Since then, we have since tearing up that agreement, forcing Zelensky to tear up the agreement, we’ve squandered the flower of Ukrainian youth, as many as 600,000 Ukrainian kids and over 100,000 Russian kids, none of whom, all of whom we should be mourning, have died, and the Ukraine’s infrastructure is destroyed. The war has been a disaster for our country as well. We squandered nearly $200 billion already, and these are badly needed dollars in our communities, suffering communities all over our country.

The Nord Stream pipeline sabotage and the sanctions have destroyed Europe’s industrial base, which form the bulwark of us, national security, a strong Germany with a strong industry is a much, much stronger deterrent to Russia, and a Germany that is is deindustrialized and turned into a just an extension of US military base, we push Russia into a disastrous alliance with China and Iran were closer to the brink of nuclear exchange than at any time since 1962 and the neocons and the White House don’t seem to care at all. Our moral authority and our economy are in shambles, and the war gave rise to the emergence of brics, which now threatens to replace the dollar as the global reserve currency.

This is a first class calamity for our country. Judging by her bellicose, belligerent speech last night in Chicago, we can assume that President Harris will be an enthusiastic advocate for this and other neocon military adventures, and President Trump says that he will reopen negotiations with President Putin and end the war overnight as soon as he becomes president, this alone would justify my support for his campaign.

Last summer, it looked like no candidate was willing to negotiate a quick end of the Ukraine war, to tackle chronic disease epidemic, to protect free speech, our constitutional freedoms, to clean corporate influence out of our government, or to defy the neocons and their agenda of endless military adventurism. Yes, but now one of the two candidates has adopted these issues as his own, to the point where he has asked to enlist me in his administration. I’m speaking of course, of Donald Trump.

Less than two hours after President Trump narrowly escaped assassination. Calley Means called me on my cell phone I was then in Las Vegas. Calley is arguably the leading advocate for food safety, for soil regeneration and for ending the chronic disease epidemic that is destroying America’s health and ruining our economy. Calley has exposed the insidious corruption at the FDA and the NIH, the HHS and the USDA that has caused the epidemic.

Calley had been working on and off for my campaign, advising me on those subjects since the beginning, and those subjects have been my primary focus for the last 20 years, I was delighted when Calley told me that day that he had also been advising President Trump.

He told me, President Trump was anxious to talk to me about chronic disease and other subjects and to explore avenues of cooperation. He asked if I would take a call from the President. President Trump telephoned me a few minutes later, and I met with him the following day.

A few weeks later, I met again with President Trump and his family members and closest advisers in Florida in a series of long, intense discussions. I was surprised to discover that we are aligned on many key issues.

In those meetings, he suggested that we join forces as a Unity Party. We talked about Abraham Lincoln’s Team of Rivals. That arrangement would allow us to disagree publicly and privately and furiously, if need be on issues over which we differ while working together on the existential issues upon which we are in concordance.

I was a ferocious critic of many of the policies during his first administration. There are still issues and approaches upon which we continue to have very serious differences. Still, we are aligned with each other on other key issues, like ending the Forever wars, ending the childhood disease epidemics, securing the border, protecting freedom of speech, unraveling the corporate capture of our regulatory agencies, getting the US intelligence agencies out of the business of propagandizing and censoring and surveilling Americans and interfering with Our elections.

Following my first discussion with President Trump, I tried unsuccessfully to open similar discussions with Vice President Harris. Vice President Harris declined to meet or even to speak with me. Suspending my candidacy is a hard rending decision for me, and I’m convinced that it’s the best hope for ending the Ukraine war and ending the chronic disease epidemic that is eroding our nation’s vitality from the inside, and for finally, protecting free speech.

I feel a moral obligation to use this opportunity to save millions of American children above all things. In case, some of you don’t realize how dire the condition is our children’s health and chronic disease in general, I would urge you to view Tucker Carlson’s recent interview with Calley means and his sister, Dr Casey means, who is the top graduate of her class at Stanford Medical School.

This is an issue that affects all of us far more directly and urgently than any culture war issue and all the other issues that we obsess on and that are tearing apart our country, this is the most important issue, therefore it has the potential to bring us together.

So let me share a little bit about why I believe it’s so urgent today, we spend more on health care than any country on Earth, twice what they pay in Europe, and yet we have the worst health outcomes of any nation the world.

We’re about 79th and health outcomes behind Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Mongolia and other countries. Nobody has a chronic disease burden like we have. And during a covid epidemic, we had the highest body count of any country in the world. We had 16% of the covid deaths, and we only have 4.2% of the world’s population. And CDC says that’s because we are the sickest people on Earth.

We have the highest chronic disease rate on earth, and the average American who died covid had 3.8 chronic diseases. So these were people who had immune system collapse, who had mitochondrial dysfunction, and no other country has anything like this. Two thirds of American adults and children suffer from chronic health issues 50 years ago, that. Number was less than 1%

Oh, we’ve gone from 1% to to 66% in America. 74% of Americans are now overweight or obese, and 50% of our children 120 years ago, when somebody was obese. They were. They were sent to the circus. They were literally there were case reports done about them.

Obesity was almost unknown in Japan, childhood obesity rate is 3% compared to 50% a year. Half of Americans have pre-diabetes or type two diabetes. When my uncle was president, I was a boy, juvenile diabetes was effectively non existent.

A typical pediatrician would see one case of diabetes during his entire career, a 40 or 50 year career today, one out of every three kids who walks through his office door is diabetic or pre-diabetic, and the mitochondrial disorder caused diabetes, also causing Alzheimer’s, which is now classified as diabetes, and it’s causing this country more than our military budget.

Every year there’s been an explosion of neurological illnesses that I never saw as a kid, ADD, ADHD, speech delay, language delay, Tourette’s Syndrome, narcolepsy, ASD, Asperger’s, Autism. In the year 2000, the Autism rate was one in 1500. Now, autism rates in kids are one in 36, according to CDC; nationally, nobody’s talking about this.

Image source

One in every 22 kids in California has Autism, and this is a crisis that 77% of our kids cannot are too disabled to serve in the United States military. What is happening to our country, and why isn’t this in the headlines every single day?

There’s nobody else in the world that is experiencing this. This is only happening in America about 18% and by the way, you know there has been no change in diagnosis, which the industry sometimes like to say there has been no change in screening.

This is a change in incidents. In my generation, 70-year-old men, the autism rates are about one in 10,000. In my kids’ generation, one in 34. I’ll repeat in California, one and 22. Why are we letting this happen? Why are we allowing this to happen to our children?

These are the most precious assets that we have in this country. How can we let this happen to them? About 18% of American teens now have fatty liver disease. That’s like one out of every five that disease when I was a kid, only affected late stage alcoholics who were elderly, cancer rates are skyrocketing, and the young and the old, young adult cancers are up 70 79%,

One in four American women is on antidepressant medication. 40% of teams have a mental teens have a mental health diagnosis, and 15% of high schoolers are on Adderall, and half a million children on SSRIs.

So what’s causing this suffering? I’ll name two culprits, first and the worst is ultra processed food. About 70% of American children’s diet is ultra processed that means industrial manufactured in a factory. These foods consist primarily of processed sugar, ultra-processed grains, and seed oils.

Laboratory scientists who form many of them formerly worked for the cigarette industry, which purchased all the big food companies in the 1970s and 80s, deployed 1000s of scientists to figure out chemicals, new chemicals, to make the food more addictive. And these ingredients didn’t exist 100 years ago. They humans aren’t biologically adapted to eat them.

Hundreds of these chemicals are now banned in Europe, but ubiquitous in American processed foods. The second culprit is toxic chemicals in our food, our medicine, in our environment, pesticides, food additives, pharmaceutical drugs and toxic waste permeate every cell of our bodies.

These assault on our children’s cells and hormones is unrelenting and name just one problem, many of these chemicals increase estrogen because young. Children are ingesting so many of these hormone disruptors. America’s puberty rate is now occurring at age 10 to 13, which is six years earlier than girls were reaching puberty in 1900 our country has the earliest puberty rates of any continent on the earth.

And no, this isn’t because of better nutrition is not normal. Breast cancer is also estrogen driven, and now strikes one in eight women. We are mass poisoning all of our children and our adults, considering the grievous human cause of this tragic epidemic of chronic disease, it seems almost crass to mention the damage it does to our economy, but I’ll say it is crippling the nation’s finances.

When my uncle was President, our country has spent $0 on chronic disease. Today, government health care spending is almost all for chronic disease, and it’s double the military budget, and it is the fastest budget, a growing budget item in the federal budget, chronic disease costs more to the economy as a whole, cost at least $4,000,000,000,000. 5 times our military budget.

And that’s a 20% drag on everything we do and everything we aspire to. Or in minority communities suffer disproportionately people who worry about DEI or about, you know, bigotry of any kind, this dwarfs anything. We are poisoning the poor. We are systematically poisoning minorities across this country.

Industry lobbyists have made sure that most of the food stamp lunch program, about 70% of food stamps and 70 or 77% of school lunches are processed foods. There’s no vegetables. There’s nothing that you would want to eat. We are just poisoning the poorest citizens, and that’s why they have the highest chronic disease burden of anybody, any demographic, in our country, and the highest in the world.

The same food industry lobbied to make sure that nearly all agricultural subsidies owed to commodity crops that are the feedstock of the processed food industry. These policies are destroying small farms, and they’re destroying our soils. We give, we give about, I think, eight times as much in subsidies to tobacco and we do to fruits and vegetables.

It makes no sense if we want a healthy country. The good news is that we can change all this. We can change it very, very quickly. America can get healthy again. To do that, we need to do three things.

First, we need to root out the corruption in our health agencies. Second, we need to change incentives in our health care system. And third, we need to inspire Americans to get healthy again.

Eighty percent of NIH grants go to people who have conflicts of interest. These are the people, virtually all of them. Joe Biden just appointed a new panel to NIH to decide the food recommendations, and they’re all people who are from the industry. They’re all people who are from the processed food companies. They’re deciding what Americans you know here is healthy and the recommendations on the food pyramid and the Rec and what goes to our school lunch programs, which go, what go to the, you know, the program, the Swiss program, the Food Stamp programs.

They are all corrupted and conflicted individuals. These agencies—the FDA, USDA, and CDC—are all controlled by giant for-profit corporations. Seventy-five percent of the FDA funding doesn’t come from taxpayers; it comes from pharma, and pharma executives, consultants, and lobbyists cycle in and out of these agencies.

With President Trump’s backing, I’m going to change that. We’re going to staff these agencies with honest scientists and doctors who are free from industry funding. We’re going to make sure the decisions of consumers, doctors and patients are informed by unbiased science. A sick child is the best thing for the pharmaceutical industry on American children or adults get sick with a chronic condition, they’re put on medications for their entire life.

Imagine what happened when. Medicare starts paying for Ozempic, which costs $1,500 a month, and it’s being recommended for children as young as six. To offer it for the condition of obesity that is completely preventable and barely even existed 100 years ago, and 74% of Americans are obese.

The cost if all of them took their Ozempic prescription is $3 trillion a year. This is a drug that is made by Novo Nordisk, the biggest company in Europe. It’s a Danish company, and the Danish government does not recommend it. It recommends change in diet to treat obesity and exercise.

And in our country, the recommendation now is for ozempic to children at age six. Novo Nordisk is the biggest company in Europe, and virtually its entire value is based upon its projections of what it’s going to sell, of the ozempic it’s going to sell to America and we have the food lobbyists have a bill in front of Congress today that is backed by the White House, backed by Vice President Harris and President Biden to allow this to happen, this $3 trillion cost that is going to bankrupt our country.

We for a fraction of that amount, we could buy organic food for every American family three meals a day, and eliminate diabetes altogether. We’re we’re going to bring healthy food back to school lunches. We’re going to stop subsidizing the worst foods with our agricultural subsidies. We’re going to get toxic chemicals out of our food we’re going to reform the entire food system, and for that, we need new leadership in Washington, because unfortunately, both the Democrats and the Republican parties are in cahoots with the big food producers, Big Pharma and big ag, which are among the DNC’s major donors.

Image is from Flickr

Vice President Harris has expressed no interest in addressing this issue. Four more years of democratic rule will complete the consolidation of corporate and neocon power, and our children will be the ones who suffer most.

I got involved with chronic disease 20 years ago, not because I chose to or wanted to. It was essentially thrust upon me. It was an issue that should have been central to the environmental movement. I was a central leader at that time, but it was widely ignored by all the institutions, including the NGOs, who should have been protecting our kids against toxins.

It was an orphaned issue, and I had a weakness for orphans. I watched generations of children get sicker and sicker. I had 11 siblings and I had seven kids myself. I was conscious of what was happening in their classrooms and to their friends, and I watched these Sick Kids, these damaged kids in that generation, almost all of them are damaged, and nobody in power seemed to care or to even notice.

For 19 years, I prayed every morning that God would put me in a position to end this calamity. The Chronic Disease crisis was one of the primary reasons for my running for president, along with ending censorship in the Ukraine war, it’s the reason I’ve made the heart-wrenching decision to suspend my campaign, and to support President Trump.

This decision is agonizing for me because of the difficulties it causes my wife and my children and my friends, but I have the certainty that this is what I’ve meant to do, and that certainty gives me internal peace, even in storms. If I’m given the chance to fix the Chronic Disease crisis and reform our food production, I promise that within two years, we will watch chronic disease burden lift dramatically.

We will make Americans healthy again. Within four years, America will be a healthy country. We will be stronger, more resilient, more optimistic and happier. I won’t fail in doing this.

Ultimately, the future, however it happens, is in God’s hands and in the hands of the American voters and those of President Trump.

If President Trump is elected and honors his word, the vast burden of chronic disease that now demoralizes and bankrupts the country will disappear. This is a spiritual journey for me, I reached my decision through deep prayer, through hard-nosed logic, and I asked myself, What choices must I make to maximize my chances to save America’s children and restore national health?

I felt that if I refused this opportunity, I would not be. To look myself in the mirror, knowing that I could have saved lives of countless children and reversed this country’s chronic disease epidemic. I’m 70 years old. I may have a decade to be effective.

I can’t imagine that President Harris, a president Harris, would allow me or anyone, to solve these, these dire problems. After eight years of President Harris, any opportunity for me to fix the problem will be out of my reach forever.

President Trump has told me that he wants this to be his legacy. I’m choosing to believe that this time he will follow through on this, his biggest donors, his closest friends and all support this objective.

My joining the Trump campaign will be a difficult sacrifice or my wife and children, but worthwhile if there’s even a small chance of saving these kids. Ultimately, the only thing that will save our country and our children is if we choose to love our kids more than we hate each other.

That’s why I launched my campaign to unify America.

My dad and uncle made such an enduring mark on the character of our nation, not so much because of any particular policies that they promoted, but because they were able to inspire profound love for our country and to fortify our sense of ourselves as a national community held together by ideals.

They were able to put their love into the intentions and hearts of ordinary Americans and to unify a national populist movement of Americans: blacks and whites, Hispanics, urban and rural Americans, and inspired affection and love and high hopes and a culture of kindness that continue to radiate among Americans from their memory.

That’s the spirit on which I ran my campaign, and that I intend to bring into the campaign of President Trump. Instead of vitriol and polarization, I will appeal to the values that unite us, the goals that we could achieve if only we weren’t at each other’s throats.

Most unifying theme for all Americans is that we all love our children, if we all unite around that issue now, we can finally give them the protection, health, and the future that they deserve.

Thank you all very much. Thank.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image source

If you’re not on social media, you’ve likely spent ten and a half months blissfully unaware of an extremely freakish but very common phenomenon in which Israel’s supporters respond to images and videos of dead and mutilated children in Gaza by babbling about the Israeli hostages being held there by Hamas.

Whenever you see someone sharing raw footage of the most horrific thing imaginable being inflicted upon someone who couldn’t possibly have done anything to deserve it, and someone in the replies yelling “RELEASE THE HOSTAGES!”, it’s important to be clear what they’re saying.

 

Click here for an enlarged view

 

What they are saying is that they believe Israel should murder children, decapitate them, rip their guts out, dismember them, mutilate them, burn them alive, every single day, until its military demands are submitted to. They are also probably saying that they personally would help Israel do these things to children if circumstances permitted.

They are saying they are fully on board with killing, decapitating, eviscerating, dismembering, mutilating and incinerating small children every day until the hostages are released.

They are saying this despite the mountains upon mountains of evidence that what’s being done in Gaza has nothing whatsoever to do with releasing the hostages.

They are saying this despite the mountains upon mountains of evidence that the IDF has been killing and injuring Israeli hostages with its attacks on Gaza.

They are saying this despite the mountains upon mountains of evidence that Netanyahu is doing everything he can to sabotage a hostage deal while the genocide in Gaza continues.

They are saying this despite the fact that Israel holds thousands of Palestinians hostage under “administrative detention” without due process, and while Israel holds millions of Palestinians hostage in the giant extermination camp known as Gaza.

And they are saying this despite the mountains upon mountains of evidence that Israeli forces are raping, mutilating and torturing Palestinian hostages in torture dungeons as a matter of policy.

It’s important to be aware that this is what they are saying because it’s important to be aware of who Israel’s defenders and supporters really are. These are not normal people. These are not people with healthy minds, with functioning empathy centers in their brains. There is something deeply, profoundly wrong with who they are and how they are.

It’s important to be aware of this because otherwise you might fall into the trap of thinking this issue must be more complicated than it looks, and the interpretation of what we are seeing in Gaza must be a matter of subjective opinion. No, that’s not true at all. What’s happening in Gaza is very simple and straightforward, and is exactly what it immediately and obviously looks like to anyone who beholds it through the lens of conscience and basic human empathy.

The reason for all the debate and disagreement you are seeing about Gaza has nothing to do with complexity or nuance, and everything to do with some very warped and damaged minds lacking the fundamental faculties that cause normal people to care about other human beings.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Featured image source

Warmonger Confessions: More Frankness on AUKUS

August 26th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark